| blob | bdf4c315295f0d866373945faf959a55b61762b3 |
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (0 0 0 0))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 Play 5x5.
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
68 ;;;***
69 \f
70 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
71 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
74 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
75 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
76 extensions.
77 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
78 the file name.
83 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
89 ;;;***
90 \f
91 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-prj" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" (0 0 0 0))
92 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-prj.el
96 ;;;***
97 \f
98 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (0 0 0 0))
99 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
102 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
106 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ada-stmt" '("ada-")))
108 ;;;***
109 \f
110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (0 0 0 0))
111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
114 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
115 Completion is available.
119 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ada-xref" '("ada-")))
121 ;;;***
122 \f
123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (0 0 0 0))
124 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
129 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
130 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
131 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
137 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
143 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
144 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
145 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
146 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
152 Prompt for a change log name.
159 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
160 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
162 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
164 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
165 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
166 directory and its successive parents for a file so named. Stop at the first
167 such file that exists (or has a buffer visiting it), or the first directory
168 that contains any of `change-log-directory-files'. If no match is found,
169 use the current directory. To override the choice of this function,
170 simply create an empty ChangeLog file first by hand in the desired place.
172 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
173 current buffer to the complete file name.
174 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
179 Find ChangeLog buffer, add an entry for today and an item for this file.
180 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for
181 user name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name'
182 and `add-log-mailing-address').
184 Second arg CHANGELOG-FILE-NAME is the file name of the change log.
185 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'. If the file
186 thus named exists, it is used for the new entry. If it doesn't
187 exist, it is created, unless `add-log-dont-create-changelog-file' is t,
188 in which case a suitably named buffer that doesn't visit any file
189 is used for keeping entries pertaining to CHANGELOG-FILE-NAME's
190 directory.
192 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
194 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
195 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
196 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
198 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
199 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
200 after a comma on an existing line.
202 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
203 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
204 the same person.
206 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
207 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
208 notices.
210 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
211 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
213 \(fn &optional WHOAMI CHANGELOG-FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
216 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
217 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
218 the change log file in another window.
223 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
224 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
225 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
226 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
227 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
234 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
237 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
239 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
240 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
241 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
242 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
243 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
245 Has a preference of looking backwards.
250 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
251 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
252 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
253 or a buffer.
255 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
256 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
260 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "add-log" '("add-log-" "change-log-")))
262 ;;;***
263 \f
264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (0 0 0 0))
265 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
268 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
269 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
270 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
271 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
272 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
273 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
274 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
275 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
281 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
282 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
283 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
284 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
285 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
286 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
292 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
297 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
302 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
304 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
305 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
306 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
307 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
308 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
310 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
311 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
312 the new one.
314 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
315 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
316 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
317 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
318 mapped to the closest extremal position).
320 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
321 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
322 the cache-id will clear the cache.
327 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
328 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
329 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
330 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
331 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
332 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
333 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
334 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
335 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
336 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
337 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
338 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
339 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
340 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
341 definition will always be cached for later usage.
346 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
347 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
349 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
350 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
351 BODY...)
353 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
354 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
355 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
356 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
357 see also `ad-add-advice'.
358 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
359 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
360 before/around/after-advices will be used.
361 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
362 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
363 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
364 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
365 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
366 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
368 Semantics of the various flags:
369 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
370 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
371 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
373 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
374 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
376 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
377 advised function should be compiled.
379 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
380 during activation until somebody enables it.
382 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
383 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
384 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
385 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
387 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
388 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
389 BODY...)
399 ;;;***
400 \f
401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (0 0 0 0))
402 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
405 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
406 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
407 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
408 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
409 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
410 rule's `separate' attribute).
412 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
413 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
414 `separate' attribute set.
416 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
417 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
418 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
419 on the format of these lists.
424 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
425 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
426 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
428 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
429 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
431 Fred (123) 456-7890
432 Alice (123) 456-7890
433 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
434 Joe (123) 456-7890
436 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
438 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
440 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
442 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
443 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
444 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
446 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
447 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
448 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
449 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
450 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
451 throughout the line.
453 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
455 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
458 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
459 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
464 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
465 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
466 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
467 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
468 align that section.
473 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
474 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
475 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
476 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
477 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
478 been used to align that section.
483 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
484 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
485 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
486 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
487 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
488 to be colored.
493 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
498 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
499 The alignment is done by calling `align' on the region that was
500 indented.
506 ;;;***
507 \f
508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (0 0 0 0))
509 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
513 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
515 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
520 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
522 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
523 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
525 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
526 `allout-auto-activation'.
531 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
533 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
534 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
535 file variable `allout-layout'.
538 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
539 specified layout is applied.
542 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
545 Auto-layout is not.
551 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
555 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
565 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
567 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
569 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
571 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
573 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
577 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
580 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
585 Toggle Allout outline mode.
587 If called interactively, enable Allout mode if ARG is positive, and
588 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
589 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
590 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
593 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
594 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
595 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
596 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
597 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
598 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
599 outline.)
601 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
603 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
604 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
605 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
606 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
607 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
609 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
610 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
612 and many other features.
614 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
615 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
616 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
617 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
618 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
620 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
621 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
623 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
625 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
627 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
628 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
629 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
631 Exposure Control:
632 ----------------
639 Navigation:
640 ----------
647 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
649 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
650 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
653 Topic Header Production:
654 -----------------------
657 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
659 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
660 ---------------------------------
663 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
664 current topic
666 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
667 are alternated according to nesting depth.
669 the offspring are not affected.
670 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
672 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
673 ----------------------------------
675 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
679 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
680 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
683 Topic-oriented Encryption:
684 -------------------------
686 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
688 Misc commands:
689 -------------
690 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
691 and establish a default file-var setting
692 for `allout-layout'.
695 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
696 buffer with name derived from derived from that
699 Like above `copy-exposed', but convert topic
700 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
701 format.
703 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
704 auto-activation.
706 Topic Encryption
708 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
709 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
710 pending encryption on save.
712 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
713 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
714 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
715 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
716 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
718 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
719 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
720 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
721 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
722 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
723 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a `-HUP'
724 signal.
726 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
727 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
728 for details.
730 HOT-SPOT Operation
732 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
733 navigation and exposure control.
735 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
736 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
741 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
742 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
744 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
745 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
748 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
749 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
750 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
751 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
752 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
753 at the beginning of the current entry.
755 Extending Allout
757 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
758 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
759 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
761 `allout-mode-hook'
762 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
763 `allout-mode-off-hook'
764 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
765 `allout-structure-added-functions'
766 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
767 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
768 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
769 `allout-post-undo-hook'
771 Terminology
773 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
775 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
776 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
777 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
778 CURRENT ITEM:
779 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
780 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
781 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
782 called the:
783 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
785 ANCESTORS:
786 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
787 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
788 of the ITEM.
789 OFFSPRING:
790 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
791 SUBTOPIC:
792 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
793 CHILD:
794 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
795 SIBLINGS:
796 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
798 Topic text constituents:
800 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
801 text.
802 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
803 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
804 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
805 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
806 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
807 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
808 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
809 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
810 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
811 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
812 the PREFIX.
814 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
815 of the ITEM.
816 PREFIX-LEAD:
817 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
818 It can be customized by changing the setting of
819 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
821 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
822 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
823 program code without interfering with processing of the text
824 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
825 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
826 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
827 docstring for more detail.
828 PREFIX-PADDING:
829 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
830 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
831 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
832 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
833 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
834 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
835 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
837 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
838 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
839 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
840 more details.
841 EXPOSURE:
842 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
843 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
844 CONCEALED:
845 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
848 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
849 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
850 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
857 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
859 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
860 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
864 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "allout" '("allout-")))
866 ;;;***
867 \f
868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (0 0 0
869 ;;;;;; 0))
870 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
874 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
876 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
881 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
883 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
884 visiting an outline.
886 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
887 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
889 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
890 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
891 you want allout widgets operation.
897 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
900 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
902 If called interactively, enable Allout-Widgets mode if ARG is positive, and
903 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
904 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
905 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
907 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
908 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
909 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
911 The graphics include:
913 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
915 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
916 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
918 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
919 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
921 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
922 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
923 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
927 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "allout-widgets" '("allout-")))
929 ;;;***
930 \f
931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (0 0 0 0))
932 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
937 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
938 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
939 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
940 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
941 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
950 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ange-ftp" '("ange-ftp-" "ftp-error" "internal-ange-ftp-mode")))
952 ;;;***
953 \f
954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (0 0 0 0))
955 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
958 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
959 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
960 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
961 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
962 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
963 in the current window.
968 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
969 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
970 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
971 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
972 buffer if one does not exist.
977 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
978 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
979 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
980 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
984 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "animate" '("animat")))
986 ;;;***
987 \f
988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (0 0 0 0))
989 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
993 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
998 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
1000 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
1001 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
1002 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
1003 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
1005 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
1006 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
1008 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
1012 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ansi-color" '("ansi-color-")))
1014 ;;;***
1015 \f
1016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (0 0
1017 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1018 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
1022 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
1023 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
1024 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
1025 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
1028 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
1030 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
1031 the rules.
1033 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1034 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1035 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1036 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1041 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1046 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1047 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1051 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "antlr-mode" '("antlr-")))
1053 ;;;***
1054 \f
1055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (0 0 0 0))
1056 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1059 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1060 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1061 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1062 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1063 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1068 Toggle checking of appointments.
1069 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1070 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1076 ;;;***
1077 \f
1078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (0 0 0 0))
1079 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1082 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1083 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1084 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1086 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1087 kind of objects to search.
1092 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1093 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1094 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1095 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1096 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1099 variables, not just user options.
1104 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1105 With the optional argument DO-NOT-ALL non-nil (or when called
1107 options only, i.e. behave like `apropos-user-option'.
1112 Show buffer-local variables that match PATTERN.
1113 Optional arg BUFFER (default: current buffer) is the buffer to check.
1115 The output includes variables that are not yet set in BUFFER, but that
1116 will be buffer-local when set.
1123 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1124 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1125 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1126 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1127 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1130 noninteractive functions.
1132 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1133 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1135 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1136 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1141 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1146 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1147 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1148 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1150 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1151 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1152 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1153 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1156 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1158 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1163 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1164 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1165 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1166 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1171 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1172 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1173 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1174 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1175 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1178 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1179 names and values of properties.
1181 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1186 Show buffer-local variables whose values match PATTERN.
1187 This is like `apropos-value', but only for buffer-local variables.
1188 Optional arg BUFFER (default: current buffer) is the buffer to check.
1193 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1194 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1195 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1196 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1197 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1199 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1201 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1202 documentation strings.
1204 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1208 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "apropos" '("apropos-")))
1210 ;;;***
1211 \f
1212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1213 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1216 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1217 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1218 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1219 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1220 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1222 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1223 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1224 archive.
1230 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "arc-mode" '("archive-")))
1232 ;;;***
1233 \f
1234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (0 0 0 0))
1235 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1238 Major mode for editing arrays.
1240 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1241 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1242 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1244 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1246 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1247 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1248 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1250 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1251 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1252 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1253 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1254 The variables are:
1256 Variables you assign:
1257 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1258 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1259 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1260 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1261 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1262 row numbers in the buffer.
1264 Variables which are calculated:
1265 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1266 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1268 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1269 take a numeric prefix argument):
1287 between that of point and mark.
1295 newlines inside rows)
1299 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1303 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "array" '("array-" "current-line" "limit-index" "move-to-column-untabify" "untabify-backward" "xor")))
1305 ;;;***
1306 \f
1307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (0 0 0 0))
1308 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1312 Toggle Artist mode.
1314 If called interactively, enable Artist mode if ARG is positive, and
1315 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
1316 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
1317 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
1319 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1320 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1322 How to quit Artist mode
1327 How to submit a bug report
1332 Drawing with the mouse:
1334 mouse-2
1335 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1336 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1337 below).
1339 mouse-1
1340 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1341 or pastes:
1343 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1344 --------------------------------------------------------------
1345 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1346 to new point
1347 --------------------------------------------------------------
1348 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1349 --------------------------------------------------------------
1350 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1351 --------------------------------------------------------------
1352 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1353 --------------------------------------------------------------
1354 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1355 --------------------------------------------------------------
1356 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1357 --------------------------------------------------------------
1358 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1359 --------------------------------------------------------------
1360 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1361 --------------------------------------------------------------
1362 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1363 lines
1364 --------------------------------------------------------------
1365 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1366 --------------------------------------------------------------
1367 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1368 --------------------------------------------------------------
1369 Paste Paste Paste
1370 --------------------------------------------------------------
1371 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1372 --------------------------------------------------------------
1374 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1375 or diagonally.
1377 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1378 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1379 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1380 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1381 poly-lines.
1383 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1384 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1385 overwrite means the opposite.
1387 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1388 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1389 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1391 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1393 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1396 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1397 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1398 are currently drawing something.
1400 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1401 some time to fill.
1404 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1405 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1408 Settings
1410 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1412 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1414 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1416 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1418 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1419 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1421 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1424 Drawing with keys
1427 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1429 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1430 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1431 When pasting: Pastes
1435 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1445 Arrows
1448 of the line/poly-line
1451 of the line/poly-line
1454 Selecting operation
1456 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1480 Variables
1482 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1485 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1486 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1487 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1488 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1489 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1490 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1491 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1492 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1493 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1494 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1495 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1496 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1497 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1498 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1499 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1500 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1501 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1505 Hooks
1507 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1510 Keymap summary
1516 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "artist" '("artist-")))
1518 ;;;***
1519 \f
1520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1521 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1524 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1525 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1532 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1535 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1536 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1538 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1540 Special commands:
1545 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "asm-mode" '("asm-")))
1547 ;;;***
1548 \f
1549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "auth-source.el" (0 0 0 0))
1550 ;;; Generated autoloads from auth-source.el
1553 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1554 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1559 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "auth-source" '("auth-source")))
1561 ;;;***
1562 \f
1563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source-pass" "auth-source-pass.el" (0
1564 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
1565 ;;; Generated autoloads from auth-source-pass.el
1569 Enable auth-source-password-store.
1573 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "auth-source-pass" '("auth-source-pass-")))
1575 ;;;***
1576 \f
1577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (0 0 0 0))
1578 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1581 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1582 See the `autoarg-mode' command
1588 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1591 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1592 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1593 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1595 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1597 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1599 For example:
1601 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1611 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1612 See the `autoarg-kp-mode' command
1613 for a description of this minor mode.
1614 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1615 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1621 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1623 If called interactively, enable Autoarg-Kp mode if ARG is positive, and
1624 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
1625 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
1626 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
1629 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1630 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1636 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoarg" '("autoarg-")))
1638 ;;;***
1639 \f
1640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (0 0 0 0))
1641 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1644 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1648 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoconf" '("autoconf-")))
1650 ;;;***
1651 \f
1652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (0 0 0 0))
1653 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1656 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1657 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1662 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1663 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1664 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1669 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1670 See the `auto-insert-mode' command
1671 for a description of this minor mode.
1672 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1673 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1679 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1681 If called interactively, enable Auto-Insert mode if ARG is positive, and
1682 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
1683 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
1684 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
1686 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1687 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1691 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoinsert" '("auto-insert")))
1693 ;;;***
1694 \f
1695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (0 0 0
1696 ;;;;;; 0))
1697 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1706 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1707 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1709 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1710 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1711 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1712 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1713 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1715 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1720 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1721 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1722 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1723 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1725 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1726 directory or directories specified.
1728 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1729 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1730 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1731 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1732 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1733 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1738 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1739 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1740 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1741 should be non-nil).
1745 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoload" '("autoload-" "generate" "make-autoload" "no-update-autoloads")))
1747 ;;;***
1748 \f
1749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (0 0 0 0))
1750 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1753 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto-Revert Mode).
1755 If called interactively, enable Auto-Revert mode if ARG is positive, and
1756 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
1757 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
1758 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
1760 Auto-Revert Mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1761 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1762 disk changes.
1764 When a buffer is reverted, a message is generated. This can be
1765 suppressed by setting `auto-revert-verbose' to nil.
1767 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1768 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1769 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1774 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1776 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1782 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1784 If called interactively, enable Auto-Revert-Tail mode if ARG is positive, and
1785 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
1786 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
1787 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
1789 When Auto-Revert Tail Mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1790 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1791 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1792 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1793 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1795 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1796 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1797 writing before you save the file!
1799 When a buffer is reverted, a message is generated. This can be
1800 suppressed by setting `auto-revert-verbose' to nil.
1802 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1807 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1809 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1815 Non-nil if Global Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1816 See the `global-auto-revert-mode' command
1817 for a description of this minor mode.
1818 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1819 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1825 Toggle Global Auto-Revert Mode.
1827 If called interactively, enable Global Auto-Revert mode if ARG is positive, and
1828 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
1829 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
1830 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
1832 Global Auto-Revert Mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1833 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1834 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1836 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1837 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1838 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1839 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1840 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1842 When a buffer is reverted, a message is generated. This can be
1843 suppressed by setting `auto-revert-verbose' to nil.
1845 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1846 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1847 specifies in the mode line.
1851 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autorevert" '("auto-revert-" "global-auto-revert-")))
1853 ;;;***
1854 \f
1855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avl-tree" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" (0 0 0
1856 ;;;;;; 0))
1857 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el
1859 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "avl-tree" '("avl-tree-")))
1861 ;;;***
1862 \f
1863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (0 0 0 0))
1864 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1867 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1868 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1869 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1875 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1876 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1877 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1879 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1880 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1881 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1883 Effects of the different modes:
1884 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1885 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1886 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1887 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1888 a random distance & direction.
1889 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1890 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1891 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1894 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1899 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "avoid" '("mouse-avoidance-")))
1901 ;;;***
1902 \f
1903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "backtrace" "emacs-lisp/backtrace.el" (0 0
1904 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1905 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backtrace.el
1909 Print a trace of Lisp function calls currently active.
1910 Output stream used is value of `standard-output'.
1914 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "backtrace" '("backtrace-")))
1916 ;;;***
1917 \f
1918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1919 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1924 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1926 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1927 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1928 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1934 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bat-mode" '("bat-")))
1936 ;;;***
1937 \f
1938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (0 0 0 0))
1939 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1943 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1944 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1945 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1950 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1951 See the `display-battery-mode' command
1952 for a description of this minor mode.
1953 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1954 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1960 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1962 If called interactively, enable Display-Battery mode if ARG is positive, and
1963 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
1964 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
1965 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
1967 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1968 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1969 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1970 seconds.
1974 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "battery" '("battery-")))
1976 ;;;***
1977 \f
1978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (0 0
1979 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1980 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1983 Time execution of FORMS.
1984 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1985 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1986 FORMS once.
1987 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1988 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1989 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1996 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1997 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1998 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1999 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
2006 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
2007 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg, and
2008 the command prompts for the form to benchmark.
2009 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
2010 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
2014 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "benchmark" '("benchmark-elapse")))
2016 ;;;***
2017 \f
2018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bib-mode" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
2019 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bib-mode.el
2021 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bib-mode" '("addbib" "bib-" "mark-bib" "return-key-bib" "unread-bib")))
2023 ;;;***
2024 \f
2025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (0 0 0 0))
2026 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
2029 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
2030 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
2031 of corresponding buffers.
2032 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
2033 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
2034 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
2035 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
2036 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
2038 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
2039 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
2040 does not use `bibtex-mode',
2045 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
2047 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
2049 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
2051 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
2054 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
2055 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
2056 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
2057 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
2061 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
2064 Special information:
2068 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
2069 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
2070 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
2075 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
2081 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
2082 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
2083 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
2084 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
2085 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
2086 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
2087 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
2089 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
2091 ----------------------------------------------------------
2092 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
2093 if that value is non-nil.
2100 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
2101 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
2102 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
2103 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
2104 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
2105 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
2106 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
2107 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
2108 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
2109 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
2110 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
2114 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bibtex" '("bibtex-")))
2116 ;;;***
2117 \f
2118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
2119 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
2120 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
2123 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
2127 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bibtex-style" '("bibtex-style-")))
2129 ;;;***
2130 \f
2131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bindat" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" (0 0 0 0))
2132 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bindat.el
2134 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bindat" '("bindat-")))
2136 ;;;***
2137 \f
2138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (0 0 0 0))
2139 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
2141 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
2145 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
2146 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
2151 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
2156 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2160 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "binhex" '("binhex-")))
2162 ;;;***
2163 \f
2164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (0 0 0 0))
2165 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2168 Play blackbox.
2169 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2171 What is blackbox?
2173 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2174 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2175 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2176 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2177 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2178 your score.
2180 Overview of play:
2183 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2184 four.
2186 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2187 movement keys.
2189 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2190 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2192 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2195 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2197 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2198 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2199 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2200 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2202 Details:
2204 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2206 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2207 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2208 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2209 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2211 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2212 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2213 denoted by the letter `R'.
2215 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2216 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2217 denoted by the letter `H'.
2219 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2220 example.
2222 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2223 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2224 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2225 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2227 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2228 ray.
2230 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2231 degree deflection it causes.
2233 1
2234 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2235 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2236 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2237 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2238 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2239 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2240 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2241 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2242 2 3
2244 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2245 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2248 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2249 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2250 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2251 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2252 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2253 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2254 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2255 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2257 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2258 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2259 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2260 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2261 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2262 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2263 emerging from the box.
2265 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2267 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2268 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2269 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2270 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2271 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2272 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2273 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2274 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2276 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2277 a reflection.
2281 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "blackbox" '("bb-" "blackbox-")))
2283 ;;;***
2284 \f
2285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (0 0 0 0))
2286 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2292 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2293 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2294 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2295 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2296 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2301 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2302 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2304 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2305 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2306 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2307 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2308 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2309 recent one.
2311 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2312 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2313 yank successive words.
2315 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2316 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2317 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2318 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2319 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2322 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2323 the list of bookmarks.)
2328 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2329 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2331 If a bookmark named NAME already exists and prefix argument
2332 PUSH-BOOKMARK is non-nil, then push the new bookmark onto the
2333 bookmark alist. Pushing it means that among bookmarks named
2334 NAME, this one becomes the one in effect, but the others are
2335 still there, in order, and become effective again if the user
2336 ever deletes the most recent one.
2338 Otherwise, if a bookmark named NAME already exists but PUSH-BOOKMARK
2339 is nil, raise an error.
2341 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2342 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2343 yank successive words.
2345 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2346 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2347 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2348 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2349 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2352 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2353 the list of bookmarks.)
2358 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2359 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2360 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2361 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2362 this.
2364 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2365 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2366 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2367 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2369 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2370 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2372 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2373 bookmark. It defaults to `pop-to-buffer-same-window'. A typical value for
2374 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2379 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2384 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2386 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2387 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2388 after a bookmark was set in it.
2393 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2395 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2396 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2403 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2404 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2405 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2407 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2408 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2409 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2411 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2412 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2413 name.
2418 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2419 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2421 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2422 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2423 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2424 this.
2429 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2431 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2432 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2434 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2435 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2436 probably because we were called from there.
2441 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2448 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2449 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2450 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2451 \(second argument).
2453 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2454 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2455 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2456 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2457 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2459 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2461 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2462 `bookmark-default-file'.
2467 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2468 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2469 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2470 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2471 while loading.
2473 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2474 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2475 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2476 place. Your own personal bookmark file, specified by the variable
2477 `bookmark-default-file', is maintained automatically by Emacs; you
2478 shouldn't need to load it explicitly.
2480 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2481 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2487 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2488 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2489 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2490 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2499 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2503 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2505 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2507 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bookmark" '("bookmark" "with-buffer-modified-unmodified")))
2509 ;;;***
2510 \f
2511 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (0 0 0 0))
2512 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2514 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2515 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2516 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2517 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2519 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2520 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2521 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2522 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2525 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2527 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2528 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2529 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2530 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2531 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2532 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2534 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2536 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2537 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2538 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2539 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2540 narrowed.
2542 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2544 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2545 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2547 \(fn)" t nil)
2549 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2550 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2552 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2554 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2555 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2556 Prompt for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.
2557 Invokes a suitable browser function which does the actual job.
2558 The variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser function to
2559 use. If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2560 first, if that exists.
2562 The additional ARGS are passed to the browser function. See the doc
2563 strings of the actual functions, starting with `browse-url-browser-function',
2564 for information about the significance of ARGS (most of the functions
2565 ignore it).
2566 If ARGS are omitted, the default is to pass `browse-url-new-window-flag'
2567 as ARGS.
2569 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2571 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2572 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2573 Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2574 Optional prefix argument ARG non-nil inverts the value of the option
2575 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2577 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2579 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2580 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2581 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2582 but point is not changed. Variable `browse-url-browser-function'
2583 says which browser to use.
2585 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2587 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2589 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2590 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2592 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2594 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2595 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2596 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2597 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2599 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2600 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2601 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2602 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2604 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2605 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2606 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2608 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2609 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2611 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2613 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-netscape 'nil '"25.1")
2615 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2616 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2617 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2618 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2620 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2621 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2622 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2623 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2625 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2626 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2627 new tab in an existing window instead.
2629 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2630 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2632 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2634 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2635 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2636 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2637 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2639 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2640 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2641 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2643 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2644 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2645 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2647 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2648 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2650 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2652 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2653 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2654 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2655 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2656 Chromium.
2657 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2659 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2661 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2662 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2663 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2664 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2666 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2667 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2668 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2669 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2671 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2672 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2673 new tab in an existing window instead.
2675 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2676 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2678 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2680 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-galeon 'nil '"25.1")
2682 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2683 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2684 Optional argument SAME-WINDOW non-nil means show the URL in the
2685 currently selected window instead.
2687 \(fn URL &optional SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
2689 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2690 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2691 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2692 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2694 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2695 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2696 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2697 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2699 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2700 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2702 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2704 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-gnome-moz 'nil '"25.1")
2706 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2707 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2709 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2710 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2711 program is invoked according to the variable
2712 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2714 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2715 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2716 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2717 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2719 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2720 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2722 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2724 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-mosaic 'nil '"25.1")
2726 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2727 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2728 Default to the URL around or before point.
2730 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2731 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2732 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2734 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2735 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2736 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2737 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2739 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2740 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2742 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2744 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-cci 'nil '"25.1")
2746 (autoload 'browse-url-conkeror "browse-url" "\
2747 Ask the Conkeror WWW browser to load URL.
2748 Default to the URL around or before point. Also pass the strings
2749 in the variable `browse-url-conkeror-arguments' to Conkeror.
2751 When called interactively, if variable
2752 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2753 new Conkeror window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2754 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2755 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2757 If variable `browse-url-conkeror-new-window-is-buffer' is
2758 non-nil, then whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a
2759 new window, load it in a new buffer in an existing window instead.
2761 When called non-interactively, use optional second argument
2762 NEW-WINDOW instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2764 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2766 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2767 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2768 Default to the URL around or before point.
2770 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2771 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2772 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2774 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2775 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2777 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2779 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2780 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2781 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2782 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2784 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2786 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit 'nil '"25.1")
2788 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2789 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2790 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2791 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2792 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2793 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2794 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2796 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2798 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2799 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2800 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2801 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2802 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2804 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2805 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2806 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2807 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2809 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2810 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2812 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2814 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2815 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2816 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2817 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2818 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2819 current one.
2821 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2822 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2823 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2824 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2826 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2827 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2829 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2831 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2832 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2833 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2834 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2835 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2836 don't offer a form of remote control.
2838 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2840 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2841 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2842 Default to the URL around or before point.
2843 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2845 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2847 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2848 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2849 Default to the URL around the point.
2851 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2852 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2854 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2855 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2857 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2859 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "browse-url" '("browse-url-")))
2861 ;;;***
2862 \f
2863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (0 0 0 0))
2864 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2865 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2867 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2868 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2869 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2870 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2872 \(fn)" t nil)
2874 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2875 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2876 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2877 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2879 \(fn)" t nil)
2881 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2882 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2884 \(fn)" t nil)
2886 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2887 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2889 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2890 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2891 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2896 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2897 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2898 name of buffer configuration.
2900 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2902 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bs" '("bs-")))
2904 ;;;***
2905 \f
2906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (0 0 0 0))
2907 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2909 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2910 Play Bubbles game.
2912 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2914 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2915 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2916 columns on its right towards the left.
2923 \(fn)" t nil)
2925 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bubbles" '("bubbles-")))
2927 ;;;***
2928 \f
2929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2930 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
2931 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2933 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2935 (put 'bug-reference-bug-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
2937 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2938 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2940 If called interactively, enable Bug-Reference mode if ARG is positive, and
2941 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
2942 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
2943 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
2945 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2947 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2948 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2950 If called interactively, enable Bug-Reference-Prog mode if ARG is positive, and
2951 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
2952 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
2953 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
2955 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2957 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bug-reference" '("bug-reference-")))
2959 ;;;***
2960 \f
2961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "byte-opt" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" (0 0 0
2962 ;;;;;; 0))
2963 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el
2965 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "byte-opt" '("byte-" "disassemble-offset")))
2967 ;;;***
2968 \f
2969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (0 0 0
2970 ;;;;;; 0))
2971 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2972 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2973 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2974 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2975 (put 'byte-compile-error-on-warn 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2977 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2979 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2980 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2981 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2982 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2983 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2984 else the global value will be modified.
2986 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2988 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2989 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2990 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2991 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2992 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2993 else the global value will be modified.
2995 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2997 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2998 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2999 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
3001 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
3003 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
3004 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
3005 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
3006 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
3008 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
3009 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
3010 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
3011 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
3012 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
3013 before scanning it.
3015 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
3016 that already has a `.elc' file.
3018 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
3019 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3021 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
3022 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
3023 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
3024 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
3025 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
3026 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
3028 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
3030 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
3031 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
3032 Print the result in the echo area.
3033 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
3035 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3037 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
3038 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
3039 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
3041 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3043 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
3044 Display a call graph of a specified file.
3045 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
3046 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
3047 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
3048 all functions called by those functions.
3050 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
3051 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly
3052 \(`eq', `cons', etc.).
3054 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
3055 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
3056 invoked interactively.
3058 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
3060 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
3061 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
3062 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
3063 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
3065 \(fn)" nil nil)
3067 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
3068 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
3069 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
3070 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
3071 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
3073 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
3074 already up-to-date.
3076 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
3078 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
3079 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
3080 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
3081 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
3083 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
3084 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
3085 and corresponding effects.
3087 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
3089 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bytecomp" '("batch-byte-compile-file" "byte-" "displaying-byte-compile-warnings" "emacs-lisp-file-regexp" "no-byte-compile")))
3091 ;;;***
3092 \f
3093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-bahai" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" (0 0 0
3094 ;;;;;; 0))
3095 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-bahai.el
3097 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-bahai" '("calendar-bahai-" "diary-bahai-" "holiday-bahai")))
3099 ;;;***
3100 \f
3101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (0 0 0
3102 ;;;;;; 0))
3103 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
3105 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
3107 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-china" '("calendar-chinese-" "diary-chinese-" "holiday-chinese")))
3109 ;;;***
3110 \f
3111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-coptic" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" (0 0
3112 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3113 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-coptic.el
3115 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-coptic" '("calendar-" "diary-")))
3117 ;;;***
3118 \f
3119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (0 0 0 0))
3120 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
3122 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
3124 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
3126 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
3128 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-dst" '("calendar-" "dst-")))
3130 ;;;***
3131 \f
3132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-french" "calendar/cal-french.el" (0 0
3133 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3134 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-french.el
3136 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-french" '("calendar-french-" "diary-french-date")))
3138 ;;;***
3139 \f
3140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (0 0
3141 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3142 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
3144 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
3145 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
3146 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
3147 from the cursor position.
3149 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
3151 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-hebrew" '("calendar-hebrew-" "diary-hebrew-" "holiday-hebrew")))
3153 ;;;***
3154 \f
3155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-html" "calendar/cal-html.el" (0 0 0 0))
3156 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-html.el
3158 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-html" '("cal-html-")))
3160 ;;;***
3161 \f
3162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-islam" "calendar/cal-islam.el" (0 0 0
3163 ;;;;;; 0))
3164 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-islam.el
3166 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-islam" '("calendar-islamic-" "diary-islamic-" "holiday-islamic")))
3168 ;;;***
3169 \f
3170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-iso" "calendar/cal-iso.el" (0 0 0 0))
3171 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-iso.el
3173 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-iso" '("calendar-iso-" "diary-iso-date")))
3175 ;;;***
3176 \f
3177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-julian" "calendar/cal-julian.el" (0 0
3178 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3179 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-julian.el
3181 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-julian" '("calendar-" "diary-" "holiday-julian")))
3183 ;;;***
3184 \f
3185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-mayan" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" (0 0 0
3186 ;;;;;; 0))
3187 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-mayan.el
3189 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-mayan" '("calendar-mayan-" "diary-mayan-date")))
3191 ;;;***
3192 \f
3193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-menu" "calendar/cal-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
3194 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-menu.el
3196 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-menu" '("cal")))
3198 ;;;***
3199 \f
3200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-move" "calendar/cal-move.el" (0 0 0 0))
3201 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-move.el
3203 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-move" '("calendar-")))
3205 ;;;***
3206 \f
3207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-persia" "calendar/cal-persia.el" (0 0
3208 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3209 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-persia.el
3211 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-persia" '("calendar-persian-" "diary-persian-date")))
3213 ;;;***
3214 \f
3215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-tex" "calendar/cal-tex.el" (0 0 0 0))
3216 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-tex.el
3218 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-tex" '("cal-tex-")))
3220 ;;;***
3221 \f
3222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-x" "calendar/cal-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
3223 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-x.el
3225 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-x" '("calendar-" "diary-frame")))
3227 ;;;***
3228 \f
3229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (0 0 0 0))
3230 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
3231 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
3233 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
3236 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3238 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
3241 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3243 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
3244 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
3246 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3248 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
3249 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
3250 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
3251 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
3253 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
3255 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
3256 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
3257 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
3258 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
3260 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3262 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
3264 This is most useful in the X window system.
3266 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
3268 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3270 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
3272 See calc-keypad for details.
3274 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3276 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
3277 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
3279 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
3281 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
3282 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
3284 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
3286 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
3287 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
3289 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
3291 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
3292 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
3295 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
3297 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
3298 Define Calc function.
3300 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
3301 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
3302 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
3304 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
3305 actual Lisp function name.
3307 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
3309 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
3311 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
3313 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc" '("calc" "defcalcmodevar" "inexact-result" "math-" "var-")))
3315 ;;;***
3316 \f
3317 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-aent" "calc/calc-aent.el"
3318 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
3319 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-aent.el
3321 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-aent" '("calc" "math-")))
3323 ;;;***
3324 \f
3325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-alg" "calc/calc-alg.el" (0 0 0 0))
3326 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-alg.el
3328 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-alg" '("calc" "math-")))
3330 ;;;***
3331 \f
3332 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-arith" "calc/calc-arith.el" (0 0 0 0))
3333 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-arith.el
3335 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-arith" '("calc" "math-")))
3337 ;;;***
3338 \f
3339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-bin" "calc/calc-bin.el" (0 0 0 0))
3340 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-bin.el
3342 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-bin" '("calc" "math-")))
3344 ;;;***
3345 \f
3346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-comb" "calc/calc-comb.el" (0 0 0 0))
3347 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-comb.el
3349 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-comb" '("calc" "math-")))
3351 ;;;***
3352 \f
3353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-cplx" "calc/calc-cplx.el" (0 0 0 0))
3354 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-cplx.el
3356 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-cplx" '("calc" "math-")))
3358 ;;;***
3359 \f
3360 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-embed" "calc/calc-embed.el"
3361 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
3362 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-embed.el
3364 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-embed" '("calc-")))
3366 ;;;***
3367 \f
3368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el" (0 0 0 0))
3369 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el
3371 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-ext" '("calc" "math-" "var-")))
3373 ;;;***
3374 \f
3375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-fin" "calc/calc-fin.el" (0 0 0 0))
3376 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-fin.el
3378 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-fin" '("calc" "math-c")))
3380 ;;;***
3381 \f
3382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-forms" "calc/calc-forms.el" (0 0 0 0))
3383 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-forms.el
3385 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-forms" '("calc" "math-" "var-TimeZone")))
3387 ;;;***
3388 \f
3389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-frac" "calc/calc-frac.el" (0 0 0 0))
3390 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-frac.el
3392 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-frac" '("calc" "math-")))
3394 ;;;***
3395 \f
3396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-funcs" "calc/calc-funcs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3397 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-funcs.el
3399 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-funcs" '("calc" "math-")))
3401 ;;;***
3402 \f
3403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-graph" "calc/calc-graph.el" (0 0 0 0))
3404 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-graph.el
3406 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-graph" '("calc-")))
3408 ;;;***
3409 \f
3410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-help" "calc/calc-help.el" (0 0 0 0))
3411 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-help.el
3413 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-help" '("calc-")))
3415 ;;;***
3416 \f
3417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-incom" "calc/calc-incom.el" (0 0 0 0))
3418 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-incom.el
3420 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-incom" '("calc-")))
3422 ;;;***
3423 \f
3424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-keypd" "calc/calc-keypd.el" (0 0 0 0))
3425 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-keypd.el
3427 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-keypd" '("calc-")))
3429 ;;;***
3430 \f
3431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-lang" "calc/calc-lang.el" (0 0 0 0))
3432 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-lang.el
3434 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-lang" '("calc-" "math-")))
3436 ;;;***
3437 \f
3438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-macs" "calc/calc-macs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3439 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-macs.el
3441 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-macs" '("Math-" "calc-" "math-")))
3443 ;;;***
3444 \f
3445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-map" "calc/calc-map.el" (0 0 0 0))
3446 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-map.el
3448 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-map" '("calc" "math-")))
3450 ;;;***
3451 \f
3452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-math" "calc/calc-math.el" (0 0 0 0))
3453 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-math.el
3455 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-math" '("calc" "math-")))
3457 ;;;***
3458 \f
3459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-menu" "calc/calc-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
3460 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-menu.el
3462 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-menu" '("calc-")))
3464 ;;;***
3465 \f
3466 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-misc" "calc/calc-misc.el"
3467 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
3468 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-misc.el
3470 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-misc" '("math-iipow")))
3472 ;;;***
3473 \f
3474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-mode" "calc/calc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
3475 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-mode.el
3477 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-mode" '("calc-" "math-get-modes-vec")))
3479 ;;;***
3480 \f
3481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-mtx" "calc/calc-mtx.el" (0 0 0 0))
3482 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-mtx.el
3484 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-mtx" '("calc" "math-")))
3486 ;;;***
3487 \f
3488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-nlfit" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" (0 0 0 0))
3489 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-nlfit.el
3491 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-nlfit" '("calc-fit-" "math-nlfit-")))
3493 ;;;***
3494 \f
3495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-poly" "calc/calc-poly.el" (0 0 0 0))
3496 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-poly.el
3498 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-poly" '("calcFunc-" "math-")))
3500 ;;;***
3501 \f
3502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-prog" "calc/calc-prog.el" (0 0 0 0))
3503 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-prog.el
3505 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-prog" '("calc" "math-" "var-q")))
3507 ;;;***
3508 \f
3509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-rewr" "calc/calc-rewr.el" (0 0 0 0))
3510 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-rewr.el
3512 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-rewr" '("calc" "math-")))
3514 ;;;***
3515 \f
3516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-rules" "calc/calc-rules.el" (0 0 0 0))
3517 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-rules.el
3519 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-rules" '("calc-")))
3521 ;;;***
3522 \f
3523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-sel" "calc/calc-sel.el" (0 0 0 0))
3524 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-sel.el
3526 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-sel" '("calc-")))
3528 ;;;***
3529 \f
3530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-stat" "calc/calc-stat.el" (0 0 0 0))
3531 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-stat.el
3533 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-stat" '("calc" "math-")))
3535 ;;;***
3536 \f
3537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-store" "calc/calc-store.el" (0 0 0 0))
3538 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-store.el
3540 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-store" '("calc")))
3542 ;;;***
3543 \f
3544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-stuff" "calc/calc-stuff.el" (0 0 0 0))
3545 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-stuff.el
3547 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-stuff" '("calc" "math-")))
3549 ;;;***
3550 \f
3551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-trail" "calc/calc-trail.el" (0 0 0 0))
3552 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-trail.el
3554 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-trail" '("calc-trail-")))
3556 ;;;***
3557 \f
3558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (0 0 0 0))
3559 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
3561 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
3564 \(fn N)" t nil)
3566 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-undo" '("calc-")))
3568 ;;;***
3569 \f
3570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-units" "calc/calc-units.el" (0 0 0 0))
3571 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-units.el
3573 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-units" '("calc" "math-")))
3575 ;;;***
3576 \f
3577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-vec" "calc/calc-vec.el" (0 0 0 0))
3578 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-vec.el
3580 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-vec" '("calc" "math-")))
3582 ;;;***
3583 \f
3584 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-yank" "calc/calc-yank.el"
3585 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
3586 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-yank.el
3588 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-yank" '("calc-" "math-number-regexp")))
3590 ;;;***
3591 \f
3592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcalg2" "calc/calcalg2.el" (0 0 0 0))
3593 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcalg2.el
3595 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcalg2" '("calc" "math-" "var-IntegLimit")))
3597 ;;;***
3598 \f
3599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcalg3" "calc/calcalg3.el" (0 0 0 0))
3600 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcalg3.el
3602 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcalg3" '("calc" "math-")))
3604 ;;;***
3605 \f
3606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calccomp" "calc/calccomp.el" (0 0 0 0))
3607 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calccomp.el
3609 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calccomp" '("calcFunc-c" "math-")))
3611 ;;;***
3612 \f
3613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcsel2" "calc/calcsel2.el" (0 0 0 0))
3614 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcsel2.el
3616 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcsel2" '("calc-")))
3618 ;;;***
3619 \f
3620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (0 0 0 0))
3621 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
3623 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
3624 Run the Emacs calculator.
3625 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
3627 \(fn)" t nil)
3629 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calculator" '("calculator-")))
3631 ;;;***
3632 \f
3633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (0 0 0 0))
3634 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3636 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3637 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3638 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3639 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3640 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3641 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3643 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3644 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3645 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3646 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3647 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3648 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3649 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3651 window.
3653 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3654 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3656 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3657 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3658 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3659 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3660 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3661 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3663 Runs the following hooks:
3665 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3666 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3667 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3669 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3673 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calendar" '("calendar-" "diary-" "holiday-buffer" "lunar-phases-buffer" "solar-sunrises-buffer")))
3675 ;;;***
3676 \f
3677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (0 0 0 0))
3678 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3680 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3681 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3683 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3685 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3686 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3687 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3688 it fails.
3690 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3692 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "canlock" '("canlock-")))
3694 ;;;***
3695 \f
3696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-align" "progmodes/cc-align.el" (0 0 0 0))
3697 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-align.el
3699 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-align" '("c-")))
3701 ;;;***
3702 \f
3703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-awk" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" (0 0 0 0))
3704 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-awk.el
3706 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-awk" '("awk-" "c-awk-")))
3708 ;;;***
3709 \f
3710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-bytecomp" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" (0
3711 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
3712 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el
3714 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-bytecomp" '("cc-")))
3716 ;;;***
3717 \f
3718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-cmds" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" (0 0 0 0))
3719 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-cmds.el
3721 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-cmds" '("c-")))
3723 ;;;***
3724 \f
3725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-defs" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3726 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-defs.el
3728 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-defs" '("c-" "cc-bytecomp-compiling-or-loading")))
3730 ;;;***
3731 \f
3732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (0 0 0
3733 ;;;;;; 0))
3734 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3736 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3737 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3739 \(fn)" nil nil)
3741 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-engine" '("c-")))
3743 ;;;***
3744 \f
3745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-fonts" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" (0 0 0 0))
3746 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-fonts.el
3748 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-fonts" '("autodoc-" "c++-font-lock-keywords" "c-" "gtkdoc-font-lock-" "idl-font-lock-keywords" "java" "objc-font-lock-keywords" "pike-font-lock-keywords")))
3750 ;;;***
3751 \f
3752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (0 0 0 0))
3753 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3755 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3756 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3758 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3759 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3761 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3762 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3764 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3766 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3767 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3768 made from scratch.
3770 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3772 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3773 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3775 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3776 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3777 made from scratch.
3779 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3781 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3782 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3784 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3786 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3787 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3788 made from scratch.
3790 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3792 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3793 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3795 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3796 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3797 made from scratch.
3799 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3801 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3802 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3804 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3806 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3807 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3808 made from scratch.
3810 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3812 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3813 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3815 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3816 variables are guessed:
3818 * `c-basic-offset', and
3819 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3820 `c-offsets-alist'.
3822 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3823 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3825 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3826 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3828 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3829 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3830 guess is made from scratch.
3832 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3833 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3835 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3837 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3838 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3839 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3840 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3842 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3843 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3844 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3846 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3848 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-guess" '("c-guess-")))
3850 ;;;***
3851 \f
3852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3853 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
3855 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-langs" '("c-")))
3857 ;;;***
3858 \f
3859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-menus" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" (0 0 0 0))
3860 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-menus.el
3862 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-menus" '("cc-imenu-")))
3864 ;;;***
3865 \f
3866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
3867 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3868 (push (purecopy '(cc-mode 5 33 1)) package--builtin-versions)
3870 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3871 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3872 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3873 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3874 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3875 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3878 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3889 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3890 Major mode for editing C code.
3893 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3894 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3895 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3899 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3900 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3902 Key bindings:
3905 \(fn)" t nil)
3907 (autoload 'c-or-c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3908 Analyze buffer and enable either C or C++ mode.
3910 Some people and projects use .h extension for C++ header files
3911 which is also the one used for C header files. This makes
3912 matching on file name insufficient for detecting major mode that
3913 should be used.
3915 This function attempts to use file contents to determine whether
3916 the code is C or C++ and based on that chooses whether to enable
3917 `c-mode' or `c++-mode'.
3919 \(fn)" nil nil)
3921 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3922 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3924 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3925 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3926 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3927 message.
3931 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3932 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3934 Key bindings:
3937 \(fn)" t nil)
3940 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3941 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3943 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3944 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3945 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3946 message.
3950 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3951 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3953 Key bindings:
3956 \(fn)" t nil)
3959 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3960 Major mode for editing Java code.
3962 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3963 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3964 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3965 message.
3969 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3970 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3972 Key bindings:
3975 \(fn)" t nil)
3978 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3979 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3981 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3982 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3983 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3984 message.
3988 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3989 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3991 Key bindings:
3994 \(fn)" t nil)
3996 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3998 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3999 Major mode for editing Pike code.
4001 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
4002 version information already added. You just need to add a description
4003 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
4004 message.
4008 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
4009 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
4011 Key bindings:
4014 \(fn)" t nil)
4016 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
4017 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
4018 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
4019 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
4021 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
4022 Major mode for editing AWK code.
4024 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
4025 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
4026 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
4030 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
4031 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
4033 Key bindings:
4036 \(fn)" t nil)
4038 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-mode" '("awk-mode-map" "c++-mode-" "c-" "idl-mode-" "java-mode-" "objc-mode-" "pike-mode-")))
4040 ;;;***
4041 \f
4042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (0 0 0
4043 ;;;;;; 0))
4044 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
4046 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
4047 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
4048 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
4049 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
4051 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
4054 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
4055 might get set too.
4057 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
4058 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
4059 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
4060 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
4061 in this way.
4063 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
4064 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
4065 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
4066 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
4067 a null operation.
4069 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
4071 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
4072 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
4073 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
4074 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
4076 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
4078 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
4079 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
4080 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
4082 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
4084 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
4085 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
4086 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
4087 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
4088 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
4090 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
4092 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-styles" '("c-" "cc-choose-style-for-mode")))
4094 ;;;***
4095 \f
4096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
4097 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
4098 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4099 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4100 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
4102 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-vars" '("awk-mode-hook" "c++-" "c-" "defcustom-c-stylevar" "idl-" "java-" "objc-" "pike-")))
4104 ;;;***
4105 \f
4106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4107 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
4109 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
4110 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
4112 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
4114 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
4115 Disassemble compiled CCL-code CODE.
4117 \(fn CODE)" nil nil)
4119 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4120 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
4122 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
4123 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
4124 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
4125 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
4126 execution.
4128 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
4130 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
4132 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4133 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
4135 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
4136 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
4137 CCL_MAIN_CODE
4138 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
4140 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
4141 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
4142 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
4143 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
4144 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
4145 `write' commands.
4147 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
4148 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
4149 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
4150 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
4152 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
4153 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
4154 semantics.
4156 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
4158 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
4160 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
4162 STATEMENT :=
4163 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
4164 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
4166 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
4167 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
4168 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
4169 | integer
4171 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
4173 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
4174 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
4175 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
4177 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
4178 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
4179 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
4181 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
4183 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
4184 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
4185 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
4186 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
4187 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
4188 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
4189 ;; last STATEMENT.
4190 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
4192 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
4193 BREAK := (break)
4195 REPEAT :=
4196 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
4197 (repeat)
4198 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
4199 ;; (repeat))
4200 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
4201 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
4202 ;; (read REG)
4203 ;; (repeat))
4204 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
4205 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
4206 ;; (read REG)
4207 ;; (repeat))
4208 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
4210 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
4211 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
4212 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
4213 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
4214 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
4215 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
4216 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
4217 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
4218 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
4219 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
4220 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
4221 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
4222 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
4223 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
4224 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
4225 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
4227 WRITE :=
4228 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
4229 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
4230 ;; representation.
4231 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
4232 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
4233 ;; (write r7))
4234 | (write EXPRESSION)
4235 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
4236 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
4237 ;; representation.
4238 | (write integer)
4239 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
4240 ;; buffer.
4241 | (write string)
4242 ;; Same as: (write string)
4243 | string
4244 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
4245 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
4246 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
4247 ;; representation.
4248 | (write REG ARRAY)
4249 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
4250 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
4251 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
4252 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
4253 ;; is the second code point of the character.
4254 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
4256 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
4257 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
4259 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
4260 END := (end)
4262 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
4263 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
4264 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
4266 ARG := REG | integer
4268 OPERATOR :=
4269 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
4270 + | - | * | / | %
4272 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
4273 | & | `|' | ^
4275 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
4276 | << | >>
4278 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
4279 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
4280 | <8
4282 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
4283 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
4284 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
4285 | >8
4287 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
4288 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
4289 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
4290 | //
4292 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
4293 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
4295 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
4296 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
4297 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
4298 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
4299 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
4300 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
4301 ;; second code point of CHAR.
4302 | de-sjis
4304 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
4305 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
4306 ;; Shift-JIS code,
4307 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
4308 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
4309 ;; (r7 = LOW))
4310 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
4311 ;; byte of SJIS.
4312 | en-sjis
4314 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
4315 ;; Same meaning as C code
4316 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
4318 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
4319 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
4320 ;; (REG |= ARG))
4321 | <8=
4323 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
4324 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
4325 ;; (REG >>= 8))
4327 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
4328 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
4329 ;; (REG /= ARG))
4330 | //=
4332 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
4335 TRANSLATE :=
4336 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
4337 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
4338 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
4339 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
4340 ;; respectively.
4341 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
4342 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
4343 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
4344 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
4346 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
4347 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
4348 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
4350 LOOKUP :=
4351 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
4352 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
4353 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
4354 ;; respectively.
4355 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
4356 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
4357 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
4359 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
4360 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
4361 ;; REG.
4362 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
4363 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
4364 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
4366 MAP :=
4367 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
4368 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
4369 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
4370 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
4372 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
4373 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
4374 MAP-ID := integer
4376 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
4378 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
4380 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4381 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
4382 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
4383 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
4384 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
4385 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
4387 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
4389 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
4390 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
4391 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
4393 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
4395 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4397 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ccl" '("ccl-")))
4399 ;;;***
4400 \f
4401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (0 0 0 0))
4402 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
4404 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
4405 Main entry point for closure conversion.
4406 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
4407 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
4409 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
4411 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
4413 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
4414 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
4416 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
4418 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cconv" '("cconv-")))
4420 ;;;***
4421 \f
4422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cdl" "cdl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4423 ;;; Generated autoloads from cdl.el
4425 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cdl" '("cdl-")))
4427 ;;;***
4428 \f
4429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (0 0 0 0))
4430 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
4431 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4433 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet" '("cedet-")))
4435 ;;;***
4436 \f
4437 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-cscope" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" (0 0
4438 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4439 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-cscope.el
4441 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-cscope" '("cedet-cscope-")))
4443 ;;;***
4444 \f
4445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-files" "cedet/cedet-files.el" (0 0 0
4446 ;;;;;; 0))
4447 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-files.el
4449 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-files" '("cedet-")))
4451 ;;;***
4452 \f
4453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-global" "cedet/cedet-global.el" (0 0
4454 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4455 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-global.el
4457 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-global" '("cedet-g")))
4459 ;;;***
4460 \f
4461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-idutils" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" (0
4462 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
4463 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-idutils.el
4465 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-idutils" '("cedet-idutils-")))
4467 ;;;***
4468 \f
4469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (0 0 0 0))
4470 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4471 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
4473 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
4474 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
4475 There are no special keybindings by default.
4478 to the action header.
4480 \(fn)" t nil)
4482 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
4483 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
4484 There are no special keybindings by default.
4487 to the action header.
4489 \(fn)" t nil)
4491 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
4492 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
4494 \(fn)" t nil)
4496 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cfengine" '("cfengine")))
4498 ;;;***
4499 \f
4500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "char-fold" "char-fold.el" (0 0 0 0))
4501 ;;; Generated autoloads from char-fold.el
4503 (autoload 'char-fold-to-regexp "char-fold" "\
4504 Return a regexp matching anything that char-folds into STRING.
4505 Any character in STRING that has an entry in
4506 `char-fold-table' is replaced with that entry (which is a
4507 regexp) and other characters are `regexp-quote'd.
4509 If the resulting regexp would be too long for Emacs to handle,
4510 just return the result of calling `regexp-quote' on STRING.
4512 FROM is for internal use. It specifies an index in the STRING
4513 from which to start.
4515 \(fn STRING &optional LAX FROM)" nil nil)
4517 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "char-fold" '("char-fold-")))
4519 ;;;***
4520 \f
4521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (0 0 0 0))
4522 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
4523 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
4525 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "chart" '("chart")))
4527 ;;;***
4528 \f
4529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
4530 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4531 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
4533 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
4534 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
4535 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
4537 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
4539 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
4540 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
4541 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
4543 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
4545 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "check-declare" '("check-declare-")))
4547 ;;;***
4548 \f
4549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (0 0 0
4550 ;;;;;; 0))
4551 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4552 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
4553 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4554 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4555 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4556 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4557 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
4558 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4559 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4560 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
4562 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
4563 Return t when OBJ is a list of strings.
4565 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
4566 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4567 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4569 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
4570 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4571 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4572 the users will view as each check is completed.
4574 \(fn)" t nil)
4576 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4577 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4578 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4579 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4580 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4581 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4582 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4583 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4585 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4587 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4588 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4589 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4590 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4591 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4592 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4593 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4594 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4596 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4598 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4599 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4600 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4601 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4602 spacing are all verified.
4604 \(fn)" t nil)
4606 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4607 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4608 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4609 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4610 otherwise stop after the first error.
4612 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4614 (autoload 'checkdoc-file "checkdoc" "\
4615 Check FILE for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4617 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
4619 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
4620 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4621 Only documentation strings are checked.
4622 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4623 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4624 a separate buffer.
4626 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4628 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
4629 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4630 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4631 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4632 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4634 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4636 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
4637 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4638 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4639 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4640 if there is one.
4642 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4644 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
4645 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4646 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4647 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4648 if there is one.
4649 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4651 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4653 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4654 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4655 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4657 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4659 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
4660 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4661 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4662 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4663 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4665 \(fn)" t nil)
4667 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
4668 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4669 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4670 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4671 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4672 space at the end of each line.
4674 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4676 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
4677 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4678 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4679 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
4681 \(fn)" t nil)
4683 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4684 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4685 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4686 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4688 \(fn)" t nil)
4690 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4691 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4692 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4693 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4695 \(fn)" t nil)
4697 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4698 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4699 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4700 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4702 \(fn)" t nil)
4704 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4705 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4706 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4707 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4709 \(fn)" t nil)
4711 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
4712 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4713 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4714 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4716 \(fn)" t nil)
4718 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
4719 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4720 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4721 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4723 \(fn)" t nil)
4725 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
4726 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4727 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4728 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4730 \(fn)" t nil)
4732 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
4733 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4734 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4735 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4737 \(fn)" t nil)
4739 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
4740 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
4742 If called interactively, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is positive, and
4743 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
4744 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
4745 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
4747 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4748 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4749 checking of documentation strings.
4753 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4755 (autoload 'checkdoc-package-keywords "checkdoc" "\
4756 Find package keywords that aren't in `finder-known-keywords'.
4758 \(fn)" t nil)
4760 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "checkdoc" '("checkdoc-")))
4762 ;;;***
4763 \f
4764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (0 0
4765 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4766 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4768 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4769 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4770 Return the length of resulting text.
4772 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4774 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4775 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4777 \(fn)" t nil)
4779 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4780 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4781 Return the length of resulting text.
4783 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4785 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4786 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4788 \(fn)" t nil)
4790 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4793 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4795 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4798 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4800 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "china-util" '("decode-hz-line-continuation" "hz-" "hz/zw-start-gb" "iso2022-" "zw-start-gb")))
4802 ;;;***
4803 \f
4804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (0 0 0 0))
4805 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4807 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4808 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4809 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4810 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4811 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4812 editing and the result is evaluated.
4814 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4816 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4817 List history of commands that used the minibuffer.
4818 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4819 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4820 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4822 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4824 \(fn)" t nil)
4826 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4827 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4828 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4829 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4830 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4832 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4833 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4836 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4837 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4839 \(fn)" t nil)
4841 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "chistory" '("command-history-" "default-command-history-filter" "list-command-history-")))
4843 ;;;***
4844 \f
4845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4846 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4848 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl" '("cl-" "define-" "defsetf" "flet" "labels" "lexical-let")))
4850 ;;;***
4851 \f
4852 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-extra" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
4853 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4854 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el
4856 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-extra" '("cl-")))
4858 ;;;***
4859 \f
4860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-generic" "emacs-lisp/cl-generic.el" (0
4861 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
4862 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-generic.el
4863 (push (purecopy '(cl-generic 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4865 ;;;***
4866 \f
4867 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (0 0
4868 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4869 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4871 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4872 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4873 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4874 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4875 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4876 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4877 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4878 of this function.
4880 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4881 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4882 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4883 property are:
4885 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4886 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4888 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4889 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4890 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4891 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4892 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4893 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4894 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4895 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4896 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4897 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4898 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4899 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4901 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4902 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4903 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4905 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4906 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4907 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4908 list elements are:
4910 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4912 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4914 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4916 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4917 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4919 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4920 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4922 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4923 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4924 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4925 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4926 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4927 value specified by their associated list element.
4929 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4931 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4932 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4933 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4935 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4936 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4937 * indent the first argument by 4.
4938 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4939 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4940 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4942 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4943 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4944 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4945 instead.
4947 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4949 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-indent" '("common-lisp-" "lisp-")))
4951 ;;;***
4952 \f
4953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (0 0 0 0))
4954 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4955 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4957 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4959 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4960 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4961 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4962 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4963 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4964 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4966 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4967 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4969 (defvar cl-old-struct-compat-mode nil "\
4970 Non-nil if Cl-Old-Struct-Compat mode is enabled.
4971 See the `cl-old-struct-compat-mode' command
4972 for a description of this minor mode.
4973 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4974 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4975 or call the function `cl-old-struct-compat-mode'.")
4977 (custom-autoload 'cl-old-struct-compat-mode "cl-lib" nil)
4979 (autoload 'cl-old-struct-compat-mode "cl-lib" "\
4980 Enable backward compatibility with old-style structs.
4981 This can be needed when using code byte-compiled using the old
4982 macro-expansion of `cl-defstruct' that used vectors objects instead
4983 of record objects.
4985 If called interactively, enable Cl-Old-Struct-Compat mode if ARG is positive, and
4986 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
4987 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
4988 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
4990 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4992 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-lib" '("cl-")))
4994 ;;;***
4995 \f
4996 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-macs" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
4997 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4998 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el
5000 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-macs" '("cl-")))
5002 ;;;***
5003 \f
5004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-print" "emacs-lisp/cl-print.el" (0 0 0
5005 ;;;;;; 0))
5006 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-print.el
5007 (push (purecopy '(cl-print 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
5009 (autoload 'cl-print-object "cl-print" "\
5010 Dispatcher to print OBJECT on STREAM according to its type.
5011 You can add methods to it to customize the output.
5012 But if you just want to print something, don't call this directly:
5013 call other entry points instead, such as `cl-prin1'.
5015 \(fn OBJECT STREAM)" nil nil)
5017 (autoload 'cl-print-expand-ellipsis "cl-print" "\
5018 Print the expansion of an ellipsis to STREAM.
5019 VALUE should be the value of the `cl-print-ellipsis' text property
5020 which was attached to the ellipsis by `cl-prin1'.
5022 \(fn VALUE STREAM)" nil nil)
5024 (autoload 'cl-prin1 "cl-print" "\
5025 Print OBJECT on STREAM according to its type.
5026 Output is further controlled by the variables
5027 `cl-print-readably', `cl-print-compiled', along with output
5028 variables for the standard printing functions. See Info
5029 node `(elisp)Output Variables'.
5031 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
5033 (autoload 'cl-prin1-to-string "cl-print" "\
5034 Return a string containing the `cl-prin1'-printed representation of OBJECT.
5036 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
5038 (autoload 'cl-print-to-string-with-limit "cl-print" "\
5039 Return a string containing a printed representation of VALUE.
5040 Attempt to get the length of the returned string under LIMIT
5041 characters with appropriate settings of `print-level' and
5042 `print-length.' Use PRINT-FUNCTION to print, which should take
5043 the arguments VALUE and STREAM and which should respect
5044 `print-length' and `print-level'. LIMIT may be nil or zero in
5045 which case PRINT-FUNCTION will be called with `print-level' and
5046 `print-length' bound to nil.
5048 Use this function with `cl-prin1' to print an object,
5049 abbreviating it with ellipses to fit within a size limit. Use
5050 this function with `cl-prin1-expand-ellipsis' to expand an
5051 ellipsis, abbreviating the expansion to stay within a size
5052 limit.
5054 \(fn PRINT-FUNCTION VALUE LIMIT)" nil nil)
5056 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-print" '("cl-print-" "help-byte-code")))
5058 ;;;***
5059 \f
5060 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-seq" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
5061 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
5062 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el
5064 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-seq" '("cl--")))
5066 ;;;***
5067 \f
5068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (0 0 0 0))
5069 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
5071 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
5072 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
5073 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
5074 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
5076 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
5077 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
5078 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
5079 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
5081 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
5082 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
5084 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
5086 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cmacexp" '("c-macro-")))
5088 ;;;***
5089 \f
5090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
5091 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
5093 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
5094 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
5095 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
5096 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
5097 of `scheme-program-name').
5098 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
5099 it is given as initial input.
5100 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
5101 discards input when it starts up.
5102 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
5103 is run).
5106 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
5108 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cmuscheme" '("cmuscheme-load-hook" "inferior-scheme-" "scheme-" "switch-to-scheme")))
5110 ;;;***
5111 \f
5112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (0 0 0 0))
5113 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
5115 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
5116 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
5120 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
5121 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
5123 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
5124 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
5125 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
5127 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
5129 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "color" '("color-")))
5131 ;;;***
5132 \f
5133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (0 0 0 0))
5134 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
5136 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
5137 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
5138 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
5139 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
5140 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
5141 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
5142 functions have already modified the buffer.
5144 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
5146 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
5147 either globally or locally.")
5149 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
5150 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
5151 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
5152 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
5154 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
5155 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
5156 `start-file-process'
5157 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
5158 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
5159 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
5161 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
5162 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
5164 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
5166 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
5168 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
5170 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
5171 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
5172 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
5173 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
5174 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
5175 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
5176 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
5177 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
5178 process as its initial input.
5180 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
5182 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
5184 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
5186 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
5187 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
5188 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
5189 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
5190 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
5191 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
5193 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
5195 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
5197 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
5198 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
5199 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
5200 directory tracking functions.")
5202 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
5203 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
5204 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
5206 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
5208 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
5210 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
5211 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
5212 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
5214 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
5216 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
5218 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
5219 Send COMMAND to current process.
5220 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
5221 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
5223 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
5225 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
5226 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
5227 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
5228 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
5230 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
5232 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "comint" '("comint-")))
5234 ;;;***
5235 \f
5236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (0 0 0 0))
5237 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
5239 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
5240 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
5241 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
5242 to get another window.
5244 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
5245 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
5247 This command pushes the mark in each window
5248 at the prior location of point in that window.
5249 If both windows display the same buffer,
5250 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
5251 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
5253 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
5254 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
5255 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
5256 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
5257 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
5258 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
5259 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
5260 ignored.
5262 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
5263 this command work in interlaced mode:
5264 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
5265 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
5266 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
5268 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
5270 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compare-w" '("compare-")))
5272 ;;;***
5273 \f
5274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compface" "image/compface.el" (0 0 0 0))
5275 ;;; Generated autoloads from image/compface.el
5277 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compface" '("uncompface")))
5279 ;;;***
5280 \f
5281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (0 0 0 0))
5282 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
5284 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
5285 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
5287 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
5289 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
5290 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
5291 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
5293 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
5295 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
5296 Number of lines in a compilation window.
5297 If nil, use Emacs default.")
5299 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
5301 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
5302 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
5303 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
5304 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
5305 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
5307 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
5308 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
5309 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
5310 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
5313 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
5314 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
5315 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
5316 and a string describing how the process finished.")
5317 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
5319 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
5321 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
5323 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
5325 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
5326 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
5327 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
5328 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
5330 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
5332 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
5333 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
5335 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
5336 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
5339 (lambda ()
5344 (if buffer-file-name
5345 (shell-quote-argument
5346 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))
5348 It's often useful to leave a space at the end of the value.")
5350 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
5351 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
5353 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
5354 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
5355 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
5356 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
5358 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
5360 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
5361 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
5362 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
5363 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
5366 and move to the source code that caused it.
5368 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
5369 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
5371 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
5372 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
5373 With prefix arg, always prompts.
5374 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
5375 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
5377 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
5378 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
5380 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
5382 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
5383 kills its subprocesses.
5385 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
5386 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
5387 to a function that generates a unique name.
5389 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
5391 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
5392 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
5393 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
5394 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
5396 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
5397 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
5399 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
5400 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
5401 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
5402 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
5404 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
5405 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
5406 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
5408 Returns the compilation buffer created.
5410 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
5412 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
5413 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
5418 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
5422 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
5424 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
5426 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
5427 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
5429 If called interactively, enable Compilation-Shell minor mode if ARG is positive, and
5430 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
5431 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
5432 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
5434 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
5435 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
5436 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
5437 See `compilation-mode'.
5439 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5441 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
5442 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
5444 If called interactively, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG is positive, and
5445 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
5446 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
5447 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
5449 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
5450 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
5451 `compilation-mode'.
5453 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5455 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
5456 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
5457 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
5459 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
5461 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compile" '("compil" "define-compilation-mode" "kill-compilation" "recompile")))
5463 ;;;***
5464 \f
5465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (0 0 0 0))
5466 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
5468 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
5469 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
5470 See the `dynamic-completion-mode' command
5471 for a description of this minor mode.
5472 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5473 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5474 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
5476 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
5478 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
5479 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
5481 If called interactively, enable Dynamic-Completion mode if ARG is positive, and
5482 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
5483 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
5484 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
5486 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5488 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "completion" '("*c-def-regexp*" "*lisp-def-regexp*" "accept-completion" "add-" "cdabbrev-" "check-completion-length" "clear-all-completions" "cmpl-" "complet" "current-completion-source" "delete-completion" "enable-completion" "find-" "initialize-completions" "inside-locate-completion-entry" "interactive-completion-string-reader" "kill-" "list-all-completions" "make-c" "next-cdabbrev" "num-cmpl-sources" "reset-cdabbrev" "save" "set-c" "symbol-" "use-completion-")))
5490 ;;;***
5491 \f
5492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (0 0 0
5493 ;;;;;; 0))
5494 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
5496 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
5497 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
5498 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
5499 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5500 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5501 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5502 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5504 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5505 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5506 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5508 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5509 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5510 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5512 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5513 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5514 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5515 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5517 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5518 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5519 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5520 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5521 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5522 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5523 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5527 \(fn)" t nil)
5529 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
5530 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5531 Comments start with `#'. For details see `conf-mode'.
5533 \(fn)" t nil)
5535 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
5536 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5537 Comments start with `;'.
5538 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5542 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5543 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5544 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5546 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5547 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5549 \(fn)" t nil)
5551 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
5552 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5553 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5554 between `/*' and `*/'.
5555 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5558 // another kind of comment
5559 /* yet another */
5561 name:value
5562 name=value
5563 name value
5564 x.1 =
5565 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
5566 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
5568 \(fn)" t nil)
5570 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
5571 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5573 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5574 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5575 `conf-space-keywords'.
5576 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5577 in an interactive fashion instead.
5579 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5583 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5584 image/png png
5585 image/tiff tiff tif
5587 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5588 class desktop
5589 # Standard multimedia devices
5590 add /dev/audio desktop
5591 add /dev/mixer desktop
5593 \(fn)" t nil)
5595 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
5596 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5597 See `conf-space-mode'.
5599 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5601 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
5602 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5604 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5611 \(fn)" t nil)
5613 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
5614 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5616 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5620 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5623 \(fn)" t nil)
5625 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
5626 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5628 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5632 *background: gray99
5633 *foreground: black
5635 \(fn)" t nil)
5637 (autoload 'conf-toml-mode "conf-mode" "\
5638 Conf Mode starter for TOML files.
5640 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5644 \[entry]
5647 \(fn)" t nil)
5649 (autoload 'conf-desktop-mode "conf-mode" "\
5650 Conf Mode started for freedesktop.org Desktop files.
5652 For details see `conf-mode'.
5655 [Desktop Entry]
5656 Name=GNU Image Manipulation Program
5657 Name[oc]=Editor d'imatge GIMP
5658 Exec=gimp-2.8 %U
5659 Terminal=false
5661 \(fn)" t nil)
5663 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "conf-mode" '("conf-")))
5665 ;;;***
5666 \f
5667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (0 0 0 0))
5668 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5670 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
5671 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5672 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5673 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5674 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
5675 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
5677 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
5679 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
5680 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5681 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5682 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5684 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5686 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
5687 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5688 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5689 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5691 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5693 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cookie1" '("cookie")))
5695 ;;;***
5696 \f
5697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (0 0
5698 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5699 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5700 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5701 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
5702 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5704 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
5705 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
5706 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5707 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5708 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5709 following the copyright are updated as well.
5710 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5711 interactively.
5713 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5715 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
5716 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5717 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5718 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
5719 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
5721 \(fn)" t nil)
5723 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
5724 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5726 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5728 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
5729 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
5730 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
5732 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
5734 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "copyright" '("copyright-")))
5736 ;;;***
5737 \f
5738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (0 0
5739 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5740 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5741 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5742 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5743 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5744 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5745 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5746 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5747 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5749 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
5750 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5751 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5752 Tab indents for Perl code.
5753 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5754 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5756 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5757 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5758 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5762 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5763 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5764 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
5765 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5766 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5769 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5771 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5772 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5774 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5776 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5777 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5778 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
5780 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5781 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5784 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5788 bite if angry;
5790 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5791 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5792 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5793 to nil.)
5796 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5797 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5799 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5801 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5802 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5803 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5805 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5809 if (A) { B }
5811 into
5813 B if A;
5817 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5818 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5819 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5820 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5821 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5822 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5823 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5824 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5825 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5826 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5827 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5828 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5831 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5833 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5834 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5835 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5836 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5838 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5840 man via menu.
5842 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5843 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5844 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5845 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5849 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5850 span the needed amount of lines.
5852 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5853 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5854 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5855 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5857 Variables controlling indentation style:
5858 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5859 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5860 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5861 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5862 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5863 `cperl-auto-newline'
5864 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5865 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5867 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5868 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5869 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5870 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5871 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5872 `cperl-indent-level'
5873 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5874 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5875 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5876 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5877 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5878 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5879 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5880 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5881 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5882 `cperl-brace-offset'
5883 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5884 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5885 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5886 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5887 `cperl-label-offset'
5888 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5889 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5890 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5892 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5893 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5894 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5895 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5896 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5897 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5899 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5902 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5904 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5905 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5906 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5907 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
5909 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5910 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5912 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5913 column 0 is indented on
5914 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5916 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5917 with no args.
5919 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5920 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5921 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5923 \(fn)" t nil)
5925 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5926 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5928 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5930 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5931 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5933 \(fn)" t nil)
5935 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cperl-mode" '("cperl-" "pod2man-program")))
5937 ;;;***
5938 \f
5939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (0 0 0 0))
5940 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5942 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5943 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5944 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5945 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5946 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5948 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5950 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5951 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5953 \(fn)" t nil)
5955 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cpp" '("cpp-")))
5957 ;;;***
5958 \f
5959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (0 0 0 0))
5960 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5962 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5963 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5964 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5966 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5967 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5971 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5974 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5978 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5979 with empty strings removed.
5981 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5983 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "crm" '("crm-")))
5985 ;;;***
5986 \f
5987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
5988 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5990 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5991 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets (CSS).
5993 This mode provides syntax highlighting, indentation, completion,
5994 and documentation lookup for CSS.
5997 pseudo-elements, pseudo-classes, at-rules, bang-rules, and HTML
5998 tags, classes and IDs. Completion candidates for HTML class
5999 names and IDs are found by looking through open HTML mode
6000 buffers.
6003 pseudo-classes, and pseudo-elements on the Mozilla Developer
6004 Network (MDN).
6007 be used to fill comments.
6011 \(fn)" t nil)
6014 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
6017 \(fn)" t nil)
6019 (autoload 'css-lookup-symbol "css-mode" "\
6020 Display the CSS documentation for SYMBOL, as found on MDN.
6021 When this command is used interactively, it picks a default
6022 symbol based on the CSS text before point -- either an @-keyword,
6023 a property name, a pseudo-class, or a pseudo-element, depending
6024 on what is seen near point.
6026 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
6028 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "css-mode" '("css-" "scss-")))
6030 ;;;***
6031 \f
6032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (0 0 0 0))
6033 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
6035 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
6036 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
6037 See the `cua-mode' command
6038 for a description of this minor mode.
6039 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6040 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6041 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
6043 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
6045 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
6046 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
6048 If called interactively, enable Cua mode if ARG is positive, and
6049 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
6050 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
6051 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
6053 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
6054 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
6055 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
6056 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
6057 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
6058 normal function of these prefix keys.
6060 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
6061 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
6062 options:
6063 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
6064 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
6065 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
6067 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
6068 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
6069 the prefix fallback behavior.
6071 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6073 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
6074 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
6076 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6078 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-base" '("cua-")))
6080 ;;;***
6081 \f
6082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-gmrk" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" (0 0 0 0))
6083 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-gmrk.el
6085 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-gmrk" '("cua-")))
6087 ;;;***
6088 \f
6089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (0 0 0 0))
6090 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
6092 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
6093 Toggle the region as rectangular.
6094 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
6096 If called interactively, enable Cua-Rectangle-Mark mode if ARG is positive, and
6097 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
6098 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
6099 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
6101 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6103 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-rect" '("cua-")))
6105 ;;;***
6106 \f
6107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cursor-sensor" "emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el"
6108 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
6109 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el
6111 (defvar cursor-sensor-inhibit nil)
6113 (autoload 'cursor-intangible-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
6114 Keep cursor outside of any `cursor-intangible' text property.
6116 If called interactively, enable Cursor-Intangible mode if ARG is positive, and
6117 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
6118 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
6119 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
6121 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6123 (autoload 'cursor-sensor-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
6124 Handle the `cursor-sensor-functions' text property.
6125 This property should hold a list of functions which react to the motion
6126 of the cursor. They're called with three arguments (WINDOW OLDPOS DIR)
6127 where WINDOW is the affected window, OLDPOS is the last known position of
6128 the cursor and DIR can be `entered' or `left' depending on whether the cursor
6129 is entering the area covered by the text-property property or leaving it.
6131 If called interactively, enable Cursor-Sensor mode if ARG is positive, and
6132 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
6133 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
6134 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
6136 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6138 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cursor-sensor" '("cursor-sensor-")))
6140 ;;;***
6141 \f
6142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-dep" "cus-dep.el" (0 0 0 0))
6143 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-dep.el
6145 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-dep" '("custom-" "generated-custom-dependencies-file")))
6147 ;;;***
6148 \f
6149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
6150 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
6152 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
6153 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
6155 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
6157 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
6158 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
6160 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
6162 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
6163 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
6165 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
6167 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
6168 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
6170 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
6171 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
6173 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
6174 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
6176 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
6178 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
6180 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
6181 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
6182 VALUE is a Lisp object.
6184 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
6185 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
6187 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
6188 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
6190 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
6191 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
6193 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
6195 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
6197 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
6198 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
6199 Return VALUE.
6201 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
6202 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
6204 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
6205 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
6207 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
6208 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
6210 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
6212 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
6214 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
6215 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
6216 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
6217 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
6219 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
6220 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
6221 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
6223 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
6225 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
6226 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
6228 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
6229 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
6231 \(fn)" t nil)
6233 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
6234 Customize options related to a major or minor mode.
6235 By default the current major mode is used. With a prefix
6236 argument or if the current major mode has no known group, prompt
6237 for the MODE to customize.
6239 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
6241 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
6242 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
6243 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
6245 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6247 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6248 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
6250 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
6252 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
6254 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
6255 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
6257 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
6259 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
6261 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6262 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
6263 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
6265 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
6267 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
6268 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
6269 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
6270 as part of Emacs itself.
6272 Each elements looks like this:
6274 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
6276 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
6277 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
6278 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
6279 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
6280 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
6281 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
6282 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
6283 and `defface'.
6285 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
6293 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
6294 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
6295 the user might see the value in an error message, a good choice is
6296 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
6298 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
6300 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
6301 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
6302 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
6303 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
6304 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
6305 release.
6307 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
6308 that were added or redefined since that version.
6310 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
6312 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
6313 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
6314 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
6315 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
6317 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
6319 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
6320 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
6322 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6324 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6325 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
6326 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
6328 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
6329 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
6331 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
6333 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
6334 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
6336 \(fn)" t nil)
6338 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
6339 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
6341 \(fn)" t nil)
6343 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
6344 Customize all saved options and faces.
6346 \(fn)" t nil)
6348 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
6349 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
6350 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
6351 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
6352 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
6353 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
6355 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
6356 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
6357 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
6359 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
6361 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
6362 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
6364 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
6366 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
6367 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
6369 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6371 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
6372 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
6374 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6376 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
6377 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
6378 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
6379 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
6381 \(fn)" nil nil)
6383 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
6384 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
6385 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
6386 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
6387 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
6388 that option.
6389 DESCRIPTION is unused.
6391 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
6393 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6394 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
6395 The result includes selecting that window.
6396 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
6397 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
6398 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
6399 that option.
6400 DESCRIPTION is unused.
6402 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
6404 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
6405 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
6407 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
6409 (defvar custom-file nil "\
6410 File used for storing customization information.
6411 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
6412 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
6413 it should be an absolute file name.
6415 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
6416 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
6417 something like the following in your init file:
6420 \(load custom-file)
6422 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
6423 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
6425 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
6426 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
6427 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
6428 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
6429 This will preserve your existing customizations.
6431 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
6432 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
6433 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
6434 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
6435 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
6436 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
6438 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
6439 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
6440 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
6442 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
6444 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
6445 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
6447 \(fn)" nil nil)
6449 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
6450 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
6452 \(fn)" t nil)
6454 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
6455 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
6456 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
6458 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
6460 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
6461 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
6462 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
6463 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
6464 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
6466 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
6468 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-edit" '("Custom-" "custom" "widget-")))
6470 ;;;***
6471 \f
6472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (0 0 0 0))
6473 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
6475 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
6476 Create or edit a custom theme.
6477 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
6478 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
6479 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
6480 from the Custom save file.
6481 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
6482 named *Custom Theme*.
6484 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
6486 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
6487 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
6489 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
6491 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
6492 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
6494 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
6496 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
6497 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
6498 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
6499 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
6501 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6503 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-theme" '("custom-" "describe-theme-1")))
6505 ;;;***
6506 \f
6507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (0 0 0 0))
6508 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
6510 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
6511 Mode used for cvs status output.
6513 \(fn)" t nil)
6515 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cvs-status" '("cvs-")))
6517 ;;;***
6518 \f
6519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (0 0 0 0))
6520 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
6521 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6523 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
6524 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
6526 If called interactively, enable Cwarn mode if ARG is positive, and
6527 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
6528 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
6529 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
6531 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
6533 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
6534 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
6535 C++ modes are included.
6537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6539 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
6541 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
6542 Non-nil if Global Cwarn mode is enabled.
6543 See the `global-cwarn-mode' command
6544 for a description of this minor mode.
6545 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6546 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6547 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
6549 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
6551 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
6552 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
6553 With prefix ARG, enable Global Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
6554 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
6555 ARG is omitted or nil.
6557 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
6558 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
6559 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
6561 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6563 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cwarn" '("cwarn-" "turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled")))
6565 ;;;***
6566 \f
6567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (0 0
6568 ;;;;;; 0 0))
6569 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
6571 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
6572 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6574 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6576 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
6577 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6579 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6581 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
6582 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
6583 For readability, the table is slightly
6584 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
6586 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
6587 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
6588 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
6589 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
6590 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
6592 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
6594 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cyril-util" '("cyrillic-language-alist")))
6596 ;;;***
6597 \f
6598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (0 0 0 0))
6599 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6600 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
6601 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
6602 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6603 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6605 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
6606 Completion on current word.
6608 and presents suggestions for completion.
6610 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6611 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6612 completions.
6615 then it searches *all* buffers.
6617 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6619 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
6622 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6623 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6624 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6625 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6626 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function', if `dabbrev-check-other-buffers'
6627 says so. Then, if `dabbrev-check-all-buffers' is non-nil, look in
6628 all the other buffers, subject to constraints specified
6629 by `dabbrev-ignored-buffer-names' and `dabbrev-ignored-regexps'.
6631 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6632 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6634 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6635 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6636 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6638 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6639 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6643 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6645 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dabbrev" '("dabbrev-")))
6647 ;;;***
6648 \f
6649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (0 0 0 0))
6650 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
6652 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
6653 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
6655 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
6657 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "data-debug" '("data-debug-")))
6659 ;;;***
6660 \f
6661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (0 0 0 0))
6662 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
6664 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
6665 Handle events from the D-Bus.
6666 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
6667 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
6668 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
6670 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
6672 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dbus" '("dbus-")))
6674 ;;;***
6675 \f
6676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
6677 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6679 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
6680 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6682 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6683 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6684 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6686 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6687 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6688 Data lines are not indented.
6690 Key bindings:
6693 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6700 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6702 dcl-basic-offset
6703 Extra indentation within blocks.
6705 dcl-continuation-offset
6706 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6708 dcl-margin-offset
6709 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6711 dcl-margin-label-offset
6712 Indentation for a label.
6714 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6715 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6717 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6718 dcl-block-end-regexp
6719 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6720 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
6721 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6722 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6723 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6725 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6726 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6727 Two such functions are included in the package:
6728 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6729 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6731 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6732 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6733 One such function is included in the package:
6734 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6736 dcl-tab-always-indent
6737 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6738 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6739 margin.
6741 dcl-electric-characters
6742 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6743 typed.
6745 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6746 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6747 which words trigger electric indentation.
6749 dcl-tempo-comma
6750 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6751 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6752 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6754 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6755 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6756 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6757 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6759 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6760 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6761 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6762 dcl-imenu-label-call
6763 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6765 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6766 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6767 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6768 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6771 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6773 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6774 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6775 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6776 $ i = 1
6777 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6778 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6779 $ label:
6780 $ if i.eq.1
6781 $ then
6782 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6783 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6784 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6785 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6788 $ type sys$input
6789 Data lines are not indented at all.
6790 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6791 $ endif
6792 $
6795 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6796 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6798 \(fn)" t nil)
6800 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dcl-mode" '("dcl-")))
6802 ;;;***
6803 \f
6804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (0 0 0 0))
6805 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6807 (setq debugger 'debug)
6809 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
6811 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6812 of the evaluator.
6814 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6815 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6816 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6818 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
6820 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6821 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6823 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6825 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6826 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6827 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6828 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6829 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6830 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6833 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6835 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6837 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6839 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6840 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6841 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6843 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6845 (autoload 'debug-on-variable-change "debug" "\
6846 Trigger a debugger invocation when VARIABLE is changed.
6848 When called interactively, prompt for VARIABLE in the minibuffer.
6850 This works by calling `add-variable-watch' on VARIABLE. If you
6851 quit from the debugger, this will abort the change (unless the
6852 change is caused by the termination of a let-binding).
6854 The watchpoint may be circumvented by C code that changes the
6855 variable directly (i.e., not via `set'). Changing the value of
6856 the variable (e.g., `setcar' on a list variable) will not trigger
6857 watchpoint.
6860 this command. Uninterning VARIABLE or making it an alias of
6861 another symbol also cancels it.
6863 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
6865 (defalias 'debug-watch #'debug-on-variable-change)
6867 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-variable-change "debug" "\
6869 If VARIABLE is nil, cancel debug-on-variable-change for all variables.
6870 When called interactively, prompt for VARIABLE in the minibuffer.
6871 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6873 \(fn &optional VARIABLE)" t nil)
6875 (defalias 'cancel-debug-watch #'cancel-debug-on-variable-change)
6877 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "debug" '("debug" "inhibit-debug-on-entry")))
6879 ;;;***
6880 \f
6881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (0 0 0 0))
6882 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6884 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
6885 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6887 \(fn)" t nil)
6889 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
6890 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6891 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6892 Upper-case letters are commands.
6894 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6895 modify it.
6897 The most useful commands are:
6901 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6905 \(fn)" t nil)
6907 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "decipher" '("decipher-")))
6909 ;;;***
6910 \f
6911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (0 0 0 0))
6912 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6913 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6915 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
6916 Customization of `columns' group.
6918 \(fn)" t nil)
6920 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
6921 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6923 START and END delimits the text region.
6925 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6927 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
6928 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6930 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6932 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6934 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "delim-col" '("delimit-columns-")))
6936 ;;;***
6937 \f
6938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (0 0 0 0))
6939 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6941 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
6943 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6944 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6945 See the `delete-selection-mode' command
6946 for a description of this minor mode.
6947 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6948 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6949 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6951 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
6953 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
6954 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6956 If called interactively, enable Delete-Selection mode if ARG is positive, and
6957 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
6958 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
6959 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
6961 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
6962 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
6963 point regardless of any selection.
6965 See `delete-selection-helper' and `delete-selection-pre-hook' for
6966 information on adapting behavior of commands in Delete Selection mode.
6968 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6970 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "delsel" '("del" "minibuffer-keyboard-quit")))
6972 ;;;***
6973 \f
6974 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (0 0 0 0))
6975 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6977 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
6978 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6980 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6982 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6983 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6984 or nil if there is no parent.
6986 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6987 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6988 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6989 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6991 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6992 arguments are currently understood:
6993 :group GROUP
6994 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6995 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6996 :syntax-table TABLE
6997 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
6998 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6999 :abbrev-table TABLE
7000 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
7001 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
7002 :after-hook FORM
7003 A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks have been
7004 run. It should not be quoted.
7006 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
7010 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
7011 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
7012 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
7014 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
7015 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
7019 (setq case-fold-search nil))
7021 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
7022 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
7024 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
7025 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
7027 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
7029 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
7031 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
7033 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
7034 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
7035 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
7036 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
7037 the first time the mode is used.
7039 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
7041 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "derived" '("derived-mode-")))
7043 ;;;***
7044 \f
7045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (0 0 0 0))
7046 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
7048 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
7049 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
7050 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
7051 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
7052 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
7053 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
7054 otherwise.
7056 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
7058 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
7059 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
7060 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
7061 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
7063 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
7064 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
7065 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
7067 The character information includes the character code; charset and
7068 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
7069 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
7070 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
7071 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
7072 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
7073 relevant to POS.
7075 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
7077 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
7078 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
7080 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
7081 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
7082 Otherwise return a description formatted by
7083 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
7084 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
7085 minibuffer window for width limit.
7087 This function is meant to be used as a value of
7088 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
7090 \(fn)" nil nil)
7092 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "descr-text" '("describe-")))
7094 ;;;***
7095 \f
7096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (0 0 0 0))
7097 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
7099 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
7100 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
7101 See the `desktop-save-mode' command
7102 for a description of this minor mode.
7103 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7104 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7105 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
7107 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
7109 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
7110 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
7112 If called interactively, enable Desktop-Save mode if ARG is positive, and
7113 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
7114 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
7115 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
7117 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
7118 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
7119 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
7120 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
7125 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
7126 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
7128 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
7130 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
7132 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7134 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system buffer-display-time indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
7135 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
7136 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
7137 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
7139 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
7141 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
7142 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
7144 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
7145 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
7146 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
7148 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
7151 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
7152 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
7153 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
7155 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
7156 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
7157 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
7158 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
7160 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
7162 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
7163 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
7165 Handlers are called with argument list
7167 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
7169 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
7171 `desktop-file-version'
7172 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
7173 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
7174 `desktop-buffer-point'
7175 `desktop-buffer-mark'
7176 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
7177 `desktop-buffer-locals'
7179 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
7180 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
7182 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
7183 code like
7185 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
7186 ...
7190 The major mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
7192 can guess how to load the mode's definition.")
7194 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
7196 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
7197 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
7198 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
7199 List elements must have the form
7201 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
7203 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
7204 function.
7206 Handlers are called with argument list
7208 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
7210 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
7212 `desktop-file-version'
7213 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
7214 `desktop-buffer-name'
7215 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
7216 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
7217 `desktop-buffer-point'
7218 `desktop-buffer-mark'
7219 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
7220 `desktop-buffer-misc'
7222 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
7223 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
7224 created and set.
7226 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
7227 code like
7229 (defun foo-desktop-restore
7230 ...
7234 The minor mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
7236 can guess how to load the mode's definition.
7238 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
7240 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
7242 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
7243 Empty the Desktop.
7244 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
7245 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
7246 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
7247 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
7248 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
7249 if different).
7251 \(fn)" t nil)
7253 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
7254 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
7255 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
7256 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this
7257 desktop. If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current
7258 desktop information to that in the desktop file, and if the
7259 desktop information has not changed since it was last saved then
7260 do not rewrite the file.
7262 This function can save the desktop in either format version
7263 208 (which only Emacs 25.1 and later can read) or version
7264 206 (which is readable by any Emacs from version 22.1 onwards).
7265 By default, it will use the same format the desktop file had when
7266 it was last saved, or version 208 when writing a fresh desktop
7267 file.
7269 To upgrade a version 206 file to version 208, call this command
7270 explicitly with a bare prefix argument: C-u M-x desktop-save.
7271 You are recommended to do this once you have firmly upgraded to
7272 Emacs 25.1 (or later). To downgrade a version 208 file to version
7273 206, use a double command prefix: C-u C-u M-x desktop-save.
7274 Confirmation will be requested in either case. In a non-interactive
7275 call, VERSION can be given as an integer, either 206 or 208, which
7276 will be accepted as the format version in which to save the file
7277 without further confirmation.
7279 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED VERSION)" t nil)
7281 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
7282 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
7283 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
7285 \(fn)" t nil)
7287 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
7288 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
7289 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
7290 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
7291 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
7292 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
7293 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
7294 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
7296 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
7298 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
7299 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
7300 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
7301 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
7302 directory DIRNAME.
7304 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
7306 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
7307 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
7309 \(fn)" t nil)
7311 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
7312 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
7314 \(fn)" t nil)
7316 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "desktop" '("desktop-")))
7318 ;;;***
7319 \f
7320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (0 0 0 0))
7321 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
7323 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
7324 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
7325 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
7326 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
7327 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
7328 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7330 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7332 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
7333 Repair a broken attribution line.
7334 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7336 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7338 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
7339 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
7340 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
7341 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7343 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7345 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
7346 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
7348 \(fn)" t nil)
7350 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "deuglify" '("gnus-")))
7352 ;;;***
7353 \f
7354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dframe" "dframe.el" (0 0 0 0))
7355 ;;; Generated autoloads from dframe.el
7357 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dframe" '("dframe-")))
7359 ;;;***
7360 \f
7361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (0 0 0
7362 ;;;;;; 0))
7363 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
7365 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
7366 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
7367 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
7368 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
7369 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
7371 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7373 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
7374 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
7375 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
7376 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
7378 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
7379 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
7380 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
7381 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
7383 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
7384 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
7386 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
7391 \(diary-mail-entries)
7393 # diary-rem.el ends here
7395 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
7397 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
7398 Major mode for editing the diary file.
7400 \(fn)" t nil)
7402 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diary-lib" '("calendar-mark-" "diary-")))
7404 ;;;***
7405 \f
7406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (0 0 0 0))
7407 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
7409 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-u") "\
7410 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
7412 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
7414 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
7415 The command to use to run diff.")
7417 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
7419 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
7420 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
7421 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
7422 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
7423 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
7424 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
7426 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
7427 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
7428 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
7430 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
7432 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
7433 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7434 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7435 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7436 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7437 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
7439 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7441 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
7442 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
7444 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
7446 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
7447 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
7448 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
7450 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
7452 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diff" '("diff-")))
7454 ;;;***
7455 \f
7456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
7457 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
7459 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
7460 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
7461 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
7462 normal diffs.
7464 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
7465 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
7466 headers for you on-the-fly.
7474 \(fn)" t nil)
7476 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
7477 Toggle Diff minor mode.
7479 If called interactively, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is positive, and
7480 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
7481 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
7482 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
7486 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7488 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diff-mode" '("diff-")))
7490 ;;;***
7491 \f
7492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (0 0 0 0))
7493 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
7495 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
7496 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
7497 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
7499 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
7501 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dig" '("dig-" "query-dig")))
7503 ;;;***
7504 \f
7505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
7506 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
7508 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
7509 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
7510 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
7511 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
7512 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
7513 Options that include embedded whitespace must be quoted
7515 `combine-and-quote-strings' to produce the correct quoting of
7516 each option.
7517 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
7518 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
7519 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
7521 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
7523 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
7524 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
7525 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
7526 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
7527 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
7528 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
7530 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
7532 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
7533 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
7535 If DIRNAME is a string, Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which
7536 may also have shell wildcards appended to select certain files).
7538 If DIRNAME is a cons, its first element is taken as the directory name
7539 and the rest as an explicit list of files to make directory entries for.
7540 In this case, SWITCHES are applied to each of the files separately, and
7541 therefore switches that control the order of the files in the produced
7542 listing have no effect.
7548 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
7550 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7551 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
7553 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
7556 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7557 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
7559 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
7562 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7564 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
7565 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
7567 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7569 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
7572 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
7575 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
7578 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
7580 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
7583 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
7584 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
7585 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
7586 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
7588 to see why something went wrong.
7593 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
7600 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
7601 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
7604 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
7606 again for the directory tree.
7609 for more info):
7611 `dired-listing-switches'
7612 `dired-trivial-filenames'
7613 `dired-marker-char'
7614 `dired-del-marker'
7615 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
7616 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
7617 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
7618 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
7622 `dired-before-readin-hook'
7623 `dired-after-readin-hook'
7624 `dired-mode-hook'
7625 `dired-load-hook'
7627 Keybindings:
7630 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7631 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
7633 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired" '("dired-")))
7635 ;;;***
7636 \f
7637 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el"
7638 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
7639 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
7641 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired-aux" '("dired-" "minibuffer-default-add-dired-shell-commands")))
7643 ;;;***
7644 \f
7645 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
7646 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
7647 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7649 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired-x" '("dired-" "virtual-dired")))
7651 ;;;***
7652 \f
7653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (0 0 0 0))
7654 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7656 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
7657 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
7659 If called interactively, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is positive, and
7660 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
7661 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
7662 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
7664 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
7665 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
7666 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
7668 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
7669 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
7670 directory.
7672 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7674 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
7675 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
7676 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
7677 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
7678 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
7679 from `default-directory'.
7681 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7683 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dirtrack" '("dirtrack-")))
7685 ;;;***
7686 \f
7687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (0 0 0 0))
7688 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7690 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
7691 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7692 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7693 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7694 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7695 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7697 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7699 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "disass" '("disassemble-")))
7701 ;;;***
7702 \f
7703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (0 0 0 0))
7704 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7706 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
7707 Return a new, empty display table.
7709 \(fn)" nil nil)
7711 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7712 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7713 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7714 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7715 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7717 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7719 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7720 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7721 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7722 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7723 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7725 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7727 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
7728 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7730 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
7732 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
7733 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7735 \(fn)" t nil)
7737 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
7738 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
7740 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
7741 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
7743 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
7744 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
7745 byte.
7747 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
7748 in the default way after this call.
7750 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7752 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
7753 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7755 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7757 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
7758 Display character C using printable string S.
7760 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7762 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
7763 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7764 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7765 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7767 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7769 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
7770 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7771 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7772 X frame.
7774 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7776 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
7777 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7779 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7781 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
7782 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7784 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7786 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
7787 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
7789 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
7791 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
7792 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
7794 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7796 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
7797 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
7799 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7801 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
7802 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7804 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
7805 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
7807 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
7808 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
7810 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7811 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7812 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7813 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7815 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7816 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
7817 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
7818 in `.emacs'.
7820 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7822 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "disp-table" '("display-table-print-array")))
7824 ;;;***
7825 \f
7826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "display-line-numbers" "display-line-numbers.el"
7827 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
7828 ;;; Generated autoloads from display-line-numbers.el
7830 (autoload 'display-line-numbers-mode "display-line-numbers" "\
7831 Toggle display of line numbers in the buffer.
7832 This uses `display-line-numbers' internally.
7834 If called interactively, enable Display-Line-Numbers mode if ARG is positive, and
7835 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
7836 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
7837 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
7839 To change the type of line numbers displayed by default,
7840 customize `display-line-numbers-type'. To change the type while
7841 the mode is on, set `display-line-numbers' directly.
7843 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7845 (defvar global-display-line-numbers-mode nil "\
7846 Non-nil if Global Display-Line-Numbers mode is enabled.
7847 See the `global-display-line-numbers-mode' command
7848 for a description of this minor mode.
7849 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7850 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7851 or call the function `global-display-line-numbers-mode'.")
7853 (custom-autoload 'global-display-line-numbers-mode "display-line-numbers" nil)
7855 (autoload 'global-display-line-numbers-mode "display-line-numbers" "\
7856 Toggle Display-Line-Numbers mode in all buffers.
7857 With prefix ARG, enable Global Display-Line-Numbers mode if ARG is positive;
7858 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
7859 ARG is omitted or nil.
7861 Display-Line-Numbers mode is enabled in all buffers where
7862 `display-line-numbers--turn-on' would do it.
7863 See `display-line-numbers-mode' for more information on Display-Line-Numbers mode.
7865 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7867 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "display-line-numbers" '("display-line-numbers-")))
7869 ;;;***
7870 \f
7871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (0 0 0 0))
7872 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7874 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
7875 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7876 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7877 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7878 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7879 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7880 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7881 Default is 2.
7883 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7885 ;;;***
7886 \f
7887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (0 0 0 0))
7888 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7890 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
7891 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7892 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7893 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7894 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7895 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7896 private or ask).
7897 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7898 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7899 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7900 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7901 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7903 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
7905 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dnd" '("dnd-")))
7907 ;;;***
7908 \f
7909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns" "net/dns.el" (0 0 0 0))
7910 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dns.el
7912 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dns" '("dns-")))
7914 ;;;***
7915 \f
7916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
7917 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7919 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
7920 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7921 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7922 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7923 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7924 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7925 table and its own syntax table.
7927 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7929 \(fn)" t nil)
7930 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7932 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
7933 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7935 \(fn)" t nil)
7937 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dns-mode" '("dns-mode-")))
7939 ;;;***
7940 \f
7941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (0 0 0 0))
7942 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
7944 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
7945 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
7946 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
7947 OpenDocument format).
7949 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
7951 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
7952 Major mode in DocView buffers.
7954 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
7955 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
7958 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
7961 \(fn)" t nil)
7963 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
7964 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
7965 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
7966 to the next best mode.
7968 \(fn)" nil nil)
7970 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
7971 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
7973 If called interactively, enable Doc-View minor mode if ARG is positive, and
7974 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
7975 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
7976 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
7978 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
7980 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7982 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
7985 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
7987 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "doc-view" '("doc-view-")))
7989 ;;;***
7990 \f
7991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (0 0 0 0))
7992 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7994 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
7995 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7997 \(fn)" t nil)
7999 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "doctor" '("doc" "make-doctor-variables")))
8001 ;;;***
8002 \f
8003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dom" "dom.el" (0 0 0 0))
8004 ;;; Generated autoloads from dom.el
8006 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dom" '("dom-")))
8008 ;;;***
8009 \f
8010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-fns" "dos-fns.el" (0 0 0 0))
8011 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-fns.el
8013 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-fns" '("dos")))
8015 ;;;***
8016 \f
8017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-vars" "dos-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
8018 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-vars.el
8020 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-vars" '("dos-codepage-setup-hook" "msdos-shells")))
8022 ;;;***
8023 \f
8024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-w32" "dos-w32.el" (0 0 0 0))
8025 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-w32.el
8027 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-w32" '("file-name-buffer-file-type-alist" "find-" "w32-")))
8029 ;;;***
8030 \f
8031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (0 0 0 0))
8032 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
8034 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
8035 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
8037 If called interactively, enable Double mode if ARG is positive, and
8038 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
8039 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
8040 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
8042 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
8043 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
8045 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8047 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "double" '("double-")))
8049 ;;;***
8050 \f
8051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (0 0 0 0))
8052 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
8053 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
8055 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
8056 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
8058 \(fn)" t nil)
8060 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dunnet" '("dun" "obj-special")))
8062 ;;;***
8063 \f
8064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dynamic-setting" "dynamic-setting.el" (0 0
8065 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8066 ;;; Generated autoloads from dynamic-setting.el
8068 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dynamic-setting" '("dynamic-setting-handle-config-changed-event" "font-setting-change-default-font")))
8070 ;;;***
8071 \f
8072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (0
8073 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8074 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
8076 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
8078 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
8079 Define a new minor mode MODE.
8080 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
8081 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
8082 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
8084 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
8085 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
8086 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
8087 and disables it otherwise.
8089 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
8090 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
8091 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
8092 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
8094 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
8096 appear in DOC, a paragraph is added to DOC explaining
8097 usage of the mode argument.
8099 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
8100 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
8101 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
8102 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
8103 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
8104 (KEY . BINDING) pairs where KEY and BINDING are suitable for
8105 `define-key'. If you supply a KEYMAP argument that is not a
8106 symbol, this macro defines the variable MODE-map and gives it
8107 the value that KEYMAP specifies.
8109 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
8110 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
8111 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
8112 alternating keywords and values. If you provide BODY, then you must
8113 provide (even if just nil) INIT-VALUE, LIGHTER, and KEYMAP, or provide
8114 at least one keyword argument, or both; otherwise, BODY would be
8115 misinterpreted as the first omitted argument. The following special
8116 keywords are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if
8117 the minor mode is global):
8119 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
8121 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
8122 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
8123 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
8124 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
8125 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
8126 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
8127 Not used if you also specify :variable.
8128 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
8129 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
8130 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
8131 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
8132 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
8133 named variable, or a generalized variable.
8134 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
8135 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
8136 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
8137 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
8138 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
8139 in :variable).
8141 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
8142 have been run. It should not be quoted.
8144 For example, you could write
8147 ...BODY CODE...)
8149 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
8151 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
8153 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
8155 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
8157 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
8158 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
8159 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
8160 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
8161 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
8162 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
8163 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
8164 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
8165 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
8166 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
8167 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
8168 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
8170 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
8171 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
8172 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
8173 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
8174 call another major mode in their body.
8176 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
8177 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
8178 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
8180 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
8182 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
8184 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
8185 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
8186 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
8187 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
8188 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
8189 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
8190 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
8192 Valid keywords and arguments are:
8194 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
8195 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
8196 :inherit Parent keymap.
8197 :group Ignored.
8198 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
8199 `nodigits' to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
8201 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
8203 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
8204 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
8205 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
8206 the constant's documentation.
8208 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
8210 (function-put 'easy-mmode-defmap 'lisp-indent-function '1)
8212 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
8213 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
8214 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
8216 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
8218 (function-put 'easy-mmode-defsyntax 'lisp-indent-function '1)
8220 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "easy-mmode" '("easy-mmode-")))
8222 ;;;***
8223 \f
8224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (0 0 0
8225 ;;;;;; 0))
8226 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
8228 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
8229 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
8230 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
8231 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
8233 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
8234 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
8235 as a top-level menu bar item.
8237 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
8238 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
8239 pairs:
8241 :filter FUNCTION
8242 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
8243 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
8244 items to actually display.
8246 :visible INCLUDE
8247 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
8248 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
8249 alias for `:visible'.
8251 :active ENABLE
8252 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
8253 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
8254 an alias for `:active'.
8256 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
8257 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
8259 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
8261 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
8263 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
8264 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
8266 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
8267 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
8269 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
8271 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
8273 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
8274 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
8276 :keys KEYS
8277 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
8278 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
8279 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
8280 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
8282 :key-sequence KEYS
8283 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
8284 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
8285 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
8286 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
8288 :active ENABLE
8289 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
8290 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
8291 alias for `:active'.
8293 :visible INCLUDE
8294 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
8295 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
8296 `:visible'.
8298 :label FORM
8299 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
8300 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
8302 :suffix FORM
8303 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
8304 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
8306 :style STYLE
8307 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
8308 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
8309 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
8311 :selected SELECTED
8312 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
8313 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
8315 :help HELP
8316 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
8318 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
8319 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
8320 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
8322 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
8323 MENU. This is a submenu.
8325 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
8327 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
8329 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
8332 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
8334 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
8335 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
8336 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
8337 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
8339 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
8341 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
8342 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
8343 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
8344 should contain a submenu named NAME.
8345 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
8346 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
8348 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
8349 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
8350 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
8352 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
8353 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
8354 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
8356 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
8357 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
8359 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
8361 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "easymenu" '("add-submenu" "easy-menu-")))
8363 ;;;***
8364 \f
8365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-abn" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" (0 0 0 0))
8366 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-abn.el
8368 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-abn" '("ebnf-abn-")))
8370 ;;;***
8371 \f
8372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-bnf" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" (0 0 0 0))
8373 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el
8375 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-bnf" '("ebnf-")))
8377 ;;;***
8378 \f
8379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-dtd" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" (0 0 0 0))
8380 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el
8382 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-dtd" '("ebnf-dtd-")))
8384 ;;;***
8385 \f
8386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-ebx" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" (0 0 0 0))
8387 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el
8389 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-ebx" '("ebnf-ebx-")))
8391 ;;;***
8392 \f
8393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-iso" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" (0 0 0 0))
8394 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-iso.el
8396 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-iso" '("ebnf-")))
8398 ;;;***
8399 \f
8400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-otz" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" (0 0 0 0))
8401 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-otz.el
8403 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-otz" '("ebnf-")))
8405 ;;;***
8406 \f
8407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-yac" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" (0 0 0 0))
8408 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-yac.el
8410 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-yac" '("ebnf-yac-")))
8412 ;;;***
8413 \f
8414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (0 0 0 0))
8415 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
8416 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8418 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
8419 Customization for ebnf group.
8421 \(fn)" t nil)
8423 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8424 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8426 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8428 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8429 processed.
8431 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8433 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8435 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8436 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8438 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8439 killed after process termination.
8441 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8443 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8445 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8446 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8449 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
8450 it to the printer.
8452 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
8453 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
8454 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
8455 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
8457 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8459 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8460 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
8461 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
8463 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8465 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8466 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8468 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8470 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8471 processed.
8473 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8475 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8477 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8478 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8480 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8481 killed after process termination.
8483 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8485 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8487 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8488 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8489 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
8490 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
8492 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8494 \(fn)" t nil)
8496 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8497 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8498 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8500 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8502 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8504 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8505 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8507 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8509 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8510 processed.
8512 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8514 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8516 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8517 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8519 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8520 killed after EPS generation.
8522 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8524 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8526 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8527 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
8529 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
8530 The EPS file name has the following form:
8532 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8534 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8537 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8538 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8539 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8543 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8544 files.
8546 \(fn)" t nil)
8548 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8549 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
8551 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
8552 The EPS file name has the following form:
8554 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8556 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8559 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8560 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8561 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8565 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8566 files.
8568 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8570 (defalias 'ebnf-despool #'ps-despool)
8572 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8573 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8575 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
8577 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
8578 are processed.
8580 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8582 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8584 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8585 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
8587 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8588 killed after syntax checking.
8590 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8592 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8594 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8595 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8597 \(fn)" t nil)
8599 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8600 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
8602 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8604 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
8605 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8607 \(fn)" nil nil)
8609 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8610 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
8612 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8614 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8616 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8617 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8619 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8621 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8623 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8624 Delete style NAME.
8626 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8628 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8630 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8631 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8633 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8635 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8637 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8638 Set STYLE as the current style.
8640 Returns the old style symbol.
8642 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8644 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
8646 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8647 Reset current style.
8649 Returns the old style symbol.
8651 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8653 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8655 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8656 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
8658 Returns the old style symbol.
8660 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
8662 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8664 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8666 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8667 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
8669 Returns the old style symbol.
8671 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
8673 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8675 \(fn)" t nil)
8677 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf2ps" '("ebnf-")))
8679 ;;;***
8680 \f
8681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (0 0 0 0))
8682 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8684 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
8685 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8686 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8687 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8688 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8691 Tree mode key bindings:
8694 \(fn)" t nil)
8696 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
8697 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8699 \(fn)" t nil)
8701 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
8702 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8704 \(fn)" t nil)
8706 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8707 View declaration of member at point.
8709 \(fn)" t nil)
8711 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8712 Find declaration of member at point.
8714 \(fn)" t nil)
8716 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
8717 View definition of member at point.
8719 \(fn)" t nil)
8721 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
8722 Find definition of member at point.
8724 \(fn)" t nil)
8726 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8727 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8729 \(fn)" t nil)
8731 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8732 View definition of member at point in other window.
8734 \(fn)" t nil)
8736 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8737 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8739 \(fn)" t nil)
8741 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8742 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8744 \(fn)" t nil)
8746 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8747 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8749 \(fn)" t nil)
8751 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8752 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8754 \(fn)" t nil)
8756 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
8757 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8758 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8759 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8760 completion.
8762 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8764 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
8765 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8766 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8767 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8769 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8771 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
8772 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8773 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8774 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8776 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8778 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
8779 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8780 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8782 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8784 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
8785 Search for call sites of a member.
8786 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8787 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8788 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8789 looks like a function call to the member.
8791 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8793 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8794 Move backward in the position stack.
8795 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8797 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8799 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8800 Move forward in the position stack.
8801 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8803 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8805 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
8806 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8808 \(fn)" t nil)
8810 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
8811 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8813 \(fn)" t nil)
8815 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
8816 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8817 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8818 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8820 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8822 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
8823 Display statistics for a class tree.
8825 \(fn)" t nil)
8827 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebrowse" '("ebrowse-" "electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook")))
8829 ;;;***
8830 \f
8831 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
8832 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8834 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
8836 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
8838 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
8839 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
8840 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8842 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8845 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
8846 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
8847 also has this effect.
8849 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
8860 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8862 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebuff-menu" '("Electric-buffer-menu-" "electric-buffer-")))
8864 ;;;***
8865 \f
8866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (0 0 0 0))
8867 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8869 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
8870 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8871 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8873 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8875 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "echistory" '("Electric-history-" "electric-")))
8877 ;;;***
8878 \f
8879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "ecomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
8880 ;;; Generated autoloads from ecomplete.el
8882 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
8883 Read the .ecompleterc file.
8885 \(fn)" nil nil)
8887 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ecomplete" '("ecomplete-")))
8889 ;;;***
8890 \f
8891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (0 0 0 0))
8892 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
8893 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
8895 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
8896 Non-nil if Global Ede mode is enabled.
8897 See the `global-ede-mode' command
8898 for a description of this minor mode.
8899 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8900 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8901 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
8903 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
8905 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
8906 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
8908 If called interactively, enable Global Ede mode if ARG is positive, and
8909 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
8910 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
8911 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
8913 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
8914 an EDE controlled project.
8916 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8918 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede" '("ede" "global-ede-mode-map" "project-try-ede")))
8920 ;;;***
8921 \f
8922 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/auto" "cedet/ede/auto.el" (0 0 0 0))
8923 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/auto.el
8925 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/auto" '("ede-")))
8927 ;;;***
8928 \f
8929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/autoconf-edit" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
8930 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8931 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el
8933 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/autoconf-edit" '("autoconf-")))
8935 ;;;***
8936 \f
8937 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/base" "cedet/ede/base.el"
8938 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8939 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/base.el
8941 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/base" '("ede-")))
8943 ;;;***
8944 \f
8945 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/config" "cedet/ede/config.el"
8946 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8947 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/config.el
8949 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/config" '("ede-")))
8951 ;;;***
8952 \f
8953 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/cpp-root"
8954 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" (0 0 0 0))
8955 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/cpp-root.el
8957 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/cpp-root" '("ede-c")))
8959 ;;;***
8960 \f
8961 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/custom" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
8962 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8963 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/custom.el
8965 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/custom" '("ede-" "eieio-ede-old-variables")))
8967 ;;;***
8968 \f
8969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/detect" "cedet/ede/detect.el" (0 0 0 0))
8970 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/detect.el
8972 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/detect" '("ede-")))
8974 ;;;***
8975 \f
8976 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/dired" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
8977 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8978 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/dired.el
8980 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/dired" '("ede-dired-")))
8982 ;;;***
8983 \f
8984 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/emacs" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
8985 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8986 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/emacs.el
8988 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/emacs" '("ede-emacs-")))
8990 ;;;***
8991 \f
8992 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/files" "cedet/ede/files.el"
8993 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8994 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/files.el
8996 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/files" '("ede-")))
8998 ;;;***
8999 \f
9000 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/generic"
9001 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/generic.el" (0 0 0 0))
9002 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/generic.el
9004 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/generic" '("ede-generic-")))
9006 ;;;***
9007 \f
9008 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/linux" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
9009 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9010 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/linux.el
9012 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/linux" '("ede-linux-" "project-linux-")))
9014 ;;;***
9015 \f
9016 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/locate" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
9017 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9018 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/locate.el
9020 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/locate" '("ede-locate-")))
9022 ;;;***
9023 \f
9024 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/make" "cedet/ede/make.el"
9025 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9026 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/make.el
9028 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/make" '("ede-make-")))
9030 ;;;***
9031 \f
9032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/makefile-edit" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
9033 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9034 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el
9036 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/makefile-edit" '("makefile-")))
9038 ;;;***
9039 \f
9040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/pconf" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" (0 0 0 0))
9041 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/pconf.el
9043 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/pconf" '("ede-pconf-create-file-query")))
9045 ;;;***
9046 \f
9047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/pmake" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" (0 0 0 0))
9048 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/pmake.el
9050 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/pmake" '("ede-pmake-")))
9052 ;;;***
9053 \f
9054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj" "cedet/ede/proj.el" (0 0 0 0))
9055 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj.el
9057 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj" '("ede-proj-")))
9059 ;;;***
9060 \f
9061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-archive" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
9062 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9063 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-archive.el
9065 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-archive" '("ede-")))
9067 ;;;***
9068 \f
9069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-aux" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" (0 0
9070 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9071 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-aux.el
9073 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-aux" '("ede-")))
9075 ;;;***
9076 \f
9077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-comp" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" (0
9078 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
9079 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-comp.el
9081 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-comp" '("ede-" "proj-comp-insert-variable-once")))
9083 ;;;***
9084 \f
9085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-elisp" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
9086 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9087 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el
9089 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-elisp" '("ede-")))
9091 ;;;***
9092 \f
9093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-info" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" (0
9094 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
9095 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-info.el
9097 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-info" '("ede-")))
9099 ;;;***
9100 \f
9101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-misc" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" (0
9102 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
9103 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-misc.el
9105 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-misc" '("ede-")))
9107 ;;;***
9108 \f
9109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-obj" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" (0 0
9110 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9111 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-obj.el
9113 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-obj" '("ede-")))
9115 ;;;***
9116 \f
9117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-prog" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" (0
9118 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
9119 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-prog.el
9121 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-prog" '("ede-proj-target-makefile-program")))
9123 ;;;***
9124 \f
9125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-scheme" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
9126 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9127 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el
9129 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-scheme" '("ede-proj-target-scheme")))
9131 ;;;***
9132 \f
9133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-shared" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
9134 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9135 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-shared.el
9137 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-shared" '("ede-")))
9139 ;;;***
9140 \f
9141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/project-am" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
9142 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9143 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/project-am.el
9145 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/project-am" '("project-am-")))
9147 ;;;***
9148 \f
9149 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/shell" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
9150 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9151 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/shell.el
9153 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/shell" '("ede-shell-run-command")))
9155 ;;;***
9156 \f
9157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/simple" "cedet/ede/simple.el" (0 0 0 0))
9158 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/simple.el
9160 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/simple" '("ede-simple-")))
9162 ;;;***
9163 \f
9164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/source" "cedet/ede/source.el" (0 0 0 0))
9165 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/source.el
9167 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/source" '("ede-source")))
9169 ;;;***
9170 \f
9171 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/speedbar"
9172 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" (0 0 0 0))
9173 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/speedbar.el
9175 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/speedbar" '("ede-")))
9177 ;;;***
9178 \f
9179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/srecode" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" (0 0 0
9180 ;;;;;; 0))
9181 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/srecode.el
9183 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/srecode" '("ede-srecode-")))
9185 ;;;***
9186 \f
9187 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/util" "cedet/ede/util.el"
9188 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9189 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/util.el
9191 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/util" '("ede-make-buffer-writable")))
9193 ;;;***
9194 \f
9195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (0 0 0 0))
9196 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
9198 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
9199 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
9200 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
9201 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
9202 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
9204 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
9205 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
9207 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
9209 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
9211 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
9212 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
9213 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
9214 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
9216 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
9218 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
9219 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
9220 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
9221 `edebug-form-spec' property.
9223 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
9225 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
9227 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
9228 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
9229 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
9230 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
9231 using `eval-expression' (which see).
9233 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
9234 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
9235 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
9236 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
9237 instrumented for Edebug.
9239 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
9240 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
9241 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
9242 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
9243 already is one.)
9245 \(fn)" t nil)
9247 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
9248 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
9250 \(fn)" t nil)
9252 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
9253 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
9255 \(fn)" t nil)
9257 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edebug" '("cancel-edebug-on-entry" "edebug" "get-edebug-spec" "global-edebug-")))
9259 ;;;***
9260 \f
9261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (0 0 0 0))
9262 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
9263 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
9265 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
9266 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
9267 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9268 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers.
9270 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9272 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
9273 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
9274 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9275 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers.
9277 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9279 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
9281 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
9283 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
9284 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
9285 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
9286 nothing to revert then this command fails.
9288 \(fn)" t nil)
9290 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
9291 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
9292 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
9293 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
9295 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9297 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
9298 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
9299 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9300 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers. JOB-NAME is a
9301 symbol describing the Ediff job type; it defaults to
9302 `ediff-buffers', but can also be one of
9303 `ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor', `ediff-last-dir-ancestor',
9304 `ediff-last-dir-C', `ediff-buffers3', `ediff-merge-buffers', or
9305 `ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor'.
9307 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
9309 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
9311 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
9312 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
9313 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9314 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers. JOB-NAME is a
9315 symbol describing the Ediff job type; it defaults to
9316 `ediff-buffers3', but can also be one of
9317 `ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor', `ediff-last-dir-ancestor',
9318 `ediff-last-dir-C', `ediff-buffers', `ediff-merge-buffers', or
9319 `ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor'.
9321 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
9323 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
9325 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
9326 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
9327 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
9328 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
9330 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
9332 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
9334 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
9335 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
9336 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
9337 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
9339 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
9341 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
9343 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
9344 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
9345 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
9346 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
9348 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
9350 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
9352 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
9353 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
9354 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
9355 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
9356 MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR is the directory in which to store merged files.
9358 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9360 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
9362 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9363 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
9364 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
9365 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
9366 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
9367 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
9368 MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR is the directory in which to store merged files.
9370 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9372 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
9373 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
9374 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
9375 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
9376 MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR is the directory in which to store merged files.
9378 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9380 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
9382 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9383 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
9384 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
9385 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
9386 MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR is the directory in which to store merged files.
9388 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9390 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
9392 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
9394 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
9395 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
9396 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
9397 follows:
9398 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
9399 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
9400 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9401 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers.
9403 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9405 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
9406 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
9407 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
9408 follows:
9409 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
9410 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
9411 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9412 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers.
9414 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9416 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
9417 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
9418 BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B are the buffers to be compared.
9419 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
9420 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
9421 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
9422 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9423 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers.
9425 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9427 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
9428 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
9429 BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B are the buffers to be compared.
9430 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
9431 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
9432 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
9433 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
9434 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9435 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers.
9437 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9439 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
9441 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
9442 Merge two files without ancestor.
9443 FILE-A and FILE-B are the names of the files to be merged.
9444 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9445 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers. MERGE-BUFFER-FILE
9446 is the name of the file to be associated with the merge buffer..
9448 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9450 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9451 Merge two files with ancestor.
9452 FILE-A and FILE-B are the names of the files to be merged, and
9453 FILE-ANCESTOR is the name of the ancestor file. STARTUP-HOOKS is
9454 a list of functions that Emacs calls without arguments after
9455 setting up the Ediff buffers. MERGE-BUFFER-FILE is the name of
9456 the file to be associated with the merge buffer.
9458 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9460 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
9462 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
9463 Merge buffers without ancestor.
9464 BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B are the buffers to be merged.
9465 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9466 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers. JOB-NAME is a
9467 symbol describing the Ediff job type; it defaults to
9468 `ediff-merge-buffers', but can also be one of
9469 `ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor', `ediff-last-dir-ancestor',
9470 `ediff-last-dir-C', `ediff-buffers', `ediff-buffers3', or
9471 `ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor'. MERGE-BUFFER-FILE is the
9472 name of the file to be associated with the merge buffer.
9474 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9476 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9477 Merge buffers with ancestor.
9478 BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B are the buffers to be merged, and
9479 BUFFER-ANCESTOR is their ancestor. STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of
9480 functions that Emacs calls without arguments after setting up the
9481 Ediff buffers. JOB-NAME is a symbol describing the Ediff job
9482 type; it defaults to `ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor', but can
9483 also be one of `ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor',
9484 `ediff-last-dir-ancestor', `ediff-last-dir-C', `ediff-buffers',
9485 `ediff-buffers3', or `ediff-merge-buffers'. MERGE-BUFFER-FILE is
9486 the name of the file to be associated with the merge buffer.
9488 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9490 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
9491 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
9492 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the
9493 current buffer. STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs
9494 calls without arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers.
9495 MERGE-BUFFER-FILE is the name of the file to be associated with
9496 the merge buffer.
9498 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9500 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9501 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
9502 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the
9503 current buffer. STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs
9504 calls without arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers.
9505 MERGE-BUFFER-FILE is the name of the file to be associated with
9506 the merge buffer.
9508 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9510 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
9511 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
9512 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
9513 and don't ask the user.
9514 If prefix argument ARG, then: if even argument, assume that the
9515 patch is in a buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
9517 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
9519 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
9520 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
9521 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
9522 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
9523 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
9524 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
9525 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
9526 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
9528 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
9530 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
9532 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
9534 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
9535 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
9536 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
9537 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
9538 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
9539 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9540 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers.
9542 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9544 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
9546 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
9547 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
9548 When called interactively, displays the version.
9550 \(fn)" t nil)
9552 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
9553 Display Ediff's manual.
9554 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
9556 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
9558 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
9559 Call `ediff-files' with the next two command line arguments.
9561 \(fn)" nil nil)
9563 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
9564 Call `ediff3-files' with the next three command line arguments.
9566 \(fn)" nil nil)
9568 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
9569 Call `ediff-merge-files' with the next two command line arguments.
9571 \(fn)" nil nil)
9573 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
9574 Call `ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor' with the next three command line arguments.
9576 \(fn)" nil nil)
9578 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
9579 Call `ediff-directories' with the next three command line arguments.
9581 \(fn)" nil nil)
9583 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
9584 Call `ediff-directories3' with the next four command line arguments.
9586 \(fn)" nil nil)
9588 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
9589 Call `ediff-merge-directories' with the next three command line arguments.
9591 \(fn)" nil nil)
9593 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
9594 Call `ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor' with the next four command line arguments.
9596 \(fn)" nil nil)
9598 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff" '("ediff-")))
9600 ;;;***
9601 \f
9602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-diff" "vc/ediff-diff.el" (0 0 0 0))
9603 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-diff.el
9605 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-diff" '("ediff-")))
9607 ;;;***
9608 \f
9609 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (0 0 0 0))
9610 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
9612 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
9615 \(fn)" t nil)
9617 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-help" '("ediff-")))
9619 ;;;***
9620 \f
9621 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-init" "vc/ediff-init.el" (0 0 0 0))
9622 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-init.el
9624 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-init" '("ediff-" "stipple-pixmap")))
9626 ;;;***
9627 \f
9628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-merg" "vc/ediff-merg.el" (0 0 0 0))
9629 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-merg.el
9631 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-merg" '("ediff-")))
9633 ;;;***
9634 \f
9635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (0 0 0 0))
9636 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
9638 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
9639 Display Ediff's registry.
9641 \(fn)" t nil)
9643 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
9645 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-mult" '("ediff-")))
9647 ;;;***
9648 \f
9649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-ptch" "vc/ediff-ptch.el" (0 0 0 0))
9650 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-ptch.el
9652 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-ptch" '("ediff-")))
9654 ;;;***
9655 \f
9656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
9657 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
9659 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
9660 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
9661 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
9662 which see.
9664 \(fn)" t nil)
9666 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
9667 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
9668 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
9669 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
9671 \(fn)" t nil)
9673 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-util" '("ediff-")))
9675 ;;;***
9676 \f
9677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-vers" "vc/ediff-vers.el" (0 0 0 0))
9678 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-vers.el
9680 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-vers" '("ediff-" "rcs-ediff-view-revision")))
9682 ;;;***
9683 \f
9684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-wind" "vc/ediff-wind.el" (0 0 0 0))
9685 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-wind.el
9687 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-wind" '("ediff-")))
9689 ;;;***
9690 \f
9691 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (0 0 0 0))
9692 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
9693 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
9695 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9696 Edit a keyboard macro.
9697 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
9701 to edit a macro by its command name.
9702 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
9704 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
9706 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9707 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
9709 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
9711 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9712 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
9714 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
9716 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9717 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
9719 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
9723 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
9724 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
9725 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
9726 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
9728 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
9730 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9731 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
9732 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
9733 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
9734 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
9735 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
9737 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
9739 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edmacro" '("edmacro-")))
9741 ;;;***
9742 \f
9743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (0 0 0 0))
9744 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
9746 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
9747 Set scroll margins.
9748 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
9749 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
9751 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
9753 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
9754 Turn on EDT Emulation.
9756 \(fn)" t nil)
9758 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt" '("edt-")))
9760 ;;;***
9761 \f
9762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-lk201" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" (0 0 0
9763 ;;;;;; 0))
9764 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-lk201.el
9766 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-lk201" '("*EDT-keys*")))
9768 ;;;***
9769 \f
9770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-mapper" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" (0 0
9771 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9772 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-mapper.el
9774 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-mapper" '("edt-")))
9776 ;;;***
9777 \f
9778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-pc" "emulation/edt-pc.el" (0 0 0 0))
9779 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-pc.el
9781 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-pc" '("*EDT-keys*")))
9783 ;;;***
9784 \f
9785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-vt100" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" (0 0 0
9786 ;;;;;; 0))
9787 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-vt100.el
9789 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-vt100" '("edt-set-term-width-")))
9791 ;;;***
9792 \f
9793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (0 0 0 0))
9794 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
9796 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
9798 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
9799 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
9800 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
9801 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
9802 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
9804 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
9805 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
9808 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
9809 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
9810 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
9812 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
9813 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
9814 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
9816 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
9817 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
9818 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
9820 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
9822 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
9825 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
9827 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ehelp" '("ehelp-" "electric-")))
9829 ;;;***
9830 \f
9831 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (0 0 0 0))
9832 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
9833 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
9835 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio" '("child-of-class-p" "defclass" "eieio-" "find-class" "obj" "oref" "oset" "same-class-p" "set-slot-value" "slot-" "with-slots")))
9837 ;;;***
9838 \f
9839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-base" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" (0
9840 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
9841 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el
9843 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-base" '("eieio-")))
9845 ;;;***
9846 \f
9847 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-compat"
9848 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
9849 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el
9851 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-compat" '("eieio--generic-static-symbol-specializers" "generic-p" "next-method-p" "no-")))
9853 ;;;***
9854 \f
9855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (0
9856 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
9857 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
9858 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
9860 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
9861 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
9862 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
9863 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
9864 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
9865 SUPERCLASSES as children.
9866 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
9868 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
9870 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-core" '("class-" "eieio-" "inconsistent-class-hierarchy" "invalid-slot-" "unbound-slot")))
9872 ;;;***
9873 \f
9874 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-custom"
9875 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" (0 0 0 0))
9876 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el
9878 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-custom" '("eieio-")))
9880 ;;;***
9881 \f
9882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-datadebug" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
9883 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9884 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el
9886 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-datadebug" '("data-debug-insert-object-")))
9888 ;;;***
9889 \f
9890 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-opt" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
9891 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9892 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el
9894 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-opt" '("eieio-")))
9896 ;;;***
9897 \f
9898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-speedbar" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
9899 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9900 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el
9902 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-speedbar" '("eieio-speedbar")))
9904 ;;;***
9905 \f
9906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (0 0 0 0))
9907 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
9909 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
9910 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
9911 See the `electric-pair-mode' command
9912 for a description of this minor mode.
9913 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9914 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
9915 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
9917 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
9919 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
9920 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
9922 If called interactively, enable Electric-Pair mode if ARG is positive, and
9923 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
9924 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
9925 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
9927 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
9928 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
9929 closing parenthesis, and vice versa. (Likewise for brackets, etc.).
9930 If the region is active, the parentheses (brackets, etc.) are
9931 inserted around the region instead.
9933 To toggle the mode in a single buffer, use `electric-pair-local-mode'.
9935 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9937 (autoload 'electric-pair-local-mode "elec-pair" "\
9938 Toggle `electric-pair-mode' only in this buffer.
9940 If called interactively, enable Electric-Pair-Local mode if ARG is positive, and
9941 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
9942 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
9943 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
9945 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9947 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elec-pair" '("electric-pair-")))
9949 ;;;***
9950 \f
9951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (0 0 0 0))
9952 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
9954 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
9955 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
9957 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
9958 an elided material again.
9960 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
9962 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9964 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elide-head" '("elide-head-")))
9966 ;;;***
9967 \f
9968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (0 0 0 0))
9969 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
9971 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
9972 Lint the file FILE.
9974 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9976 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
9977 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
9978 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
9980 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9982 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
9983 Lint the current buffer.
9984 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
9986 \(fn)" t nil)
9988 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
9989 Lint the function at point.
9990 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
9992 \(fn)" t nil)
9994 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
9995 Initialize elint.
9996 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
9997 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
9999 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
10001 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elint" '("elint-")))
10003 ;;;***
10004 \f
10005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (0 0 0 0))
10006 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
10008 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
10009 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
10010 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
10012 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
10014 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
10015 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
10016 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
10017 If called interactively, prompt for LIST in the minibuffer;
10020 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
10022 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
10023 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
10024 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
10028 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
10030 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
10031 Display current profiling results.
10032 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
10033 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
10034 displayed.
10036 \(fn)" t nil)
10038 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elp" '("elp-")))
10040 ;;;***
10041 \f
10042 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-alias" "eshell/em-alias.el"
10043 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10044 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-alias.el
10046 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-alias" '("eshell" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/alias")))
10048 ;;;***
10049 \f
10050 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-banner" "eshell/em-banner.el"
10051 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10052 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-banner.el
10054 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-banner" '("eshell-banner-")))
10056 ;;;***
10057 \f
10058 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-basic" "eshell/em-basic.el"
10059 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10060 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-basic.el
10062 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-basic" '("eshell")))
10064 ;;;***
10065 \f
10066 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-cmpl" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
10067 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10068 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-cmpl.el
10070 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-cmpl" '("eshell-")))
10072 ;;;***
10073 \f
10074 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-dirs" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
10075 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10076 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-dirs.el
10078 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-dirs" '("eshell")))
10080 ;;;***
10081 \f
10082 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-glob" "eshell/em-glob.el"
10083 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10084 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-glob.el
10086 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-glob" '("eshell-")))
10088 ;;;***
10089 \f
10090 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-hist" "eshell/em-hist.el"
10091 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10092 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-hist.el
10094 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-hist" '("eshell")))
10096 ;;;***
10097 \f
10098 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-ls" "eshell/em-ls.el"
10099 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10100 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-ls.el
10102 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-ls" '("eshell")))
10104 ;;;***
10105 \f
10106 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-pred" "eshell/em-pred.el"
10107 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10108 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-pred.el
10110 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-pred" '("eshell-")))
10112 ;;;***
10113 \f
10114 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-prompt" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
10115 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10116 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-prompt.el
10118 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-prompt" '("eshell-")))
10120 ;;;***
10121 \f
10122 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-rebind" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
10123 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10124 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-rebind.el
10126 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-rebind" '("eshell-")))
10128 ;;;***
10129 \f
10130 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-script" "eshell/em-script.el"
10131 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10132 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-script.el
10134 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-script" '("eshell")))
10136 ;;;***
10137 \f
10138 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-smart" "eshell/em-smart.el"
10139 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10140 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-smart.el
10142 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-smart" '("eshell-")))
10144 ;;;***
10145 \f
10146 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-term" "eshell/em-term.el"
10147 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10148 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-term.el
10150 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-term" '("eshell-")))
10152 ;;;***
10153 \f
10154 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-tramp" "eshell/em-tramp.el"
10155 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10156 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-tramp.el
10158 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-tramp" '("eshell")))
10160 ;;;***
10161 \f
10162 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-unix" "eshell/em-unix.el"
10163 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10164 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-unix.el
10166 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-unix" '("eshell" "nil-blank-string" "pcomplete/")))
10168 ;;;***
10169 \f
10170 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-xtra" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
10171 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10172 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-xtra.el
10174 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-xtra" '("eshell/" "pcomplete/bcc")))
10176 ;;;***
10177 \f
10178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (0 0 0 0))
10179 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
10181 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
10182 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
10183 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
10184 to be used.
10186 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
10187 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
10188 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
10189 used instead.
10191 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
10193 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
10194 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
10195 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
10197 Other values are interpreted as usual.
10199 See also `emacs-lock-unlockable-modes', which exempts buffers under
10200 some major modes from being locked under some circumstances.
10202 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10204 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emacs-lock" '("emacs-lock-" "toggle-emacs-lock")))
10206 ;;;***
10207 \f
10208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (0 0 0 0))
10209 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
10211 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
10212 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
10213 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
10215 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
10217 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
10219 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emacsbug" '("report-emacs-bug-")))
10221 ;;;***
10222 \f
10223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (0 0 0 0))
10224 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
10226 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
10227 Run Emerge on two files.
10229 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
10231 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
10232 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
10234 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
10236 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
10237 Run Emerge on two buffers.
10239 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
10241 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
10242 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
10244 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
10246 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
10249 \(fn)" nil nil)
10251 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
10254 \(fn)" nil nil)
10256 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
10259 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
10261 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
10264 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
10266 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
10267 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
10269 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
10271 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
10272 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
10274 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
10276 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
10279 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
10281 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emerge" '("emerge-")))
10283 ;;;***
10284 \f
10285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (0 0 0 0))
10286 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
10288 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
10289 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
10290 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
10291 text/enriched format.
10293 If called interactively, enable Enriched mode if ARG is positive, and
10294 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
10295 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
10296 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
10298 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
10300 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
10303 Commands:
10307 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10309 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
10312 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
10314 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
10317 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
10319 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "enriched" '("enriched-")))
10321 ;;;***
10322 \f
10323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (0 0 0 0))
10324 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
10326 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
10327 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
10329 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
10331 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
10332 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
10334 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
10336 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
10337 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
10338 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
10339 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
10340 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
10341 the keys are listed.
10342 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
10344 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
10346 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
10347 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
10348 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
10350 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
10352 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
10353 Verify FILE.
10355 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10357 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
10358 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
10360 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
10362 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
10363 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
10365 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
10367 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
10368 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
10370 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
10371 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
10372 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
10373 proper place to insert the plaintext.
10375 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
10376 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10377 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10378 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
10379 should consider using the string based counterpart
10380 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
10381 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
10383 For example:
10386 (decode-coding-string
10387 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
10390 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
10392 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
10393 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
10395 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10396 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
10398 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10400 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
10402 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
10403 Verify the current region between START and END.
10405 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10406 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10407 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10408 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
10409 should consider using the string based counterpart
10410 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
10411 `epg-verify-file' instead.
10413 For example:
10416 (decode-coding-string
10417 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
10420 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10422 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
10424 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
10425 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
10426 between START and END.
10428 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10429 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
10431 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10433 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
10435 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
10436 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
10438 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10439 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10440 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10441 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
10442 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
10443 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
10445 For example:
10448 (epg-sign-string
10449 context
10452 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
10454 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
10456 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
10457 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
10459 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10460 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10461 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10462 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
10463 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
10464 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
10466 For example:
10469 (epg-encrypt-string
10470 context
10472 nil))
10474 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
10476 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
10478 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
10479 Delete selected KEYS.
10481 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
10483 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
10484 Import keys from FILE.
10486 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10488 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
10489 Import keys from the region.
10491 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10493 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
10494 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
10495 between START and END.
10497 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10499 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
10500 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
10502 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
10504 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
10505 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
10507 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
10509 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa" '("epa-")))
10511 ;;;***
10512 \f
10513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
10514 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
10516 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
10517 Decrypt marked files.
10519 \(fn)" t nil)
10521 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
10522 Verify marked files.
10524 \(fn)" t nil)
10526 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
10527 Sign marked files.
10529 \(fn)" t nil)
10531 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
10532 Encrypt marked files.
10534 \(fn)" t nil)
10536 ;;;***
10537 \f
10538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
10539 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
10541 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
10544 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10546 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
10549 \(fn)" t nil)
10551 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
10554 \(fn)" t nil)
10556 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa-file" '("epa-")))
10558 ;;;***
10559 \f
10560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (0 0 0 0))
10561 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
10563 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
10564 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
10566 If called interactively, enable epa-mail mode if ARG is positive, and
10567 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
10568 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
10569 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
10571 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10573 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
10574 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
10575 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10577 \(fn)" t nil)
10579 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
10581 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
10582 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
10583 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10585 \(fn)" t nil)
10587 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
10589 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
10590 Sign the current buffer.
10591 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10593 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
10595 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
10597 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
10598 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
10599 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
10600 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
10601 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
10602 and also whether and how to sign.
10604 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
10605 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
10606 or nil meaning use the defaults.
10608 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
10610 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
10612 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
10613 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
10614 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10616 \(fn)" t nil)
10618 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
10620 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
10621 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
10622 See the `epa-global-mail-mode' command
10623 for a description of this minor mode.
10624 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10625 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
10626 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
10628 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
10630 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
10631 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
10633 If called interactively, enable Epa-Global-Mail mode if ARG is positive, and
10634 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
10635 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
10636 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
10638 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10640 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa-mail" '("epa-mail-")))
10642 ;;;***
10643 \f
10644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (0 0 0 0))
10645 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
10646 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10648 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
10649 Return a context object.
10651 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
10653 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epg" '("epg-")))
10655 ;;;***
10656 \f
10657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (0 0 0 0))
10658 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
10660 (autoload 'epg-find-configuration "epg-config" "\
10661 Find or create a usable configuration to handle PROTOCOL.
10662 This function first looks at the existing configuration found by
10663 the previous invocation of this function, unless NO-CACHE is non-nil.
10665 Then it walks through PROGRAM-ALIST or
10666 `epg-config--program-alist'. If `epg-gpg-program' or
10667 `epg-gpgsm-program' is already set with custom, use it.
10668 Otherwise, it tries the programs listed in the entry until the
10669 version requirement is met.
10671 \(fn PROTOCOL &optional NO-CACHE PROGRAM-ALIST)" nil nil)
10673 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
10674 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
10676 \(fn)" nil nil)
10678 (make-obsolete 'epg-configuration 'epg-find-configuration '"25.1")
10680 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
10681 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
10682 CONFIG should be a `epg-configuration' object (a plist).
10683 REQ-VERSIONS should be a list with elements of the form (MIN
10684 . MAX) where MIN and MAX are version strings indicating a
10685 semi-open range of acceptable versions. REQ-VERSIONS may also be
10686 a single minimum version string.
10688 \(fn CONFIG &optional REQ-VERSIONS)" nil nil)
10690 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
10691 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
10693 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
10695 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epg-config" '("epg-")))
10697 ;;;***
10698 \f
10699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (0 0 0 0))
10700 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
10701 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10703 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
10704 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
10706 \(fn)" nil nil)
10708 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
10709 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
10710 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
10712 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
10714 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
10715 (server (erc-compute-server))
10716 (port (erc-compute-port))
10717 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
10718 password
10719 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
10721 That is, if called with
10725 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
10726 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
10727 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
10729 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
10731 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
10733 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
10734 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
10735 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
10737 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
10739 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
10740 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
10741 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
10742 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
10744 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
10746 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc" '("define-erc-module" "erc-")))
10748 ;;;***
10749 \f
10750 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-autoaway"
10751 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (0 0 0 0))
10752 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
10754 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-autoaway" '("erc-auto")))
10756 ;;;***
10757 \f
10758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-backend" "erc/erc-backend.el" (0 0 0 0))
10759 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-backend.el
10761 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-backend" '("erc-")))
10763 ;;;***
10764 \f
10765 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el"
10766 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10767 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
10769 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-button" '("erc-")))
10771 ;;;***
10772 \f
10773 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el"
10774 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10775 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
10777 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-capab" '("erc-capab-identify-")))
10779 ;;;***
10780 \f
10781 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el"
10782 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10783 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
10785 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-compat" '("erc-")))
10787 ;;;***
10788 \f
10789 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el"
10790 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10791 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
10793 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-dcc" '("erc-" "pcomplete/erc-mode/")))
10795 ;;;***
10796 \f
10797 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-desktop-notifications"
10798 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el" (0 0 0 0))
10799 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
10801 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-desktop-notifications" '("erc-notifications-")))
10803 ;;;***
10804 \f
10805 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-ezbounce"
10806 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (0 0 0 0))
10807 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
10809 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ezbounce" '("erc-ezb-")))
10811 ;;;***
10812 \f
10813 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el"
10814 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10815 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
10817 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-fill" '("erc-")))
10819 ;;;***
10820 \f
10821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-goodies" "erc/erc-goodies.el" (0 0 0 0))
10822 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-goodies.el
10824 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-goodies" '("erc-")))
10826 ;;;***
10827 \f
10828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ibuffer" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" (0 0 0 0))
10829 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ibuffer.el
10831 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ibuffer" '("erc-")))
10833 ;;;***
10834 \f
10835 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el"
10836 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10837 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
10839 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-identd" '("erc-identd-")))
10841 ;;;***
10842 \f
10843 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
10844 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10845 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
10847 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-imenu" '("erc-unfill-notice")))
10849 ;;;***
10850 \f
10851 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el"
10852 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10853 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
10855 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-join" '("erc-")))
10857 ;;;***
10858 \f
10859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-lang" "erc/erc-lang.el" (0 0 0 0))
10860 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-lang.el
10862 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-lang" '("erc-cmd-LANG" "iso-638-languages" "language")))
10864 ;;;***
10865 \f
10866 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el"
10867 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10868 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
10870 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-list" '("erc-")))
10872 ;;;***
10873 \f
10874 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el"
10875 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10876 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
10878 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-log" '("erc-")))
10880 ;;;***
10881 \f
10882 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
10883 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10884 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
10886 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-match" '("erc-")))
10888 ;;;***
10889 \f
10890 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el"
10891 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10892 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
10894 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-menu" '("erc-menu-")))
10896 ;;;***
10897 \f
10898 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-netsplit"
10899 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (0 0 0 0))
10900 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
10902 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-netsplit" '("erc-")))
10904 ;;;***
10905 \f
10906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (0 0 0
10907 ;;;;;; 0))
10908 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
10910 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
10912 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
10913 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
10915 \(fn)" nil nil)
10917 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
10918 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
10920 \(fn)" t nil)
10922 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-networks" '("erc-")))
10924 ;;;***
10925 \f
10926 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el"
10927 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10928 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
10930 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-notify" '("erc-")))
10932 ;;;***
10933 \f
10934 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el"
10935 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10936 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
10938 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-page" '("erc-")))
10940 ;;;***
10941 \f
10942 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-pcomplete"
10943 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
10944 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
10946 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-pcomplete" '("erc-pcomplet" "pcomplete")))
10948 ;;;***
10949 \f
10950 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-replace"
10951 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-replace.el" (0 0 0 0))
10952 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
10954 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-replace" '("erc-replace-")))
10956 ;;;***
10957 \f
10958 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el"
10959 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10960 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
10962 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ring" '("erc-")))
10964 ;;;***
10965 \f
10966 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-services"
10967 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-services.el" (0 0 0 0))
10968 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
10970 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-services" '("erc-")))
10972 ;;;***
10973 \f
10974 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el"
10975 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10976 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
10978 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-sound" '("erc-")))
10980 ;;;***
10981 \f
10982 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-speedbar"
10983 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (0 0 0 0))
10984 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
10986 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-speedbar" '("erc-")))
10988 ;;;***
10989 \f
10990 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-spelling"
10991 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-spelling.el" (0 0 0 0))
10992 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
10994 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-spelling" '("erc-spelling-")))
10996 ;;;***
10997 \f
10998 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el"
10999 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
11000 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
11002 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-stamp" '("erc-")))
11004 ;;;***
11005 \f
11006 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
11007 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
11008 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
11010 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-track" '("erc-")))
11012 ;;;***
11013 \f
11014 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-truncate"
11015 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-truncate.el" (0 0 0 0))
11016 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
11018 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-truncate" '("erc-max-buffer-size")))
11020 ;;;***
11021 \f
11022 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
11023 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
11024 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
11026 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-xdcc" '("erc-")))
11028 ;;;***
11029 \f
11030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (0 0 0 0))
11031 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
11033 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
11034 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
11036 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
11037 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
11039 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
11040 useful for assertions in BODY.
11042 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
11044 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
11045 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
11046 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
11050 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
11052 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
11054 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
11056 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
11058 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
11059 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
11061 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
11062 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
11066 Returns the stats object.
11068 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
11070 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
11071 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
11073 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
11074 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
11075 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
11076 the tests).
11078 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
11080 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
11081 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
11083 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
11084 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
11085 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
11086 and how to display message.
11088 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
11090 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
11092 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
11093 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
11095 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
11097 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ert" '("ert-")))
11099 ;;;***
11100 \f
11101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
11102 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
11104 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
11106 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
11107 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
11109 \(fn)" t nil)
11111 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ert-x" '("ert-")))
11113 ;;;***
11114 \f
11115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-arg" "eshell/esh-arg.el" (0 0 0 0))
11116 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-arg.el
11118 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-arg" '("eshell-")))
11120 ;;;***
11121 \f
11122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-cmd" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" (0 0 0 0))
11123 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-cmd.el
11125 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-cmd" '("eshell" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/eshell-debug")))
11127 ;;;***
11128 \f
11129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-ext" "eshell/esh-ext.el" (0 0 0 0))
11130 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-ext.el
11132 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-ext" '("eshell")))
11134 ;;;***
11135 \f
11136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-io" "eshell/esh-io.el" (0 0 0 0))
11137 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-io.el
11139 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-io" '("eshell-")))
11141 ;;;***
11142 \f
11143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
11144 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
11146 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
11147 Emacs shell interactive mode.
11149 \(fn)" t nil)
11151 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-mode" '("eshell")))
11153 ;;;***
11154 \f
11155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-module" "eshell/esh-module.el" (0 0 0
11156 ;;;;;; 0))
11157 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-module.el
11159 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-module" '("eshell-")))
11161 ;;;***
11162 \f
11163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-opt" "eshell/esh-opt.el" (0 0 0 0))
11164 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-opt.el
11166 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-opt" '("eshell-")))
11168 ;;;***
11169 \f
11170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-proc" "eshell/esh-proc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11171 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-proc.el
11173 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-proc" '("eshell")))
11175 ;;;***
11176 \f
11177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-util" "eshell/esh-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
11178 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-util.el
11180 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-util" '("eshell-")))
11182 ;;;***
11183 \f
11184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-var" "eshell/esh-var.el" (0 0 0 0))
11185 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-var.el
11187 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-var" '("eshell" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/")))
11189 ;;;***
11190 \f
11191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (0 0 0 0))
11192 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
11193 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11195 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
11196 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
11197 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
11198 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
11199 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
11200 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
11201 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
11202 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
11203 buffer selected (or created).
11205 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11207 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
11208 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
11209 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
11211 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
11213 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
11214 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
11215 The result might be any Lisp object.
11216 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
11217 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
11218 corresponding to a successful execution.
11220 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
11222 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
11224 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eshell" '("eshell-")))
11226 ;;;***
11227 \f
11228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (0 0 0 0))
11229 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
11231 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
11232 File name of tags table.
11233 To switch to a new tags table, do not set this variable; instead,
11234 invoke `visit-tags-table', which is the only reliable way of
11235 setting the value of this variable, whether buffer-local or global.
11236 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
11237 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
11238 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
11240 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
11241 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
11242 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
11243 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
11245 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
11247 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
11248 List of file names of tags tables to search.
11250 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
11251 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
11252 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
11254 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
11256 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
11257 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
11258 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
11260 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
11262 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
11263 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
11264 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
11265 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
11266 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
11268 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
11270 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
11275 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
11277 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
11279 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
11280 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
11281 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
11283 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
11285 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
11286 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
11288 \(fn)" t nil)
11290 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
11291 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
11292 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
11293 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
11296 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead. When called
11297 from Lisp, if the optional arg LOCAL is non-nil, set the local value.
11299 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
11300 file the tag was in.
11302 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
11304 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
11305 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
11306 Optional arg CONT specifies which tags table to visit.
11307 If CONT is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
11308 If CONT is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
11309 If CONT is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
11310 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
11311 If CONT is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
11312 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
11313 Optional second arg CBUF, if non-nil, specifies the initial buffer,
11314 which is important if that buffer has a local value of `tags-file-name'.
11315 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
11317 \(fn &optional CONT CBUF)" nil nil)
11319 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
11320 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
11321 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
11322 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
11323 without directory names.
11325 \(fn)" nil nil)
11327 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
11330 \(fn)" nil nil)
11331 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
11332 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
11333 (progn
11334 (load "etags")
11335 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
11337 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
11338 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11339 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
11340 but does not select the buffer.
11341 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
11343 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11344 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11345 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11346 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
11349 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11351 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11353 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11355 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11357 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11359 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
11360 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11361 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
11362 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
11364 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11365 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11366 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11367 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
11370 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11372 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11374 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11376 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11378 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11380 (make-obsolete 'find-tag 'xref-find-definitions '"25.1")
11382 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
11383 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11384 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
11385 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
11386 around or before point.
11388 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11389 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11390 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11391 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11394 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11396 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11398 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11400 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11402 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11404 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
11406 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
11407 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11408 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
11409 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
11410 around or before point.
11412 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11413 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11414 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11415 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11418 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11420 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11422 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11424 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11426 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
11428 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
11430 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
11431 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
11432 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
11434 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11435 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11436 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11437 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11440 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
11442 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11444 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11446 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11448 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
11450 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
11452 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
11454 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
11455 Select next file among files in current tags table.
11457 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
11458 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
11459 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
11461 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
11462 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
11464 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
11465 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
11467 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
11469 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
11471 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
11472 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
11474 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
11475 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
11476 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
11477 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
11478 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
11480 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
11482 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
11483 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
11484 Stops when a match is found.
11487 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
11488 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
11489 restricted to these files.
11491 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
11493 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
11495 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
11496 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
11497 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
11500 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
11502 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
11503 produce the list of files to search.
11505 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
11507 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
11509 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
11510 Display list of tags in file FILE.
11511 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
11512 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
11513 directory specification.
11515 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
11517 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
11518 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
11520 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11522 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
11524 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
11525 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
11526 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
11527 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
11529 \(fn)" t nil)
11531 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
11532 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
11533 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
11534 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
11537 \(fn)" t nil)
11539 (autoload 'etags--xref-backend "etags" "\
11542 \(fn)" nil nil)
11544 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "etags" '("default-tags-table-function" "etags-" "file-of-tag" "find-tag-" "goto-tag-location-function" "initialize-new-tags-table" "last-tag" "list-tags-function" "next-file-list" "select-tags-table-" "snarf-tag-function" "tag" "verify-tags-table-function" "xref-")))
11546 ;;;***
11547 \f
11548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (0 0
11549 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11550 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
11552 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
11555 \(fn)" nil nil)
11557 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11558 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
11560 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11561 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11563 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
11564 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11565 primary language.
11567 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
11568 even if the buffer is read-only.
11570 See also the descriptions of the variables
11571 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
11573 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11575 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
11576 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
11578 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11579 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11581 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
11582 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11583 primary language.
11585 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
11586 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
11588 See also the descriptions of the variables
11589 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
11591 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11593 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
11595 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
11598 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11600 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11601 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
11602 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11603 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11605 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
11606 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11607 primary language.
11609 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
11610 buffer is read-only.
11612 See also the descriptions of the variables
11613 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
11614 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
11616 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11618 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
11619 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
11621 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11622 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11624 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
11625 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
11626 the primary language.
11628 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
11629 buffer is read-only.
11631 See also the descriptions of the variables
11632 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
11633 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
11635 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11637 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
11641 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11643 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
11644 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
11646 \(fn)" t nil)
11648 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
11649 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
11651 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
11652 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
11653 be 1, 2, or 3.
11655 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
11656 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
11657 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
11659 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
11661 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
11663 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
11664 This function is deprecated.
11666 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11668 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11669 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
11671 \(fn)" t nil)
11673 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11674 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
11676 \(fn)" t nil)
11678 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11679 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
11682 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
11684 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
11685 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
11687 \(fn)" nil nil)
11689 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11690 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
11692 \(fn)" nil nil)
11694 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
11695 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
11697 \(fn)" nil nil)
11699 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
11700 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
11702 \(fn)" nil nil)
11704 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
11705 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
11706 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
11708 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11710 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
11713 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
11715 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ethio-util" '("ethio-" "exit-ethiopic-environment")))
11717 ;;;***
11718 \f
11719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11720 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
11722 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
11723 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
11724 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
11725 server for future sessions.
11727 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
11729 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
11730 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
11731 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
11733 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
11735 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
11736 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
11737 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
11739 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
11741 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
11742 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
11743 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
11744 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
11745 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
11746 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
11747 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
11748 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
11749 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
11750 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
11751 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
11752 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
11754 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
11756 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
11757 Display a form to query the directory server.
11758 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
11759 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
11761 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
11763 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
11764 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
11765 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
11767 \(fn)" t nil)
11769 (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Servers"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map))
11775 ;;;***
11776 \f
11777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (0 0 0 0))
11778 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
11781 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
11786 Display URL and make it clickable.
11791 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
11796 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
11801 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
11806 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
11810 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-bob" '("eudc-")))
11812 ;;;***
11813 \f
11814 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (0 0 0 0))
11815 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
11818 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
11819 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
11824 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
11828 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-export" '("eudc-")))
11830 ;;;***
11831 \f
11832 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (0 0 0
11833 ;;;;;; 0))
11834 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
11837 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
11841 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-hotlist" '("eudc-hotlist-")))
11843 ;;;***
11844 \f
11845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-vars" "net/eudc-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
11846 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-vars.el
11848 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-vars" '("eudc-")))
11850 ;;;***
11851 \f
11852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-bbdb" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" (0 0 0 0))
11853 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-bbdb.el
11855 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-bbdb" '("eudc-bbdb-")))
11857 ;;;***
11858 \f
11859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-ldap" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" (0 0 0 0))
11860 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-ldap.el
11862 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-ldap" '("eudc-")))
11864 ;;;***
11865 \f
11866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-mab" "net/eudcb-mab.el" (0 0 0 0))
11867 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-mab.el
11869 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-mab" '("eudc-")))
11871 ;;;***
11872 \f
11873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11874 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
11877 Create an empty ewoc.
11879 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
11881 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
11882 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
11883 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
11884 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
11885 `insert-before-markers'.
11887 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
11888 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
11889 respectively, of the ewoc.
11891 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
11892 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
11893 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
11899 ;;;***
11900 \f
11901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (0 0 0 0))
11902 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
11905 List of functions called to form the list of default URIs for `eww'.
11906 Each of the elements is a function returning either a string or a list
11907 of strings. The results will be joined into a single list with
11913 Fetch URL and render the page.
11914 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
11915 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
11921 Render FILE using EWW.
11926 Search the web for the text between BEG and END.
11927 If region is active (and not whitespace), search the web for
11928 the text between BEG and END. Else, prompt the user for a search
11929 string. See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search
11930 engine used.
11935 Mode for browsing the web.
11945 Display the bookmarks.
11951 ;;;***
11952 \f
11953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (0 0
11954 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11955 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
11958 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
11964 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
11966 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
11967 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
11972 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
11973 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix-env',
11974 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
11975 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
11976 executable.
11981 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
11982 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
11983 file modes.
11987 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "executable" '("executable-")))
11989 ;;;***
11990 \f
11991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (0 0 0 0))
11992 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
11995 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
11996 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
11997 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
11999 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
12001 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
12002 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
12003 to generate such functions.
12005 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
12006 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
12007 beginning of the expanded text.
12009 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
12010 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
12011 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
12012 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
12014 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
12019 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
12020 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
12025 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
12026 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
12031 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
12032 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
12038 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "expand" '("expand-")))
12040 ;;;***
12041 \f
12042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ezimage" "ezimage.el" (0 0 0 0))
12043 ;;; Generated autoloads from ezimage.el
12045 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ezimage" '("ezimage-")))
12047 ;;;***
12048 \f
12049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (0 0 0 0))
12050 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
12053 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
12054 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
12062 Key definitions:
12065 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
12067 `f90-do-indent'
12068 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
12069 `f90-if-indent'
12070 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
12071 `f90-type-indent'
12072 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
12073 `f90-program-indent'
12074 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
12075 (default 2).
12076 `f90-associate-indent'
12077 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
12078 `f90-critical-indent'
12079 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
12080 `f90-continuation-indent'
12081 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
12082 `f90-comment-region'
12085 `f90-indented-comment-re'
12086 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
12088 `f90-directive-comment-re'
12091 `f90-break-delimiters'
12092 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
12094 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
12095 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
12096 (default t).
12097 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
12098 Automatic insertion of `&' at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
12099 `f90-smart-end'
12100 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
12101 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
12102 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
12103 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
12104 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
12105 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
12106 `f90-leave-line-no'
12107 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
12109 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
12110 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
12116 ;;;***
12117 \f
12118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (0 0 0 0))
12119 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
12122 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
12123 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
12124 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
12126 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
12127 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
12128 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
12129 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
12130 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
12132 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
12133 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
12134 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
12135 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
12136 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
12137 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
12138 attributes.
12140 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
12141 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
12146 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
12147 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
12148 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
12153 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
12154 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
12155 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
12157 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
12158 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
12159 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
12161 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
12162 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
12163 different from SPECS containing a single value nil, which means
12164 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
12169 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
12170 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
12172 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
12173 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
12174 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
12175 the same amount).
12180 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
12181 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
12183 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
12184 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
12185 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
12186 will remove any scaling currently active.
12191 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
12192 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
12201 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
12203 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
12205 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
12206 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
12208 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
12209 - Decrease the default face height by one step
12210 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
12212 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
12213 the face height as long as the input event read
12214 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
12216 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
12217 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
12218 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
12219 will remove any scaling currently active.
12221 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
12222 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
12223 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
12224 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
12225 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
12230 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
12232 If called interactively, enable Buffer-Face mode if ARG is positive, and
12233 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
12234 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
12235 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
12237 When enabled, the face specified by the variable
12238 `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
12243 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
12244 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
12245 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
12246 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
12247 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
12248 `buffer-face-mode'.
12250 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
12251 local, and sets it to FACE.
12256 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
12257 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
12258 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
12259 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
12260 `face' text property.
12262 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
12263 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
12264 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
12265 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
12267 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
12268 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
12273 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
12274 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
12275 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
12279 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "face-remap" '("buffer-face-mode-" "face-" "internal-lisp-face-attributes" "text-scale-m")))
12281 ;;;***
12282 \f
12283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "faceup" "emacs-lisp/faceup.el" (0 0 0 0))
12284 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/faceup.el
12288 Display the faceup representation of the current buffer.
12293 Save the faceup representation of the current buffer to the file FILE-NAME.
12295 Unless a name is given, the file will be named xxx.faceup, where
12296 xxx is the file name associated with the buffer.
12298 If optional second arg CONFIRM is non-nil, this function
12299 asks for confirmation before overwriting an existing file.
12300 Interactively, confirmation is required unless you supply a prefix argument.
12305 Convert BUFFER containing Faceup markup to a new buffer and display it.
12310 Remove faceup markup from buffer.
12315 Define an Ert explainer function for FUNCTION.
12317 FUNCTION must return an explanation when the test fails and
12318 `faceup-test-explain' is set.
12322 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "faceup" '("faceup-")))
12324 ;;;***
12325 \f
12326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
12327 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
12331 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
12332 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
12333 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
12338 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
12343 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
12344 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
12345 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
12350 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
12351 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
12352 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
12353 backup file names and the like).
12358 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
12359 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
12360 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is `on-demand', which
12361 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
12362 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
12363 internally by feedmail):
12365 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
12366 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
12367 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
12368 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
12370 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
12371 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
12372 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
12373 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
12374 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
12378 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "feedmail" '("feedmail-")))
12380 ;;;***
12381 \f
12382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (0 0 0 0))
12383 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
12386 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
12387 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
12388 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
12390 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
12391 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
12396 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
12397 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
12398 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
12399 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
12400 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
12401 `ffap-url-unwrap-local', `ffap-url-unwrap-remote', and the functions
12402 `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
12409 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
12410 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
12411 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
12412 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
12413 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
12418 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
12419 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
12420 Return value:
12421 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
12422 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
12423 * otherwise, nil
12428 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
12429 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
12434 Try to get a file name at point.
12435 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
12440 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
12444 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ffap" '("dired-at-point-" "ffap-" "find-file-literally-at-point")))
12446 ;;;***
12447 \f
12448 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (0 0 0 0))
12449 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
12452 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
12453 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
12454 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
12459 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
12460 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
12461 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
12462 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
12463 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
12468 Add FILE to the file cache.
12473 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
12474 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
12479 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
12480 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
12485 Add DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
12486 This function does not use any external programs.
12487 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
12488 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
12489 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
12494 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
12495 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
12496 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
12497 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
12498 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
12499 \(directories) is done.
12503 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filecache" '("file-cache-")))
12505 ;;;***
12506 \f
12507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (0 0 0 0))
12508 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
12511 Handle file system monitoring event.
12512 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
12514 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE [FILE1-OR-COOKIE]) CALLBACK)
12516 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
12520 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filenotify" '("file-notify-")))
12522 ;;;***
12523 \f
12524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
12525 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
12528 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
12530 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
12531 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
12532 Local Variables list.
12534 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
12535 then this function adds the first line containing the string
12536 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
12541 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
12546 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
12548 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
12549 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
12550 the -*- line.
12552 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
12553 then this function adds it.
12558 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
12563 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
12568 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
12573 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
12578 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
12583 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
12591 Add PROFILES for CRITERIA.
12592 CRITERIA is a plist identifying a connection and the application
12593 using this connection, see `connection-local-criteria-alist'.
12594 PROFILES are the names of connection profiles (a symbol).
12596 When a connection to a remote server is opened and CRITERIA
12597 matches to that server, the connection-local variables from
12598 PROFILES are applied to the corresponding process buffer. The
12599 variables for a connection profile are defined using
12600 `connection-local-set-profile-variables'.
12605 Map the symbol PROFILE to a list of variable settings.
12606 VARIABLES is a list that declares connection-local variables for
12607 the connection profile. An element in VARIABLES is an alist
12608 whose elements are of the form (VAR . VALUE).
12610 When a connection to a remote server is opened, the server's
12611 connection profiles are found. A server may be assigned a
12612 connection profile using `connection-local-set-profiles'. Then
12613 variables are set in the server's process buffer according to the
12614 VARIABLES list of the connection profile. The list is processed
12615 in order.
12620 Apply connection-local variables identified by CRITERIA.
12621 Other local variables, like file-local and dir-local variables,
12622 will not be changed.
12627 Apply connection-local variables according to PROFILES in current buffer.
12628 Execute BODY, and unwind connection-local variables.
12634 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "files-x" '("connection-local-" "hack-connection-local-variables" "modify-" "read-file-local-variable")))
12636 ;;;***
12637 \f
12638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (0 0 0 0))
12639 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
12642 Filesets initialization.
12643 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
12647 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filesets" '("filesets-")))
12649 ;;;***
12650 \f
12651 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (0 0 0 0))
12652 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
12656 Initiate the building of a find command.
12657 For example:
12664 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
12665 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
12669 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-cmd" '("find-")))
12671 ;;;***
12672 \f
12673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
12674 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
12677 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
12678 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
12682 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
12688 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
12689 and run Dired on those files.
12690 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
12691 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
12695 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
12700 Find files in DIR that contain matches for REGEXP and start Dired on output.
12701 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
12706 where the first string in the value of the variable `find-ls-option'
12711 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-dired" '("find-" "kill-find" "lookfor-dired")))
12713 ;;;***
12714 \f
12715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
12716 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
12718 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
12719 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
12720 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
12721 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
12722 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
12723 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
12729 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
12730 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
12732 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
12739 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
12740 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
12742 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
12743 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
12745 Variables of interest include:
12747 - `ff-case-fold-search'
12748 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
12749 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
12751 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
12752 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
12753 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
12755 - `ff-ignore-include'
12756 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
12758 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
12759 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
12761 - `ff-quiet-mode'
12762 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
12764 - `ff-special-constructs'
12765 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
12766 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
12767 extracting the filename from that construct.
12769 - `ff-other-file-alist'
12770 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
12772 - `ff-search-directories'
12773 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
12774 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
12776 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
12777 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
12779 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
12780 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
12782 - `ff-post-load-hook'
12783 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
12785 - `ff-not-found-hook'
12786 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
12788 - `ff-file-created-hook'
12789 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
12794 Visit the file you click on.
12799 Visit the file you click on in another window.
12803 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-file" '("cc-" "ff-" "modula2-other-file-alist")))
12805 ;;;***
12806 \f
12807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (0 0
12808 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12809 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
12812 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
12814 Interactively, prompt for LIBRARY using the one at or near point.
12819 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY in another window.
12821 See `find-library' for more details.
12826 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY in another frame.
12828 See `find-library' for more details.
12833 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
12834 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
12835 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
12837 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
12838 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
12839 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
12840 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
12845 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
12847 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
12848 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
12849 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
12850 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
12852 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
12853 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
12854 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
12856 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
12857 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
12858 in `load-path'.
12863 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
12865 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
12866 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
12867 places point before the definition.
12868 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12870 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
12871 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12872 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
12877 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
12879 See `find-function' for more details.
12884 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
12886 See `find-function' for more details.
12891 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
12893 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
12894 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
12895 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
12897 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
12898 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12903 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
12905 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
12906 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
12907 places point before the definition.
12909 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12911 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
12912 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12913 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
12918 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
12920 See `find-variable' for more details.
12925 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
12927 See `find-variable' for more details.
12932 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
12933 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
12934 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
12935 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
12936 buffer nor display it.
12938 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
12939 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12944 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
12946 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
12947 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
12948 places point before the definition.
12950 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12952 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
12953 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12954 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
12959 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
12960 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12965 Find, in the other window, the function that KEY invokes.
12966 See `find-function-on-key'.
12971 Find, in the other frame, the function that KEY invokes.
12972 See `find-function-on-key'.
12977 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
12982 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
12987 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
12991 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-func" '("find-" "read-library-name")))
12993 ;;;***
12994 \f
12995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
12996 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
12999 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
13004 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
13009 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
13013 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-lisp" '("find-lisp-")))
13015 ;;;***
13016 \f
13017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (0 0 0 0))
13018 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
13022 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
13027 Display FILE's commentary section.
13028 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
13033 Find packages matching a given keyword.
13037 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "finder" '("finder-" "generated-finder-keywords-file")))
13039 ;;;***
13040 \f
13041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (0 0 0 0))
13042 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
13045 Toggle flow control handling.
13047 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
13052 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
13054 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
13056 to get the effect of a C-q.
13060 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flow-ctrl" '("flow-control-c-")))
13062 ;;;***
13063 \f
13064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "mail/flow-fill.el" (0 0 0 0))
13065 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/flow-fill.el
13077 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flow-fill" '("fill-flowed-")))
13079 ;;;***
13080 \f
13081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (0 0 0 0))
13082 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
13086 Log, at level LEVEL, the message MSG formatted with ARGS.
13087 LEVEL is passed to `display-warning', which is used to display
13088 the warning. If this form is included in a byte-compiled file,
13089 the generated warning contains an indication of the file that
13090 generated it.
13095 Make a Flymake diagnostic for BUFFER's region from BEG to END.
13096 TYPE is a key to symbol and TEXT is a description of the problem
13097 detected in this region. DATA is any object that the caller
13098 wishes to attach to the created diagnostic for later retrieval.
13103 Get Flymake diagnostics in region determined by BEG and END.
13105 If neither BEG or END is supplied, use the whole buffer,
13106 otherwise if BEG is non-nil and END is nil, consider only
13107 diagnostics at BEG.
13112 Compute BUFFER's region (BEG . END) corresponding to LINE and COL.
13113 If COL is nil, return a region just for LINE. Return nil if the
13114 region is invalid.
13119 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
13121 If called interactively, enable Flymake mode if ARG is positive, and
13122 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
13123 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
13124 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
13126 Flymake is an Emacs minor mode for on-the-fly syntax checking.
13127 Flymake collects diagnostic information from multiple sources,
13128 called backends, and visually annotates the buffer with the
13129 results.
13131 Flymake performs these checks while the user is editing. The
13132 customization variables `flymake-start-on-flymake-mode',
13133 `flymake-no-changes-timeout' and
13134 `flymake-start-syntax-check-on-newline' determine the exact
13135 circumstances whereupon Flymake decides to initiate a check of
13136 the buffer.
13138 The commands `flymake-goto-next-error' and
13139 `flymake-goto-prev-error' can be used to navigate among Flymake
13140 diagnostics annotated in the buffer.
13142 The visual appearance of each type of diagnostic can be changed
13143 by setting properties `flymake-overlay-control', `flymake-bitmap'
13144 and `flymake-severity' on the symbols of diagnostic types (like
13145 `:error', `:warning' and `:note').
13147 Activation or deactivation of backends used by Flymake in each
13148 buffer happens via the special hook
13149 `flymake-diagnostic-functions'.
13151 Some backends may take longer than others to respond or complete,
13152 and some may decide to disable themselves if they are not
13153 suitable for the current buffer. The commands
13154 `flymake-running-backends', `flymake-disabled-backends' and
13155 `flymake-reporting-backends' summarize the situation, as does the
13156 special *Flymake log* buffer.
13161 Turn Flymake mode on.
13166 Turn Flymake mode off.
13170 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flymake" '("flymake-")))
13172 ;;;***
13173 \f
13174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake-cc" "progmodes/flymake-cc.el" (0 0
13175 ;;;;;; 0 0))
13176 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake-cc.el
13179 Flymake backend for GNU-style C compilers.
13180 This backend uses `flymake-cc-command' (which see) to launch a
13181 process that is passed the current buffer's contents via stdin.
13182 REPORT-FN is Flymake's callback.
13186 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flymake-cc" '("flymake-cc-")))
13188 ;;;***
13189 \f
13190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake-proc" "progmodes/flymake-proc.el"
13191 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
13192 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake-proc.el
13195 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flymake-proc" '("flymake-proc-")))
13197 ;;;***
13198 \f
13199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (0 0 0 0))
13200 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
13203 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
13209 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
13211 If called interactively, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is positive, and
13212 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
13213 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
13214 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
13216 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
13217 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
13218 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
13220 Bindings:
13226 Hooks:
13227 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
13229 Remark:
13230 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
13231 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
13232 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
13234 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
13235 consider adding:
13237 in your init file.
13245 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
13250 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
13255 Turn Flyspell mode off.
13260 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
13262 Make sure `flyspell-mode' is turned on if you want the highlight
13263 of a misspelled word removed when you've corrected it.
13268 Flyspell whole buffer.
13272 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flyspell" '("flyspell-" "mail-mode-flyspell-verify" "make-flyspell-overlay" "sgml-mode-flyspell-verify" "tex")))
13274 ;;;***
13275 \f
13276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (0 0 0 0))
13277 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
13280 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "foldout" '("foldout-")))
13282 ;;;***
13283 \f
13284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (0 0 0 0))
13285 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
13288 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
13293 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
13298 Toggle Follow mode.
13300 If called interactively, enable Follow mode if ARG is positive, and
13301 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
13302 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
13303 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
13305 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
13306 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
13308 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
13309 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
13310 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
13312 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
13313 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
13314 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
13315 movement commands.
13317 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two or
13318 more side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of
13319 Follow mode, use these full-height windows as though they were one.
13320 Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text, and
13321 being able to use 144 or 216 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
13322 mileage may vary).
13324 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
13327 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
13329 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
13331 Keys specific to Follow mode:
13337 Scroll text in a Follow mode window up by that window's size.
13338 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
13340 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
13341 the window will be visible after the scroll.
13343 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
13344 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
13346 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
13351 Scroll text in a Follow mode window down by that window's size.
13352 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
13354 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
13355 the window in the chain will be visible after the scroll.
13357 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
13358 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
13360 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
13365 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain up.
13367 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
13368 the bottom window in the chain will be visible in the top window.
13370 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
13371 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
13373 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
13378 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain down.
13380 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
13381 the top window in the chain will be visible in the bottom window.
13383 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
13384 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
13386 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
13391 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
13393 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
13394 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
13395 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
13396 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
13397 two windows always will display two successive pages.
13398 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
13400 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
13401 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
13402 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
13406 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "follow" '("follow-")))
13408 ;;;***
13409 \f
13410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fontset" "international/fontset.el" (0 0 0
13411 ;;;;;; 0))
13412 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
13414 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fontset" '("charset-script-alist" "create-" "fontset-" "generate-fontset-menu" "set" "standard-fontset-spec" "x-" "xlfd-")))
13416 ;;;***
13417 \f
13418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (0 0 0 0))
13419 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
13423 Toggle Footnote mode.
13425 If called interactively, enable Footnote mode if ARG is positive, and
13426 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
13427 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
13428 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
13430 Footnote mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
13431 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
13432 play around with the following keys:
13437 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "footnote" '("footnote-")))
13439 ;;;***
13440 \f
13441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "format-spec" "format-spec.el" (0 0 0 0))
13442 ;;; Generated autoloads from format-spec.el
13444 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "format-spec" '("format-spec")))
13446 ;;;***
13447 \f
13448 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (0 0 0 0))
13449 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
13452 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
13454 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
13455 TAB forms-next-field TAB
13456 C-c TAB forms-next-field
13457 C-c < forms-first-record <
13458 C-c > forms-last-record >
13459 C-c ? describe-mode ?
13460 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
13461 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
13462 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
13463 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
13464 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
13465 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
13466 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
13467 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
13468 C-c C-x forms-exit x
13473 Visit a file in Forms mode.
13478 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
13482 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "forms" '("forms-")))
13484 ;;;***
13485 \f
13486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (0 0 0 0))
13487 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
13490 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
13491 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
13494 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
13498 Key definitions:
13501 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
13503 `fortran-comment-line-start'
13505 `fortran-do-indent'
13506 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
13507 `fortran-if-indent'
13508 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
13509 `fortran-structure-indent'
13510 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
13511 (default 3)
13512 `fortran-continuation-indent'
13513 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
13514 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
13515 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
13516 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
13517 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
13518 nil don't change the indentation
13519 `fixed' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
13520 value of either
13521 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
13522 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
13523 depending on the continuation format in use.
13524 `relative' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
13525 indentation for a line of code.
13526 (default `fixed')
13527 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
13528 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
13530 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
13531 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
13532 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
13533 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
13534 `fortran-line-number-indent'
13535 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
13536 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
13537 column 5.
13538 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
13540 statements (default nil).
13541 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
13543 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
13544 `fortran-continuation-string'
13545 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
13547 `fortran-comment-region'
13550 `fortran-electric-line-number'
13551 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
13552 as typed (default t).
13553 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
13554 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
13556 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
13557 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13561 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fortran" '("fortran-")))
13563 ;;;***
13564 \f
13565 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (0 0 0 0))
13566 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
13569 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
13571 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
13572 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
13577 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
13579 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
13580 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
13585 Compile fortune file.
13587 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
13588 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
13593 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
13595 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
13596 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
13597 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
13598 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
13603 Display a fortune cookie to the mini-buffer.
13604 If called with a prefix, it has the same behavior as `fortune'.
13605 Optional FILE is a fortune file from which a cookie will be selected.
13610 Display a fortune cookie.
13611 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
13612 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
13613 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
13614 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
13618 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fortune" '("fortune-")))
13620 ;;;***
13621 \f
13622 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (0 0 0 0))
13623 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
13625 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
13626 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
13629 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (client . :never) (delete-before . :never) (font . frameset-filter-font-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (frameset--text-pixel-height . :save) (frameset--text-pixel-width . :save) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-frame . :never) (parent-id . :never) (mouse-wheel-frame . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
13630 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
13634 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
13636 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
13637 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
13639 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
13640 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
13641 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
13642 intend to modify existing values, do
13644 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
13646 before changing anything.
13648 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
13649 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
13651 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
13652 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
13653 to restore the frame.
13655 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
13656 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
13657 parameter), and ACTION can be:
13659 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
13660 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
13661 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
13662 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
13663 FILTER A filter function.
13665 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
13666 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
13668 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
13670 where
13672 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
13673 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
13674 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
13675 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
13676 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
13677 before restoring it.
13678 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
13680 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
13681 It must return:
13682 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
13683 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
13684 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
13686 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
13690 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
13691 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
13692 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
13693 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
13694 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
13695 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
13700 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
13705 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
13706 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
13707 If nil, check all live frames.
13712 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
13713 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
13714 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
13715 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
13716 `frameset' defstruct for details.
13717 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
13718 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
13719 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
13720 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
13721 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
13726 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
13728 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
13729 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
13730 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
13731 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
13732 and window-state is not restored.
13734 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
13735 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
13737 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
13738 t All existing frames can be reused.
13739 nil No existing frame can be reused.
13740 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
13741 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
13742 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
13744 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
13745 t Frames are restored in the current display.
13746 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
13747 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
13748 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
13749 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
13750 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
13751 be created from that parameter alist.
13753 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
13754 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
13755 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
13756 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
13757 PRED A function called with three arguments,
13758 - the live frame just restored,
13759 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
13760 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
13761 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
13764 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
13765 nil Keep all frames.
13766 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
13767 - FRAME, a live frame.
13768 - ACTION, which can be one of
13769 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
13770 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
13771 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
13772 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
13773 Return value is ignored.
13775 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
13776 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
13777 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
13778 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
13779 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
13781 All keyword parameters default to nil.
13783 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
13786 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
13787 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
13792 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
13793 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
13798 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
13800 Argument is a character, naming the register.
13802 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
13806 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "frameset" '("frameset-")))
13808 ;;;***
13809 \f
13810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fringe" "fringe.el" (0 0 0 0))
13811 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
13813 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fringe" '("fringe-" "set-fringe-")))
13815 ;;;***
13816 \f
13817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (0 0 0 0))
13818 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
13821 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gamegrid" '("gamegrid-")))
13823 ;;;***
13824 \f
13825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gametree" "play/gametree.el" (0 0 0 0))
13826 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gametree.el
13828 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gametree" '("gametree-")))
13830 ;;;***
13831 \f
13832 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (0 0 0 0))
13833 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
13836 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
13837 See the `gdb-enable-debug' command
13843 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
13844 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
13845 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
13846 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
13847 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
13848 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
13850 If called interactively, enable Gdb-Enable-Debug mode if ARG is positive, and
13851 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
13852 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
13853 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
13858 Run gdb passing it COMMAND-LINE as arguments.
13860 If COMMAND-LINE names a program FILE to debug, gdb will run in
13861 a buffer named *gud-FILE*, and the directory containing FILE
13862 becomes the initial working directory and source-file directory
13863 for your debugger.
13864 If COMMAND-LINE requests that gdb attaches to a process PID, gdb
13865 will run in *gud-PID*, otherwise it will run in *gud*; in these
13866 cases the initial working directory is the default-directory of
13867 the buffer in which this command was invoked.
13872 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
13873 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
13874 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
13875 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
13877 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
13878 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
13879 shown in some of the buffers.
13881 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
13883 The following commands help control operation :
13885 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
13886 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
13888 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
13889 detailed description of this mode.
13892 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
13893 | GDB Toolbar |
13894 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13895 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
13896 | | |
13897 | | |
13898 | | |
13899 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13900 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
13901 | | (comint-mode) |
13902 | | |
13903 | | |
13904 | | |
13905 | | |
13906 | | |
13907 | | |
13908 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13909 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
13910 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
13911 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
13912 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
13913 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13917 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gdb-mi" '("breakpoint-" "def-gdb-" "gdb" "gud-" "nil")))
13919 ;;;***
13920 \f
13921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generator" "emacs-lisp/generator.el" (0 0
13922 ;;;;;; 0 0))
13923 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generator.el
13925 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generator" '("cps-" "iter-")))
13927 ;;;***
13928 \f
13929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (0 0 0 0))
13930 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
13933 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
13934 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
13938 Create a new generic mode MODE.
13940 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
13941 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
13942 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
13943 documentation string instead.
13945 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
13946 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
13950 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
13951 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
13952 enders are actually possible.
13954 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
13955 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
13957 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
13958 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
13959 `font-lock-keywords'.
13961 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
13962 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
13963 runs the macro expansion.
13965 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
13966 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
13967 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
13969 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
13971 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
13978 Go into the generic mode MODE.
13983 Enter generic mode MODE.
13985 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
13987 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
13989 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
13990 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
13995 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
13996 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
13997 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
13998 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
13999 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
14000 regular expression that can be used as an element of
14001 `font-lock-keywords'.
14007 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generic" '("generic-")))
14009 ;;;***
14010 \f
14011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic-x" "generic-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
14012 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic-x.el
14014 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generic-x" '("default-generic-mode" "generic-")))
14016 ;;;***
14017 \f
14018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (0 0 0 0))
14019 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
14022 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
14024 If called interactively, enable Glasses mode if ARG is positive, and
14025 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
14026 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
14027 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
14029 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual
14030 separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
14034 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "glasses" '("glasses-")))
14036 ;;;***
14037 \f
14038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
14039 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
14042 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
14043 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
14048 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
14050 Guideline for numbers:
14051 1 - error messages
14052 3 - non-serious error messages
14053 5 - messages for things that take a long time
14054 7 - not very important messages on stuff
14055 9 - messages inside loops.
14060 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
14061 ARGS are passed to `message'.
14066 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
14071 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
14073 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
14074 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
14076 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
14077 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
14078 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
14080 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
14081 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
14086 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
14090 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gmm-utils" '("defun-gmm" "gmm-")))
14092 ;;;***
14093 \f
14094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (0 0 0 0))
14095 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
14101 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
14106 Read network news.
14107 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
14108 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
14109 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
14110 name of an NNTP server to use.
14111 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
14112 server.
14117 Read news as a slave.
14122 Pop up a frame to read news.
14123 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
14124 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
14125 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
14126 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
14127 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
14129 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
14130 current display is used.
14135 Read network news.
14136 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
14137 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
14138 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
14144 ;;;***
14145 \f
14146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (0 0 0 0))
14147 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
14150 Start Gnus unplugged.
14155 Start Gnus plugged.
14160 Read news as a slave unplugged.
14165 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
14167 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
14168 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
14169 customize gnus-agent to nil.
14171 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
14172 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
14173 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
14178 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
14183 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
14184 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
14185 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
14186 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
14187 supported.
14192 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
14193 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
14194 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
14195 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
14196 supported.
14201 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
14206 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
14207 downloaded into the agent.
14212 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
14213 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
14214 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
14219 Start Gnus and fetch session.
14224 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
14229 Regenerate all agent covered files.
14230 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
14234 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-agent" '("gnus-")))
14236 ;;;***
14237 \f
14238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (0 0 0 0))
14239 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
14242 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
14246 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-art" '("article-" "gnus-")))
14248 ;;;***
14249 \f
14250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-async" "gnus/gnus-async.el" (0 0 0 0))
14251 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-async.el
14253 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-async" '("gnus-")))
14255 ;;;***
14256 \f
14257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bcklg" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" (0 0 0 0))
14258 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bcklg.el
14260 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-bcklg" '("gnus-backlog-")))
14262 ;;;***
14263 \f
14264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (0
14265 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14266 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
14269 Set a bookmark for this article.
14274 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
14279 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
14280 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
14281 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
14282 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
14286 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-bookmark" '("gnus-bookmark-")))
14288 ;;;***
14289 \f
14290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (0 0 0 0))
14291 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
14294 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
14296 Usage:
14297 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
14302 Generate the cache active file.
14307 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
14312 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
14313 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
14314 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
14315 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
14316 supported.
14321 Delete GROUP from the cache.
14322 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
14323 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
14324 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
14325 supported.
14329 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cache" '("gnus-")))
14331 ;;;***
14332 \f
14333 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cite" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" (0 0 0 0))
14334 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cite.el
14336 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cite" '("gnus-" "turn-o")))
14338 ;;;***
14339 \f
14340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cloud" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el" (0 0 0 0))
14341 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cloud.el
14343 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cloud" '("gnus-cloud-")))
14345 ;;;***
14346 \f
14347 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cus" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" (0 0 0 0))
14348 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cus.el
14350 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cus" '("category-fields" "gnus-")))
14352 ;;;***
14353 \f
14354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (0 0 0 0))
14355 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
14358 Delay this article by some time.
14359 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
14361 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
14362 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
14364 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
14365 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
14367 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
14368 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
14373 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
14378 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
14379 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
14380 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
14382 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
14383 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
14387 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-delay" '("gnus-delay-")))
14389 ;;;***
14390 \f
14391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-demon" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" (0 0 0 0))
14392 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-demon.el
14394 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-demon" '("gnus-")))
14396 ;;;***
14397 \f
14398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (0 0 0 0))
14399 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
14411 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-diary" '("gnus-")))
14413 ;;;***
14414 \f
14415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
14416 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
14419 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
14423 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-dired" '("gnus-dired-")))
14425 ;;;***
14426 \f
14427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (0 0 0 0))
14428 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
14431 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
14435 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-draft" '("gnus-")))
14437 ;;;***
14438 \f
14439 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dup" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" (0 0 0 0))
14440 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dup.el
14442 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-dup" '("gnus-")))
14444 ;;;***
14445 \f
14446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-eform" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" (0 0 0 0))
14447 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-eform.el
14449 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-eform" '("gnus-edit-form")))
14451 ;;;***
14452 \f
14453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (0 0 0 0))
14454 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
14457 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
14464 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
14466 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
14471 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
14476 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
14478 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
14479 different input formats.
14484 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
14486 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
14487 different input formats.
14492 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
14493 The PNG is returned as a string.
14498 Convert FILE to a Face.
14499 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
14500 726 bytes.
14505 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
14507 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
14512 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
14516 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-fun" '("gnus-")))
14518 ;;;***
14519 \f
14520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (0
14521 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14522 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
14525 Display gravatar in the From header.
14526 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
14531 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
14532 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
14536 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-gravatar" '("gnus-gravatar-")))
14538 ;;;***
14539 \f
14540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (0 0 0 0))
14541 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
14544 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
14545 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
14546 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
14551 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
14555 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-group" '("gnus-")))
14557 ;;;***
14558 \f
14559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (0 0 0 0))
14560 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
14572 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-html" '("gnus-")))
14574 ;;;***
14575 \f
14576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-icalendar" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" (0
14577 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14578 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-icalendar.el
14580 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-icalendar" '("gnus-icalendar")))
14582 ;;;***
14583 \f
14584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-int" "gnus/gnus-int.el" (0 0 0 0))
14585 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-int.el
14587 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-int" '("gnus-")))
14589 ;;;***
14590 \f
14591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (0 0 0 0))
14592 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
14597 Run batched scoring.
14598 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
14602 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-kill" '("gnus-")))
14604 ;;;***
14605 \f
14606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-logic" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" (0 0 0 0))
14607 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-logic.el
14609 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-logic" '("gnus-")))
14611 ;;;***
14612 \f
14613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mh" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" (0 0 0 0))
14614 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mh.el
14616 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-mh" '("gnus-")))
14618 ;;;***
14619 \f
14620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (0 0 0 0))
14621 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
14629 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
14630 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
14635 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
14637 If called interactively, enable Gnus-Mailing-List mode if ARG is positive, and
14638 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
14639 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
14640 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
14646 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-ml" '("gnus-mailing-list-")))
14648 ;;;***
14649 \f
14650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (0 0 0 0))
14651 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
14654 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
14655 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
14656 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
14657 group parameters.
14659 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
14660 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
14661 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
14662 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
14664 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
14665 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
14666 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
14667 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
14668 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
14669 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
14670 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
14671 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
14672 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
14673 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
14678 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
14679 It does this by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
14681 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
14682 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
14687 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
14688 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
14690 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
14695 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
14696 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
14698 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
14700 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
14701 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
14702 existing groups are considered.
14704 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
14705 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
14706 returned.
14708 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
14709 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
14710 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
14711 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
14712 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
14713 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
14714 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
14715 clauses will be generated.
14717 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
14718 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
14719 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
14720 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is `catch-all', this fancy
14721 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
14722 as the last element of a `|' SPLIT.
14724 For example, given the following group parameters:
14726 nnml:mail.bar:
14729 nnml:mail.foo:
14734 nnml:mail.others:
14735 \((split-spec . catch-all))
14747 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-mlspl" '("gnus-group-split-")))
14749 ;;;***
14750 \f
14751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (0 0 0 0))
14752 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
14755 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
14756 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
14757 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
14758 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
14759 instead.
14761 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
14764 Mail to ADDRESS.
14769 Like `message-reply'.
14773 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
14775 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-msg" '("gnus-")))
14777 ;;;***
14778 \f
14779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
14780 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
14781 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
14784 Send a notification on new message.
14785 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
14786 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
14787 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
14789 This is typically a function to add in
14790 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
14794 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-notifications" '("gnus-notifications-")))
14796 ;;;***
14797 \f
14798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (0 0 0 0))
14799 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
14802 Display picons in the From header.
14803 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14808 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
14809 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14814 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
14815 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14819 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-picon" '("gnus-picon-")))
14821 ;;;***
14822 \f
14823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (0 0 0 0))
14824 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
14827 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
14828 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14829 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
14834 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
14835 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14836 LIST1 is modified.
14841 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
14842 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14852 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
14853 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14858 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
14859 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
14866 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
14867 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14872 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
14873 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14878 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
14879 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14884 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
14888 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-range" '("gnus-")))
14890 ;;;***
14891 \f
14892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (0
14893 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14894 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
14897 Initialize the Gnus registry.
14902 Install the registry hooks.
14906 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-registry" '("gnus-")))
14908 ;;;***
14909 \f
14910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-rfc1843" "gnus/gnus-rfc1843.el" (0 0
14911 ;;;;;; 0 0))
14912 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-rfc1843.el
14914 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-rfc1843" '("rfc1843-")))
14916 ;;;***
14917 \f
14918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-salt" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" (0 0 0 0))
14919 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-salt.el
14921 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-salt" '("gnus-")))
14923 ;;;***
14924 \f
14925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-score" "gnus/gnus-score.el" (0 0 0 0))
14926 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-score.el
14928 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-score" '("gnus-")))
14930 ;;;***
14931 \f
14932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (0 0 0 0))
14933 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
14936 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
14937 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
14938 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
14939 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
14940 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
14945 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
14946 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
14947 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
14948 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
14957 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-sieve" '("gnus-sieve-")))
14959 ;;;***
14960 \f
14961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (0 0 0 0))
14962 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
14965 Update the format specification near point.
14969 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-spec" '("gnus-")))
14971 ;;;***
14972 \f
14973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-srvr" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" (0 0 0 0))
14974 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-srvr.el
14976 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-srvr" '("gnus-")))
14978 ;;;***
14979 \f
14980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (0 0 0 0))
14981 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
14984 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
14988 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-start" '("gnus-")))
14990 ;;;***
14991 \f
14992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (0 0 0 0))
14993 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
14996 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
14997 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
15001 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-sum" '("gnus-")))
15003 ;;;***
15004 \f
15005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-topic" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" (0 0 0 0))
15006 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-topic.el
15008 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-topic" '("gnus-")))
15010 ;;;***
15011 \f
15012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-undo" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" (0 0 0 0))
15013 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-undo.el
15015 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-undo" '("gnus-")))
15017 ;;;***
15018 \f
15019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-util" "gnus/gnus-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
15020 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-util.el
15022 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-util" '("gnus-")))
15024 ;;;***
15025 \f
15026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-uu" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" (0 0 0 0))
15027 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-uu.el
15029 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-uu" '("gnus-")))
15031 ;;;***
15032 \f
15033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-vm" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" (0 0 0 0))
15034 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-vm.el
15036 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-vm" '("gnus-")))
15038 ;;;***
15039 \f
15040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (0 0 0 0))
15041 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
15044 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
15048 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-win" '("gnus-")))
15050 ;;;***
15051 \f
15052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (0 0 0 0))
15053 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
15056 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
15057 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
15058 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
15059 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
15060 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
15062 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.
15064 The default value of this variable is such that virtually any
15065 connection can be established, whether this connection can be
15067 network security is handled at a higher level via
15068 `open-network-stream' and the Network Security Manager. See Info
15073 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnutls" '("gnutls-" "open-gnutls-stream")))
15075 ;;;***
15076 \f
15077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (0 0 0 0))
15078 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
15081 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
15083 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
15084 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
15085 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
15087 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
15088 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
15089 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
15091 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
15094 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
15095 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
15101 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gomoku" '("gomoku-")))
15103 ;;;***
15104 \f
15105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (0 0 0 0))
15106 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
15109 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
15110 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
15111 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
15112 there, then load the URL at or before point.
15117 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
15118 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
15119 or to send e-mail.
15120 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
15121 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
15123 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
15124 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
15130 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
15132 If called interactively, enable Goto-Address mode if ARG is positive, and
15133 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
15134 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
15135 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
15140 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
15142 If called interactively, enable Goto-Address-Prog mode if ARG is positive, and
15143 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
15144 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
15145 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
15149 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "goto-addr" '("goto-address-")))
15151 ;;;***
15152 \f
15153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "image/gravatar.el" (0 0 0 0))
15154 ;;; Generated autoloads from image/gravatar.el
15157 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
15158 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
15163 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
15167 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gravatar" '("gravatar-")))
15169 ;;;***
15170 \f
15171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (0 0 0 0))
15172 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
15181 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
15182 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
15183 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
15185 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
15186 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
15193 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
15194 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
15204 (defconst grep-regexp-alist `((,(concat "^\\(?:" "\\(?1:[^\0\n]+\\)\\(?3:\0\\)\\(?2:[0-9]+\\):" "\\|" "\\(?1:" "\\(?:[a-zA-Z]:\\)?" "[^\n:]+?[^\n/:]\\):[\11 ]*\\(?2:[1-9][0-9]*\\)[\11 ]*:" "\\)") 1 2 (,(lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face 'grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) \, (lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face 'grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) nil nil (3 '(face nil display ":"))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
15205 Regexp used to match grep hits.
15209 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
15213 The default find program.
15214 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
15218 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
15219 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
15223 How to invoke find and grep.
15224 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
15225 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
15226 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
15227 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
15238 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
15239 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
15249 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
15254 Run Grep with user-specified COMMAND-ARGS, collect output in a buffer.
15256 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where Grep found
15259 Noninteractively, COMMAND-ARGS should specify the Grep command-line
15260 arguments.
15262 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
15263 Grep in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
15265 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
15266 can easily repeat a grep command.
15268 A prefix argument says to default the COMMAND-ARGS based on the current
15269 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last Grep command
15270 in the Grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
15271 list is empty).
15276 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
15277 Collect output in a buffer.
15279 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
15281 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
15282 easily repeat a find command.
15289 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
15290 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
15291 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
15292 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'. As whitespace triggers
15293 completion when entering a pattern, including it requires
15297 before it is executed.
15300 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
15301 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
15302 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
15309 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
15310 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
15311 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
15312 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'. As whitespace triggers
15313 completion when entering a pattern, including it requires
15317 before it is executed.
15320 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
15321 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
15322 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
15327 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
15328 to specify a command to run.
15333 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
15334 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
15335 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
15341 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "grep" '("grep-" "kill-grep" "rgrep-")))
15343 ;;;***
15344 \f
15345 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gssapi" "gnus/gssapi.el" (0 0 0 0))
15346 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gssapi.el
15348 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gssapi" '("gssapi-program" "open-gssapi-stream")))
15350 ;;;***
15351 \f
15352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (0 0 0 0))
15353 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
15356 Run gdb passing it COMMAND-LINE as arguments.
15357 If COMMAND-LINE names a program FILE to debug, gdb will run in
15358 a buffer named *gud-FILE*, and the directory containing FILE
15359 becomes the initial working directory and source-file directory
15360 for your debugger.
15361 If COMMAND-LINE requests that gdb attaches to a process PID, gdb
15362 will run in *gud-PID*, otherwise it will run in *gud*; in these
15363 cases the initial working directory is the default-directory of
15364 the buffer in which this command was invoked.
15369 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
15370 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15371 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15376 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
15377 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15378 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15383 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
15384 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15385 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15387 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
15388 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
15393 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
15394 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15395 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15400 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
15401 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15402 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15407 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
15408 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15409 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15414 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
15417 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
15419 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
15420 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
15421 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
15422 original source file access method.
15424 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
15425 gud, see `gud-mode'.
15430 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
15435 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
15436 See the `gud-tooltip-mode' command
15437 for a description of this minor mode.
15438 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15439 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15445 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
15447 If called interactively, enable Gud-Tooltip mode if ARG is positive, and
15448 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
15449 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
15450 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
15454 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gud" '("gdb-" "gud-")))
15456 ;;;***
15457 \f
15458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (0 0 0 0))
15459 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
15462 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
15463 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
15464 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
15465 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
15466 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
15467 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
15468 set it to.
15469 DO must return an Elisp expression.
15474 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
15475 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
15476 of PLACE.
15477 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
15478 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
15479 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
15480 and SETTER.
15481 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
15482 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
15489 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
15490 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
15491 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
15492 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
15503 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (let ((x `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)))) (push x macro-declarations-alist) (push x defun-declarations-alist)))
15505 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
15508 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
15509 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
15510 well for simple place forms.
15511 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
15512 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
15513 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
15514 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
15515 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
15516 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
15524 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
15525 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
15526 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
15527 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
15529 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
15530 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
15531 (let ((temp VAL))
15532 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
15533 temp)
15534 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
15539 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
15540 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
15541 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
15542 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
15543 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
15550 Return a reference to PLACE.
15551 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
15552 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
15554 binding mode.
15560 ;;;***
15561 \f
15562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (0 0 0 0))
15563 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
15567 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
15568 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
15570 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
15571 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
15572 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
15573 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
15577 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "handwrite" '("handwrite-" "menu-bar-handwrite-map")))
15579 ;;;***
15580 \f
15581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanja-util" "language/hanja-util.el" (0 0
15582 ;;;;;; 0 0))
15583 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/hanja-util.el
15585 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hanja-util" '("han")))
15587 ;;;***
15588 \f
15589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (0 0 0 0))
15590 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
15593 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
15598 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
15599 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
15600 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
15602 Repent before ring 31 moves.
15607 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
15608 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
15609 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
15610 to be updated.
15614 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hanoi" '("hanoi-")))
15616 ;;;***
15617 \f
15618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (0 0 0 0))
15619 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
15622 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
15627 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
15628 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
15633 Verify a hashcash payment
15638 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
15639 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
15640 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
15641 `mail-add-payment-async').
15646 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
15647 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
15648 Calculation is asynchronous.
15653 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
15654 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
15658 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hashcash" '("hashcash-")))
15660 ;;;***
15661 \f
15662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (0 0 0 0))
15663 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
15666 Return the help-echo string at point.
15667 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
15668 property, or nil, is returned.
15669 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
15670 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
15671 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
15676 Return the keyboard help string at point.
15677 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
15678 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
15679 If this produces no string either, return nil.
15684 Display local help in the echo area.
15685 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
15686 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
15687 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
15688 printed instead.
15690 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
15691 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
15692 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
15697 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
15698 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
15703 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
15704 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
15709 Automatically show local help on point-over.
15710 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
15711 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
15712 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
15713 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
15714 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
15715 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
15716 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
15717 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
15718 a non-empty list disables the feature.
15720 This variable only takes effect after a call to
15721 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
15722 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
15723 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
15724 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
15726 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
15727 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
15728 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
15729 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
15730 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
15731 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
15732 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
15738 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
15739 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
15740 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
15741 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
15742 considered different regions.
15744 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
15745 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
15746 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
15747 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
15748 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
15749 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
15750 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
15751 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
15752 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
15757 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
15758 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
15759 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
15760 different regions.
15762 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
15763 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
15764 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
15765 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
15766 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
15767 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
15768 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
15769 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
15771 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
15772 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
15773 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
15774 rarely happens in practice.
15779 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
15780 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
15781 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
15782 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
15783 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
15787 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-at-pt" '("help-at-pt-" "scan-buf-move-hook")))
15789 ;;;***
15790 \f
15791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (0 0 0 0))
15792 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
15795 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
15796 When called from lisp, FUNCTION may also be a function object.
15801 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
15802 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
15807 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
15808 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
15809 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
15810 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
15811 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
15812 If TYPE is not a symbol, search for a function definition.
15814 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
15815 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
15816 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
15817 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
15818 suitable file is found, return nil.
15828 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
15829 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
15830 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
15835 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
15836 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
15837 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
15838 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
15839 it is displayed along with the global value.
15844 Display the full documentation of SYMBOL.
15845 Will show the info of SYMBOL as a function, variable, and/or face.
15846 Optional arguments BUFFER and FRAME specify for which buffer and
15847 frame to show the information about SYMBOL; they default to the
15848 current buffer and the selected frame, respectively.
15853 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
15854 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
15855 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
15860 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
15861 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
15862 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
15863 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
15868 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
15873 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
15877 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-fns" '("describe-" "help-")))
15879 ;;;***
15880 \f
15881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (0 0 0 0))
15882 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
15885 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
15886 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
15887 window listing and describing the options.
15893 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-macro" '("make-help-screen")))
15895 ;;;***
15896 \f
15897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
15898 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
15901 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
15902 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
15903 Commands:
15909 Enter Help Mode in the current buffer.
15914 Finalize Help Mode setup in current buffer.
15921 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
15922 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
15923 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
15926 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
15928 restore it properly when going back.
15933 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
15934 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
15935 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
15936 from `help-mode'.
15938 it does not already exist.
15943 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
15945 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
15946 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
15947 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
15948 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
15949 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
15950 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
15951 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
15952 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
15954 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
15955 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
15956 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
15957 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
15959 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
15960 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
15961 that.
15966 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
15967 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
15968 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
15969 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
15970 See `help-make-xrefs'.
15975 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
15976 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
15977 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
15978 See `help-make-xrefs'.
15983 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
15990 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
15991 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
15992 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
15996 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-mode" '("describe-symbol-backends" "help-")))
15998 ;;;***
15999 \f
16000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (0 0 0 0))
16001 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
16004 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
16009 Provide help for current mode.
16013 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "helper" '("Helper-")))
16015 ;;;***
16016 \f
16017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hex-util" "hex-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
16018 ;;; Generated autoloads from hex-util.el
16020 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hex-util" '("decode-hex-string" "encode-hex-string")))
16022 ;;;***
16023 \f
16024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (0 0 0 0))
16025 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
16029 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
16030 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
16031 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
16033 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
16034 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
16037 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
16038 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
16039 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
16041 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
16042 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
16043 periods.
16045 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
16046 in hexl format.
16048 A sample format:
16050 HEX ADDR: 0011 2233 4455 6677 8899 aabb ccdd eeff ASCII-TEXT
16051 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
16052 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
16053 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
16054 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
16055 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
16056 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
16057 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
16058 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
16059 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
16060 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
16061 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
16062 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
16063 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
16064 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
16066 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
16067 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
16068 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
16070 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
16071 also supported.
16073 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
16075 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
16076 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
16077 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
16080 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
16081 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
16084 into the buffer at the current point.
16087 into the buffer at the current point.
16090 into the buffer at the current point.
16094 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
16095 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
16104 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
16105 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
16106 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
16111 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
16112 This discards the buffer's undo information.
16116 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hexl" '("dehexlify-buffer" "hexl-")))
16118 ;;;***
16119 \f
16120 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "hfy-cmap" "hfy-cmap.el"
16121 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
16122 ;;; Generated autoloads from hfy-cmap.el
16124 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hfy-cmap" '("hfy-" "htmlfontify-unload-rgb-file")))
16126 ;;;***
16127 \f
16128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (0 0 0 0))
16129 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
16132 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
16134 If called interactively, enable Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive, and
16135 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
16136 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
16137 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
16139 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
16141 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
16142 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
16144 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
16145 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
16146 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
16147 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
16151 which can be called interactively, are:
16154 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
16157 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
16158 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
16159 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
16162 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
16165 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
16166 available face automatically.
16169 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
16172 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
16174 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
16176 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
16177 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
16178 `ask' and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
16179 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
16180 function returns t.
16183 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
16185 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
16186 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
16187 form:
16188 Hi-lock: FOO
16190 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
16191 position (number of characters into buffer)
16192 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
16193 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
16194 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
16199 Non-nil if Global Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
16200 See the `global-hi-lock-mode' command
16201 for a description of this minor mode.
16202 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16203 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16209 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
16210 With prefix ARG, enable Global Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
16211 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16212 ARG is omitted or nil.
16214 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
16215 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
16216 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
16223 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
16224 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
16225 Use the global history list for FACE.
16227 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
16228 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
16229 highlighting will not update as you type.
16236 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
16237 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
16238 Use the global history list for FACE. Limit face setting to the
16239 corresponding SUBEXP (interactively, the prefix argument) of REGEXP.
16240 If SUBEXP is omitted or nil, the entire REGEXP is highlighted.
16242 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
16243 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
16244 highlighting will not update as you type.
16251 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
16252 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
16253 Use the global history list for FACE.
16255 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
16256 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
16257 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
16259 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
16260 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
16261 highlighting will not update as you type.
16268 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
16269 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
16270 unless you use a prefix argument.
16271 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
16273 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
16274 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
16281 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
16282 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
16283 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
16285 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
16290 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
16292 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
16293 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
16294 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
16298 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hi-lock" '("hi-lock-" "turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled")))
16300 ;;;***
16301 \f
16302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (0 0 0 0))
16303 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
16306 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
16308 If called interactively, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is positive, and
16309 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
16310 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
16311 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
16313 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
16314 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
16315 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
16316 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
16318 `hide-ifdef-env'
16319 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
16320 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
16321 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
16322 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
16323 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
16324 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
16325 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
16327 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
16328 An association list of defined symbol lists.
16329 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
16330 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
16331 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
16333 `hide-ifdef-lines'
16334 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
16335 #endif lines when hiding.
16337 `hide-ifdef-initially'
16338 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
16339 is activated.
16341 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
16342 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
16343 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
16349 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hideif" '("backward-ifdef" "down-ifdef" "forward-ifdef" "hide-ifdef" "hif-" "intern-safe" "next-ifdef" "previous-ifdef" "show-ifdef" "up-ifdef")))
16351 ;;;***
16352 \f
16353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (0 0 0 0))
16354 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
16356 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
16357 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
16358 Each element has the form
16359 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
16361 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
16362 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
16364 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
16365 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
16367 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
16368 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
16369 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
16370 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
16371 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
16372 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
16374 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
16375 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
16377 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
16378 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
16380 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
16381 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
16385 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
16387 If called interactively, enable Hs minor mode if ARG is positive, and
16388 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
16389 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
16390 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
16392 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
16393 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
16394 The value (hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
16396 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
16397 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
16398 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
16400 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
16401 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
16403 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
16405 Key bindings:
16411 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
16415 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hideshow" '("hs-")))
16417 ;;;***
16418 \f
16419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (0 0 0 0))
16420 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
16423 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
16425 If called interactively, enable Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive, and
16426 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
16427 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
16428 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
16430 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
16431 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
16433 this on and off.
16435 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
16440 through various faces.
16442 buffer with the contents of a file
16448 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
16450 If called interactively, enable Highlight-Changes-Visible mode if ARG is positive, and
16451 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
16452 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
16453 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
16455 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
16456 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
16457 in a distinctive face.
16459 The default value can be customized with variable
16460 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
16462 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
16467 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
16468 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
16473 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
16478 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
16483 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
16485 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
16486 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
16487 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
16488 shown in the last face in the list.
16490 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
16491 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
16492 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
16499 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
16501 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
16503 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
16504 to save the file.
16506 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
16507 written to a temporary file for comparison.
16509 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
16516 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
16518 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
16519 this function is called interactively.
16521 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
16522 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
16523 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
16525 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
16532 Non-nil if Global Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
16533 See the `global-highlight-changes-mode' command
16534 for a description of this minor mode.
16535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16536 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16542 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
16543 With prefix ARG, enable Global Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
16544 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16545 ARG is omitted or nil.
16547 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
16548 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
16549 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
16553 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hilit-chg" '("global-highlight-changes" "highlight-" "hilit-chg-")))
16555 ;;;***
16556 \f
16557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (0 0 0 0))
16558 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
16561 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
16562 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
16563 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
16569 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
16570 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
16571 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
16572 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
16573 expansions.
16574 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
16576 undoes the expansion.
16581 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
16582 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
16583 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
16587 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hippie-exp" '("he-" "hippie-expand-" "try-")))
16589 ;;;***
16590 \f
16591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (0 0 0 0))
16592 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
16595 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
16597 If called interactively, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is positive, and
16598 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
16599 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
16600 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
16602 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
16603 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
16604 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
16605 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
16606 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
16607 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
16609 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
16610 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
16611 uses the function `hl-line-maybe-unhighlight' in
16612 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
16617 Non-nil if Global Hl-Line mode is enabled.
16618 See the `global-hl-line-mode' command
16619 for a description of this minor mode.
16620 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16621 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16627 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
16629 If called interactively, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is positive, and
16630 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
16631 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
16632 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
16634 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
16635 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all live
16636 windows.
16638 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-highlight'
16639 and `global-hl-line-maybe-unhighlight' on `post-command-hook'.
16643 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hl-line" '("global-hl-line-" "hl-line-")))
16645 ;;;***
16646 \f
16647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hmac-def" "net/hmac-def.el" (0 0 0 0))
16648 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/hmac-def.el
16650 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hmac-def" '("define-hmac-function")))
16652 ;;;***
16653 \f
16654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hmac-md5" "net/hmac-md5.el" (0 0 0 0))
16655 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/hmac-md5.el
16657 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hmac-md5" '("hmac-md5" "md5-binary")))
16659 ;;;***
16660 \f
16661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (0 0 0 0))
16662 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
16664 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
16665 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
16672 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
16673 Oriental holidays.
16681 Local holidays.
16689 User defined holidays.
16696 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
16697 Jewish holidays.
16704 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
16705 Christian holidays.
16712 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
16713 Islamic holidays.
16720 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá’u’lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá’u’lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu’l-Bahá"))))) "\
16721 Bahá’à holidays.
16728 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
16729 Sun-related holidays.
16739 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
16740 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
16741 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
16746 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
16747 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
16748 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
16749 displayed, use a different list. For example,
16751 (list-holidays 2006 2006
16752 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
16754 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
16755 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
16757 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
16758 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
16759 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
16760 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
16761 of a holiday list.
16763 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
16769 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "holidays" '("calendar-" "holiday-")))
16771 ;;;***
16772 \f
16773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (0 0 0 0))
16774 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
16778 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
16779 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
16780 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
16781 as possible.
16783 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
16784 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
16785 fontified display.
16787 You should, however, note that random control or non-ASCII
16788 characters such as ^L (U+000C FORM FEED (FF)) or ¤ (U+00A4
16789 CURRENCY SIGN) won't get mapped yet.
16791 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
16792 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
16793 hyperlinks as appropriate.
16798 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
16799 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
16801 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
16805 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "htmlfontify" '("hfy-" "htmlfontify-")))
16807 ;;;***
16808 \f
16809 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el"
16810 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
16811 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
16813 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ibuf-ext" '("alphabetic" "basename" "content" "derived-mode" "directory" "eval" "file" "ibuffer-" "major-mode" "mod" "name" "predicate" "print" "process" "query-replace" "rename-uniquely" "replace-regexp" "revert" "shell-command-" "size" "starred-name" "used-mode" "view-and-eval" "visiting-file")))
16815 ;;;***
16816 \f
16817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (0 0 0 0))
16818 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
16821 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
16823 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
16824 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
16825 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
16827 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
16828 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
16829 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
16830 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
16831 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
16832 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
16834 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
16835 title of the column.
16837 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
16838 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
16839 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
16840 change its definition, you should explicitly call
16841 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
16848 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
16849 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
16850 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
16851 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
16853 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
16854 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
16864 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
16865 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
16866 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
16867 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
16868 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
16870 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
16871 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
16872 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
16873 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
16874 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
16875 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
16876 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
16877 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
16878 values are:
16879 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
16880 t - the function it always modifies buffers
16881 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
16882 buffer's modification flag.
16883 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
16884 prompted before performing this operation.
16885 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
16886 operation is complete, in the form:
16888 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
16889 confirmation message, in the form:
16891 BEFORE is a form to evaluate before start the operation.
16892 AFTER is a form to evaluate once the operation is complete.
16893 COMPLEX means this function is special; if COMPLEX is nil BODY
16894 evaluates once for each marked buffer, MBUF, with MBUF current
16895 and saving the point. If COMPLEX is non-nil, BODY evaluates
16896 without requiring MBUF current.
16897 BODY define the operation; they are forms to evaluate per each
16898 marked buffer. BODY is evaluated with `buf' bound to the
16899 buffer object.
16901 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING BEFORE AFTER COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil t)
16908 Define a filter named NAME.
16909 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
16910 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
16911 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
16913 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
16914 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
16915 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
16916 bound to the current value of the filter.
16924 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ibuf-macs" '("ibuffer-")))
16926 ;;;***
16927 \f
16928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (0 0 0 0))
16929 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
16932 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
16933 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
16934 buffers which are visiting a file.
16939 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
16940 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
16941 buffers which are visiting a file.
16946 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
16947 Type `h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
16949 All arguments are optional.
16950 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
16952 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
16953 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
16954 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
16955 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
16956 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
16957 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
16958 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
16959 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
16960 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
16961 that value locally in this buffer.
16966 Call Ibuffer and set point at the line listing the current buffer.
16967 If optional arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, then use another window.
16971 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ibuffer" '("filename" "ibuffer-" "locked" "mark" "mod" "name" "process" "read-only" "size")))
16973 ;;;***
16974 \f
16975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (0 0 0
16976 ;;;;;; 0))
16977 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
16981 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
16982 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
16983 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
16988 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
16989 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
16990 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
16991 ICAL-FILENAME.
16992 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
16993 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
16994 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
16999 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
17000 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
17001 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
17002 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
17003 non-marking or not.
17008 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
17010 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
17011 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
17012 DIARY-FILENAME.
17014 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
17015 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
17016 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
17018 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
17019 non-marking.
17021 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
17022 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
17023 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
17027 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "icalendar" '("icalendar-")))
17029 ;;;***
17030 \f
17031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
17032 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
17035 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
17036 See the `icomplete-mode' command
17037 for a description of this minor mode.
17038 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17039 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17045 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
17047 If called interactively, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is positive, and
17048 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
17049 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
17050 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
17052 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
17053 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
17054 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
17055 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
17057 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
17060 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
17061 completions:
17071 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "icomplete" '("icomplete-")))
17073 ;;;***
17074 \f
17075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (0 0 0 0))
17076 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
17079 Major mode for editing Icon code.
17080 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
17081 Tab indents for Icon code.
17082 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
17083 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
17085 Variables controlling indentation style:
17086 icon-tab-always-indent
17087 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
17088 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
17089 icon-auto-newline
17090 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
17091 inserted in Icon code.
17092 icon-indent-level
17093 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
17094 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
17095 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
17096 icon-continued-statement-offset
17097 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
17098 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
17099 icon-continued-brace-offset
17100 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
17101 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
17102 icon-brace-offset
17103 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
17104 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
17105 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
17106 this far to the right of the start of its line.
17108 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
17109 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
17113 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "icon" '("beginning-of-icon-defun" "calculate-icon-indent" "electric-icon-brace" "end-of-icon-defun" "icon-" "indent-icon-exp" "mark-icon-function")))
17115 ;;;***
17116 \f
17117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-complete-structtag" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
17118 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
17119 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el
17121 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-complete-structtag" '("idlwave-")))
17123 ;;;***
17124 \f
17125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-help" "progmodes/idlw-help.el" (0 0 0
17126 ;;;;;; 0))
17127 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-help.el
17129 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-help" '("idlwave-")))
17131 ;;;***
17132 \f
17133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (0 0
17134 ;;;;;; 0 0))
17135 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
17138 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
17139 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
17140 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
17142 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
17143 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
17144 separate frames.
17146 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
17147 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
17149 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
17150 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
17151 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
17157 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-shell" '("idlwave-")))
17159 ;;;***
17160 \f
17161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-toolbar" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el"
17162 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
17163 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el
17165 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-toolbar" '("idlwave-toolbar-")))
17167 ;;;***
17168 \f
17169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (0 0 0 0))
17170 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
17174 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
17176 The main features of this mode are
17178 1. Indentation and Formatting
17179 --------------------------
17180 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
17181 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
17184 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
17185 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
17186 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
17188 Comments are indented as follows:
17190 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
17191 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
17192 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
17194 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
17197 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
17198 relative to the first will be retained. Use
17200 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
17201 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
17203 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
17208 2. Routine Info
17209 ------------
17210 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
17211 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
17213 source file of a module. These commands know about system
17214 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
17215 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
17216 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
17217 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
17219 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
17221 3. Online IDL Help
17222 ---------------
17225 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
17226 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
17227 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
17229 4. Completion
17230 ----------
17232 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
17233 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
17234 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
17235 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
17236 upper case.
17238 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
17239 --------------------------------
17240 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
17255 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
17258 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
17259 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
17262 6. Automatic Case Conversion
17263 -------------------------
17264 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
17265 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
17267 7. Automatic END completion
17268 ------------------------
17269 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
17270 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
17272 8. Hooks
17273 -----
17274 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
17275 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
17277 9. Documentation and Customization
17278 -------------------------------
17279 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
17281 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
17282 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
17283 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
17284 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
17286 10.Keybindings
17287 -----------
17288 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
17290 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
17296 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlwave" '("idlwave-")))
17298 ;;;***
17299 \f
17300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (0 0 0 0))
17301 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
17304 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
17305 The following values are possible:
17306 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
17307 displaying...)
17308 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
17309 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
17310 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
17312 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17318 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
17319 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
17320 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
17321 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
17322 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
17323 However, if ARG arg equals `files', remap only commands for files, or
17324 if it equals `buffers', remap only commands for buffer switching.
17325 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
17330 Switch to another buffer.
17331 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
17332 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
17333 in another frame.
17335 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
17336 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
17337 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
17338 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
17341 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
17342 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
17349 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
17350 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
17351 in a separate window.
17365 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
17366 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17367 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
17372 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
17373 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17374 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
17379 Display a buffer preferably in another frame.
17380 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17381 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
17386 Kill a buffer.
17387 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17388 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
17393 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
17394 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17395 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
17400 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
17401 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17402 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
17407 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
17412 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
17413 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
17414 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
17415 in another frame.
17417 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
17418 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
17419 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
17420 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
17421 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
17424 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
17425 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
17432 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
17433 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
17434 in a separate window.
17457 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
17458 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17459 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17464 Find another file, select its buffer, kill previous buffer.
17465 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17466 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17471 Find file as a replacement for the file in the next window.
17472 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17473 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17478 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
17479 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17480 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17485 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
17486 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17487 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17492 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
17493 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17494 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17499 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
17500 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17501 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17506 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
17507 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17508 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17513 Write current buffer to a file.
17514 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17515 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17520 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
17521 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17522 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17527 Call `dired' the Ido way.
17528 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17529 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17535 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17536 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17542 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17543 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17548 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
17549 Return the name of a buffer selected.
17550 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
17551 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
17552 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
17553 Optional arg PREDICATE if non-nil is a function limiting the
17554 buffers that can be considered.
17559 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
17560 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
17561 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
17566 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
17567 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
17568 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
17573 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
17574 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
17575 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
17576 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
17577 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
17578 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
17579 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
17580 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
17581 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
17582 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
17583 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
17584 with point positioned at the end.
17585 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
17586 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
17588 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
17592 ;;;***
17593 \f
17594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (0 0 0 0))
17595 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
17598 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
17599 Switches to the buffer named BUF-NAME if provided (`*ielm*' by default),
17600 or creates it if it does not exist.
17601 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
17605 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ielm" '("ielm-" "inferior-emacs-lisp-mode")))
17607 ;;;***
17608 \f
17609 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ietf-drums" "mail/ietf-drums.el" (0 0 0 0))
17610 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/ietf-drums.el
17612 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ietf-drums" '("ietf-drums-")))
17614 ;;;***
17615 \f
17616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (0 0 0 0))
17617 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
17622 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
17624 If called interactively, enable Iimage mode if ARG is positive, and
17625 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
17626 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
17627 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
17633 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iimage" '("iimage-" "turn-off-iimage-mode")))
17635 ;;;***
17636 \f
17637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (0 0 0 0))
17638 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
17641 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
17642 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
17643 be determined.
17648 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
17649 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
17650 be determined.
17655 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
17656 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
17657 be determined.
17662 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
17663 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
17664 be determined.
17669 Determine and return image type.
17670 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
17671 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
17672 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
17673 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
17674 use its file extension as image type.
17675 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
17680 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
17681 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
17686 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
17687 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
17689 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
17690 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
17691 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
17692 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
17693 must be available.
17698 Create an image.
17699 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
17700 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
17701 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
17702 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
17703 use its file extension as image type.
17704 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
17705 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
17706 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
17707 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
17709 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
17711 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
17713 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
17718 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
17719 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
17720 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
17721 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
17722 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
17723 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
17724 POS may be an integer or marker.
17725 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
17726 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
17727 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
17728 means display it in the right marginal area.
17733 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
17734 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
17735 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
17736 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
17737 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
17738 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
17739 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
17740 means display it in the right marginal area.
17741 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
17742 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
17743 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
17744 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
17745 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
17750 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
17751 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
17752 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
17753 STRING is a single space.
17754 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
17755 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
17756 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
17757 means display it in the right marginal area.
17758 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
17763 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
17764 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
17765 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
17770 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
17772 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
17774 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
17775 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
17776 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
17777 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
17778 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
17779 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
17780 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
17781 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
17782 satisfied.
17784 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
17786 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
17791 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
17793 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
17794 documentation string.
17796 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
17797 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
17798 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
17799 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
17800 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
17801 string containing the actual image data. The first image
17802 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
17803 define SYMBOL.
17805 Example:
17815 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
17816 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
17817 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
17819 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
17820 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
17821 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
17822 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
17824 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
17828 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image" '("image")))
17830 ;;;***
17831 \f
17832 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
17833 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
17837 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
17838 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
17839 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
17840 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
17841 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
17846 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
17848 Convenience command that:
17850 - Opens dired in folder DIR
17851 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
17852 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
17854 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
17855 image files in dired and type
17858 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
17860 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
17861 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
17866 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
17867 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
17868 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
17869 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
17870 another one).
17872 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
17873 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
17874 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
17876 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
17877 instead of erasing it first.
17879 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
17880 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
17881 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
17882 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
17883 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
17884 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
17889 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
17890 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
17891 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
17892 displayed.
17901 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
17906 Remove tag for selected file(s).
17907 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
17912 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
17917 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
17918 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
17919 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
17921 If called interactively, enable Image-Dired minor mode if ARG is positive, and
17922 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
17923 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
17924 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
17928 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings 'image-dired-minor-mode "26.1")
17931 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
17936 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
17941 Display file at point using an external viewer.
17946 Display current image file.
17947 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
17948 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
17953 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
17958 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
17959 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
17960 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
17961 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
17962 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
17963 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
17968 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
17969 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
17970 easy-to-use form.
17974 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image-dired" '("image-dired-")))
17976 ;;;***
17977 \f
17978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
17979 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
17981 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
17982 A list of image-file filename extensions.
17983 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
17984 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
17986 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
17987 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
17988 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
17994 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
17995 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
17996 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
17998 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
17999 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
18000 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
18006 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
18011 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
18012 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
18013 the command `insert-file-contents'.
18018 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
18019 See the `auto-image-file-mode' command
18020 for a description of this minor mode.
18021 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18022 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18028 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
18030 If called interactively, enable Auto-Image-File mode if ARG is positive, and
18031 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
18032 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
18033 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
18035 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
18036 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
18037 `image-file-name-regexps'.
18041 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image-file" '("image-file-")))
18043 ;;;***
18044 \f
18045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
18046 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
18049 Major mode for image files.
18050 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] or \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-hex-display]
18051 to toggle between display as an image and display as text or hex.
18053 Key bindings:
18059 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
18061 If called interactively, enable Image minor mode if ARG is positive, and
18062 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
18063 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
18064 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
18067 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
18068 actual image.
18073 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
18074 A non-mage major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or fundamental mode
18075 displays an image file as text.
18084 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image-mode" '("image-")))
18086 ;;;***
18087 \f
18088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imap" "net/imap.el" (0 0 0 0))
18089 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/imap.el
18093 ;;;***
18094 \f
18095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (0 0 0 0))
18096 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
18099 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
18101 Affects only the mouse index menu.
18103 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
18104 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
18105 in the buffer.
18107 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
18109 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
18110 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
18116 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
18117 Each element of this list should have the form
18119 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
18121 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
18122 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
18123 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
18124 matches are put).
18125 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
18126 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
18127 function of no arguments. If REGEXP is a function, it is
18128 expected to search backwards, return non-nil if it finds a
18129 definition construct, and set `match-data' for that construct.
18130 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
18131 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
18132 the menu item.
18133 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
18134 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
18135 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
18136 the ARGUMENTS.
18138 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
18139 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
18140 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
18142 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
18143 create a buffer index.
18145 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
18146 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally so that
18154 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
18156 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
18157 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
18158 called within a `save-excursion'.
18165 Function for finding the next index position.
18167 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
18168 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
18169 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
18170 file.
18172 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
18178 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
18180 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
18181 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
18187 Function to compare string with index item.
18189 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
18190 non-nil if they match.
18192 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
18193 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
18200 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
18211 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
18212 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
18213 See the command `imenu' for more information.
18220 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
18225 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
18226 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
18227 for more information.
18231 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "imenu" '("imenu-")))
18233 ;;;***
18234 \f
18235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
18236 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
18239 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
18259 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
18263 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ind-util" '("indian-" "ucs-to-is")))
18265 ;;;***
18266 \f
18267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
18268 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
18271 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
18272 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
18273 to that buffer.
18274 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
18275 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
18276 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
18283 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "inf-lisp" '("inferior-lisp-" "lisp-" "switch-to-lisp")))
18285 ;;;***
18286 \f
18287 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (0 0 0 0))
18288 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
18290 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
18291 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
18292 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
18293 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
18294 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
18295 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
18296 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
18297 first in this list.
18299 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
18300 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
18301 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
18302 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
18303 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
18305 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
18306 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
18307 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize 'custom-initialize-delay :type '(repeat directory) :group 'info)
18310 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
18316 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
18317 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
18318 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
18319 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
18321 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
18322 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
18323 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
18324 with the top-level Info directory.
18326 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
18327 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
18331 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
18332 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
18333 in all the directories in that path.
18335 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
18340 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
18350 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
18351 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
18357 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
18358 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
18359 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
18364 Go to the Info directory node.
18369 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
18370 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
18371 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
18373 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
18378 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
18379 Build a menu of the possible matches.
18384 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
18385 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
18386 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
18387 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
18392 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
18394 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
18395 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
18400 Selecting other nodes:
18402 Follow a node reference you click on.
18403 This works with menu items, cross references, and
18405 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
18410 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
18420 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
18424 Moving within a node:
18426 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
18427 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
18428 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
18429 move up to the parent node.
18431 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
18432 if there is none.
18435 Advanced commands:
18437 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
18438 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
18439 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
18441 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
18445 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
18446 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
18447 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
18451 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
18457 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
18458 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
18459 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
18460 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
18461 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
18467 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
18468 KEY is a string.
18469 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
18470 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
18471 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
18472 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
18477 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
18478 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
18483 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
18484 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
18489 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
18490 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
18491 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer. In interactive
18492 use, a prefix argument directs this command to limit the
18493 completion alternatives to currently visited manuals.
18497 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "info" '("Info-" "info-")))
18499 ;;;***
18500 \f
18501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (0 0 0 0))
18502 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
18505 Throw away all cached data.
18506 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
18507 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
18508 system.
18514 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
18515 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
18516 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
18517 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
18518 one found at point.
18520 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
18526 Display the documentation of a file.
18527 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
18528 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
18529 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
18530 The default file name is the one found at point.
18532 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
18537 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
18542 Perform completion on file preceding point.
18546 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "info-look" '("info-")))
18548 ;;;***
18549 \f
18550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (0 0 0 0))
18551 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
18555 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
18556 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
18557 current info file is the default.
18559 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
18560 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
18561 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
18562 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
18563 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
18565 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
18566 validate node references within it. A message is given for
18567 missing target files once per source document. It could be
18568 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
18569 mistake in the reference.
18571 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
18572 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
18573 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
18576 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
18577 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
18578 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
18583 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
18584 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
18585 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
18586 checked.
18590 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
18591 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
18592 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
18593 should be harmless.
18598 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
18599 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
18600 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
18602 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
18603 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
18604 and can take a long time.
18609 Check docstring info node references in source files.
18610 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
18612 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
18614 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
18615 as per `info-xref-check' does.
18617 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
18619 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
18620 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
18621 all builtins).
18623 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
18624 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
18625 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
18626 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
18627 the sources handy.
18631 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "info-xref" '("info-xref-")))
18633 ;;;***
18634 \f
18635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (0 0 0 0))
18636 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
18639 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
18649 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
18650 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
18651 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
18653 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
18654 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
18655 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
18657 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
18658 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
18659 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
18660 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
18665 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
18666 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
18671 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
18672 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
18673 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
18678 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "informat" '("Info-validate-")))
18680 ;;;***
18681 \f
18682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" (0 0 0 0))
18683 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
18686 Define an inline function NAME with arguments ARGS and body in BODY.
18688 This is like `defmacro', but has several advantages.
18689 See Info node `(elisp)Defining Functions' for more details.
18697 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "inline" '("inline-")))
18699 ;;;***
18700 \f
18701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (0 0 0 0))
18702 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
18706 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
18707 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
18711 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "inversion" '("inversion-")))
18713 ;;;***
18714 \f
18715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (0
18716 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
18717 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
18720 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
18725 Toggle input method in interactive search.
18734 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "isearch-x" '("isearch-")))
18736 ;;;***
18737 \f
18738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (0 0 0 0))
18739 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
18743 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
18744 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
18745 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
18746 accessed via isearchb.
18750 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "isearchb" '("isearchb")))
18752 ;;;***
18753 \f
18754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-ascii" "international/iso-ascii.el" (0
18755 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
18756 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-ascii.el
18758 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iso-ascii" '("iso-ascii-")))
18760 ;;;***
18761 \f
18762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (0 0 0
18763 ;;;;;; 0))
18764 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
18767 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
18768 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18769 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
18770 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18775 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
18776 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
18777 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
18778 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18783 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
18784 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18785 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
18786 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18791 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
18792 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18793 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
18794 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18799 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
18800 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18801 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
18802 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18807 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
18808 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18809 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
18810 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18815 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
18816 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18817 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
18818 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18823 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
18825 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18830 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
18832 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18837 Warn that format is read-only.
18842 Warn that format is write-only.
18847 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
18851 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iso-cvt" '("iso-")))
18853 ;;;***
18854 \f
18855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
18856 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
18857 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
18861 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iso-transl" '("iso-transl-")))
18863 ;;;***
18864 \f
18865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (0 0 0 0))
18866 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
18871 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
18878 (defconst ispell-menu-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell"))) (define-key map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor"))) (define-key map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings"))) (define-key map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) map) "\
18883 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ \11]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage"))) "\
18884 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
18885 The alist key must be a regular expression.
18886 Valid forms include:
18887 (KEY) - just skip the key.
18888 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
18889 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
18892 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\cref" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \11\n]*{[ \11\n]*document[ \11\n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \11\n]*{[ \11\n]*program[ \11\n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \11\n]*{[ \11\n]*verbatim\\*?[ \11\n]*}")))) "\
18893 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
18894 First list is used raw.
18897 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
18900 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \11\n>]" ">") ("&[^ \11\n;]" "[; \11\n]")) "\
18901 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
18902 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
18903 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
18909 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
18910 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
18911 in a window allowing you to choose one.
18913 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
18914 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
18915 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
18916 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
18917 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
18919 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
18920 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
18922 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
18923 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
18925 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
18926 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
18931 Return values:
18932 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
18933 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
18936 quit spell session exited.
18941 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
18942 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
18947 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
18949 Selections are:
18951 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
18952 SPC: Accept word this time.
18953 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
18954 `a': Accept word for this session.
18955 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
18956 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
18957 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
18958 `?': Show these commands.
18959 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
18960 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
18961 the aborted check to be completed later.
18962 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
18963 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
18964 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
18965 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
18966 `C-l': Redraw screen.
18967 `C-r': Recursive edit.
18968 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
18973 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
18974 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
18975 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
18980 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
18984 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
18989 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
18990 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
18991 amount for last line processed.
18996 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
19001 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
19006 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
19007 If APPEND is non-n il, append the info to previous buffer if exists.
19012 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
19017 Try to complete the word before or at point.
19018 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil, then the word may be a character
19019 sequence inside of a word.
19021 Standard ispell choices are then available.
19026 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
19031 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
19032 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
19033 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
19035 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
19036 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
19037 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
19038 available on the net.
19043 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
19045 If called interactively, enable ISpell minor mode if ARG is positive, and
19046 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
19047 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
19048 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
19050 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
19051 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
19052 spelled.
19054 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
19056 SPC.
19059 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
19064 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
19065 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
19066 Don't check included messages.
19068 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
19069 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
19070 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
19072 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
19073 in your init file:
19079 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
19080 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
19085 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ispell" '("check-ispell-version" "ispell-")))
19087 ;;;***
19088 \f
19089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ja-dic-cnv" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
19090 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
19091 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ja-dic-cnv.el
19093 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ja-dic-cnv" '("batch-skkdic-convert" "ja-dic-filename" "skkdic-")))
19095 ;;;***
19096 \f
19097 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ja-dic-utl" "international/ja-dic-utl.el"
19098 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
19099 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ja-dic-utl.el
19101 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ja-dic-utl" '("skkdic-")))
19103 ;;;***
19104 \f
19105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (0 0
19106 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19107 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
19115 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
19116 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
19117 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
19118 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
19119 \(`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
19120 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
19121 necessary to represent OBJ.
19126 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
19127 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
19128 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
19133 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
19134 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
19135 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
19136 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
19141 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
19142 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
19143 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
19148 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
19149 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
19150 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
19155 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
19160 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
19161 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
19162 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
19163 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
19168 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
19169 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
19170 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
19171 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
19176 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
19177 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
19181 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "japan-util" '("japanese-")))
19183 ;;;***
19184 \f
19185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (0 0 0 0))
19186 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
19189 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
19190 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
19199 Uninstall jka-compr.
19200 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
19201 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
19202 by `jka-compr-installed'.
19206 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "jka-compr" '("compression-error" "jka-compr-")))
19208 ;;;***
19209 \f
19210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (0 0 0 0))
19211 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
19215 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
19220 Major mode for editing JSX.
19222 To customize the indentation for this mode, set the SGML offset
19223 variables (`sgml-basic-offset', `sgml-attribute-offset' et al.)
19224 locally, like so:
19226 (defun set-jsx-indentation ()
19227 (setq-local sgml-basic-offset js-indent-level))
19233 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'js-mode)))
19235 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "js" '("js-" "with-js")))
19237 ;;;***
19238 \f
19239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (0 0 0 0))
19240 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
19245 ;;;***
19246 \f
19247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jsonrpc" "jsonrpc.el" (0 0 0 0))
19248 ;;; Generated autoloads from jsonrpc.el
19251 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "jsonrpc" '("jrpc-default-request-timeout" "jsonrpc-")))
19253 ;;;***
19254 \f
19255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kermit" "kermit.el" (0 0 0 0))
19256 ;;; Generated autoloads from kermit.el
19258 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "kermit" '("kermit-")))
19260 ;;;***
19261 \f
19262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (0 0 0 0))
19263 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
19266 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
19267 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
19273 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
19274 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
19280 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
19281 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
19287 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
19288 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
19294 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
19295 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
19296 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
19297 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
19298 keys are bound.
19300 Setup Binding
19301 -------------------------------------------------------------
19302 `prefix' Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
19303 `S-cursor' Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
19304 `cursor' Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
19305 `numeric' Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
19306 `none' Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
19307 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
19308 in the global and local keymaps.
19310 If SETUP is `numeric' and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
19311 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
19315 ;;;***
19316 \f
19317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (0 0 0
19318 ;;;;;; 0))
19319 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
19322 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
19323 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
19325 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
19326 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
19327 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
19328 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
19329 shorter.
19331 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
19332 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
19333 the context of text formatting.
19337 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "kinsoku" '("kinsoku-")))
19339 ;;;***
19340 \f
19341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (0 0 0 0))
19342 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
19345 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
19346 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
19347 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
19348 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
19352 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
19353 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
19354 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
19355 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
19356 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
19357 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
19363 ;;;***
19364 \f
19365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (0 0 0 0))
19366 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
19371 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
19372 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
19373 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
19375 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
19376 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
19377 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
19379 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
19381 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
19382 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
19383 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
19387 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
19390 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
19391 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
19393 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
19394 defining the macro.
19397 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
19401 after another macro is defined.
19404 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19406 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
19407 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
19411 under that name.
19413 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
19414 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
19415 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
19417 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19419 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
19421 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
19422 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
19424 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
19425 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
19426 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
19427 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
19429 To give a macro a name so you can call it even after defining others,
19432 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
19434 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
19435 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
19436 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
19438 Initializes the macro's `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg)
19439 before defining the macro.
19442 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
19444 When used during defining/executing a macro, inserts the current value
19445 of `kmacro-counter' and increments the counter value by ARG (or by 1 if no
19447 of `kmacro-counter', but does not modify the counter; this is the
19448 same as incrementing the counter by zero.
19451 The format of the inserted value of the counter can be controlled
19454 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19456 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
19457 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
19458 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
19461 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
19463 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
19464 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
19465 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
19466 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
19468 To give a macro a name, so you can call it even after defining other
19471 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
19473 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
19474 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
19475 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
19477 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
19479 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "kmacro" '("kmacro-")))
19481 ;;;***
19482 \f
19483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (0 0
19484 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19485 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
19487 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
19488 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
19491 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
19494 \(fn)" nil nil)
19496 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "korea-util" '("exit-korean-environment" "isearch-" "korean-key-bindings" "quail-hangul-switch-" "toggle-korean-input-method")))
19498 ;;;***
19499 \f
19500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
19501 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
19503 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
19506 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
19508 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
19509 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
19510 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
19511 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
19512 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
19513 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
19515 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
19516 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
19518 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
19520 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
19521 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
19523 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
19525 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
19528 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
19530 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
19533 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
19535 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lao-util" '("lao-")))
19537 ;;;***
19538 \f
19539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (0 0
19540 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19541 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
19543 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
19546 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
19548 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
19550 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
19551 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
19552 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
19554 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
19556 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
19557 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
19558 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
19560 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
19562 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
19565 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
19567 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
19569 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "latexenc" '("latexenc-dont-use-")))
19571 ;;;***
19572 \f
19573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
19574 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
19575 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
19577 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
19578 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
19579 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
19580 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
19581 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
19582 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
19583 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
19584 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
19586 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
19587 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
19589 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19592 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
19594 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
19595 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
19596 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
19597 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
19598 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
19599 `latin1-display-setup'.
19601 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
19603 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
19604 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
19605 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
19606 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
19608 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19611 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
19613 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "latin1-disp" '("latin1-display-")))
19615 ;;;***
19616 \f
19617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (0 0 0
19618 ;;;;;; 0))
19619 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
19621 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
19622 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
19624 \(fn)" t nil)
19626 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ld-script" '("ld-script-")))
19628 ;;;***
19629 \f
19630 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ldap" "net/ldap.el" (0 0 0 0))
19631 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ldap.el
19633 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ldap" '("ldap-")))
19635 ;;;***
19636 \f
19637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "legacy-gnus-agent" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
19638 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
19639 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el
19641 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "legacy-gnus-agent" '("gnus-agent-")))
19643 ;;;***
19644 \f
19645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "less-css-mode" "textmodes/less-css-mode.el"
19646 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
19647 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/less-css-mode.el
19649 (put 'less-css-compile-at-save 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19651 (put 'less-css-lessc-options 'safe-local-variable t)
19653 (put 'less-css-output-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19655 (put 'less-css-input-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19658 (autoload 'less-css-mode "less-css-mode" "\
19659 Major mode for editing Less files (http://lesscss.org/).
19660 Special commands:
19663 \(fn)" t nil)
19665 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "less-css-mode" '("less-css-")))
19667 ;;;***
19668 \f
19669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "let-alist" "emacs-lisp/let-alist.el" (0 0
19670 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19671 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/let-alist.el
19672 (push (purecopy '(let-alist 1 0 5)) package--builtin-versions)
19674 (autoload 'let-alist "let-alist" "\
19675 Let-bind dotted symbols to their cdrs in ALIST and execute BODY.
19676 Dotted symbol is any symbol starting with a `.'. Only those present
19677 in BODY are let-bound and this search is done at compile time.
19679 For instance, the following code
19681 (let-alist alist
19682 (if (and .title .body)
19683 .body
19684 .site
19685 .site.contents))
19687 essentially expands to
19693 (if (and .title .body)
19694 .body
19695 .site
19696 .site.contents))
19698 If you nest `let-alist' invocations, the inner one can't access
19699 the variables of the outer one. You can, however, access alists
19700 inside the original alist by using dots inside the symbol, as
19701 displayed in the example above.
19703 \(fn ALIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
19705 (function-put 'let-alist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19707 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "let-alist" '("let-alist--")))
19709 ;;;***
19710 \f
19711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (0 0 0 0))
19712 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
19714 (autoload 'life "life" "\
19715 Run Conway's Life simulation.
19716 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
19717 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
19718 generations (this defaults to 1).
19720 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
19722 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "life" '("life-")))
19724 ;;;***
19725 \f
19726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (0 0 0 0))
19727 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
19728 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
19730 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
19731 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
19733 If called interactively, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive, and
19734 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
19735 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
19736 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
19738 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
19740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19742 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
19743 Non-nil if Global Linum mode is enabled.
19744 See the `global-linum-mode' command
19745 for a description of this minor mode.
19746 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19747 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19748 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
19750 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
19752 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
19753 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
19754 With prefix ARG, enable Global Linum mode if ARG is positive;
19755 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
19756 ARG is omitted or nil.
19758 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
19759 `linum-on' would do it.
19760 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
19762 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19764 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "linum" '("linum-")))
19766 ;;;***
19767 \f
19768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lisp-mnt" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" (0 0 0
19769 ;;;;;; 0))
19770 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el
19772 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lisp-mnt" '("lm-")))
19774 ;;;***
19775 \f
19776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (0 0 0 0))
19777 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
19779 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
19780 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
19781 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
19782 is nil, raise an error.
19784 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
19785 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
19786 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
19787 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
19788 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
19789 defined by the library.
19791 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
19792 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
19793 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
19794 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
19795 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
19796 proceeds.
19798 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
19799 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
19800 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
19801 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
19803 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19805 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "loadhist" '("feature-" "file-" "loadhist-" "read-feature" "unload-")))
19807 ;;;***
19808 \f
19809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (0 0 0 0))
19810 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
19812 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
19813 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
19816 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
19818 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
19819 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
19820 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
19821 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
19823 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
19824 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
19825 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
19826 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
19827 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
19828 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
19829 the version.)
19831 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
19832 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
19834 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
19835 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
19837 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
19838 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
19840 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
19842 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
19843 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
19844 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
19845 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
19846 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
19847 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
19848 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
19849 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
19850 to constrain a big search.
19852 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
19854 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
19855 except that FILTER is not optional.
19857 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
19859 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "locate" '("locate-")))
19861 ;;;***
19862 \f
19863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
19864 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
19866 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
19867 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
19868 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
19870 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
19871 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
19872 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
19875 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
19877 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
19878 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
19879 associated values:
19880 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
19881 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
19882 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
19883 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
19884 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
19886 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
19887 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
19888 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
19890 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19892 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "log-edit" '("log-edit-" "vc-log-")))
19894 ;;;***
19895 \f
19896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (0 0 0 0))
19897 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
19899 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
19900 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
19902 \(fn)" t nil)
19904 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "log-view" '("log-view-")))
19906 ;;;***
19907 \f
19908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (0 0 0 0))
19909 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
19911 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
19912 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
19914 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux)) "\
19917 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
19918 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
19919 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
19921 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
19922 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
19924 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
19929 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
19932 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
19934 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
19935 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
19936 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
19937 switch on this list.
19938 See `lpr-command'.")
19940 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
19942 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
19943 Name of program for printing a file.
19945 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
19946 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
19947 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
19948 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
19949 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
19950 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
19951 argument.")
19953 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
19955 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
19956 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
19957 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19958 for customization of the printer command.
19960 \(fn)" t nil)
19962 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
19963 Paginate and print buffer contents.
19965 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
19966 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
19967 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
19968 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
19970 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
19971 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
19973 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19974 for further customization of the printer command.
19976 \(fn)" t nil)
19978 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
19979 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
19980 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19981 for customization of the printer command.
19983 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19985 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
19986 Paginate and print the region contents.
19988 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
19989 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
19990 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
19991 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
19993 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
19994 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
19996 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19997 for further customization of the printer command.
19999 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20001 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lpr" '("lpr-" "print")))
20003 ;;;***
20004 \f
20005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
20006 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
20008 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
20009 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
20010 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
20012 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
20014 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ls-lisp" '("ls-lisp-")))
20016 ;;;***
20017 \f
20018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (0 0 0 0))
20019 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
20021 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
20022 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
20023 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
20024 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
20026 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20028 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lunar" '("calendar-lunar-phases" "diary-lunar-phases" "lunar-")))
20030 ;;;***
20031 \f
20032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
20033 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
20035 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
20036 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
20038 \(fn)" t nil)
20040 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "m4-mode" '("m4-")))
20042 ;;;***
20043 \f
20044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (0 0 0 0))
20045 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
20047 (defalias 'name-last-kbd-macro #'kmacro-name-last-macro)
20049 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
20050 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
20051 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
20052 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
20053 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
20055 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
20056 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
20057 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
20058 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
20059 bindings.
20061 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
20062 use this command, and then save the file.
20064 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
20066 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
20067 Query user during kbd macro execution.
20068 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
20069 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
20070 each time the macro executes.
20071 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
20079 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
20081 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
20082 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
20083 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
20084 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
20086 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
20087 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
20088 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
20089 execute.
20091 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
20092 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
20094 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
20095 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
20096 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
20097 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
20100 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
20101 looked like this:
20107 You could enter the names in this format:
20109 foo
20110 bar
20111 baz
20113 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
20119 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
20122 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
20123 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
20125 ;;;***
20126 \f
20127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (0 0 0 0))
20128 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
20130 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
20131 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
20132 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
20133 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
20134 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
20135 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
20137 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
20138 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
20139 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
20140 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
20141 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
20143 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
20144 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
20145 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
20146 consing a string.)
20148 This function is primarily meant for when you're displaying the
20149 result to the user: Many prettifications are applied to the
20150 result returned. If you want to decode an address for further
20151 non-display use, you should probably use
20152 `mail-header-parse-address' instead.
20154 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
20156 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
20157 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
20159 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
20161 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-extr" '("mail-extr-")))
20163 ;;;***
20164 \f
20165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (0 0 0 0))
20166 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
20168 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
20169 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
20171 \(fn)" nil nil)
20173 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
20176 \(fn)" nil nil)
20178 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
20179 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
20181 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
20183 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
20184 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
20185 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
20186 message.
20188 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
20190 \(fn)" nil nil)
20192 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-hist" '("mail-hist-")))
20194 ;;;***
20195 \f
20196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-parse" "mail/mail-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
20197 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-parse.el
20199 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-parse" '("mail-")))
20201 ;;;***
20202 \f
20203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-prsvr" "mail/mail-prsvr.el" (0 0 0 0))
20204 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-prsvr.el
20206 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-prsvr" '("mail-parse-")))
20208 ;;;***
20209 \f
20210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-source" "gnus/mail-source.el" (0 0 0
20211 ;;;;;; 0))
20212 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mail-source.el
20214 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-source" '("mail-source")))
20216 ;;;***
20217 \f
20218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
20219 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
20221 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
20222 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
20223 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
20224 often correct parser.")
20226 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
20228 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
20229 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
20230 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
20231 a value which excludes your own email address.
20233 Matching addresses are excluded from the Cc field in replies, and
20234 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
20236 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
20238 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
20239 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
20241 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20243 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
20245 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
20246 we return it unconverted.
20248 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
20249 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
20251 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
20253 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
20255 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
20256 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
20258 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
20260 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
20262 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
20263 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
20265 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
20267 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
20269 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
20270 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
20271 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
20272 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
20273 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
20274 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
20275 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
20276 as Rmail does.
20278 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
20280 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
20281 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
20282 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
20283 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
20284 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
20285 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
20286 matches may be returned from the message body.
20288 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
20290 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-utils" '("mail-")))
20292 ;;;***
20293 \f
20294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (0 0 0 0))
20295 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
20297 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
20298 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
20299 See the `mail-abbrevs-mode' command
20300 for a description of this minor mode.
20301 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20302 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20303 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
20305 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
20307 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
20308 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
20310 If called interactively, enable Mail-Abbrevs mode if ARG is positive, and
20311 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
20312 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
20313 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
20315 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
20316 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
20317 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
20318 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
20320 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20322 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
20323 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
20325 \(fn)" nil nil)
20327 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
20328 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
20329 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
20331 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
20333 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
20334 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
20335 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
20337 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
20338 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
20339 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
20340 double-quotes.
20342 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
20344 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailabbrev" '("mail-" "merge-mail-abbrevs" "rebuild-mail-abbrevs")))
20346 ;;;***
20347 \f
20348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (0 0 0 0))
20349 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
20351 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
20353 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
20354 king@grassland.com
20355 If `parens', they look like:
20356 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
20357 If `angles', they look like:
20358 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
20360 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
20362 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
20363 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
20364 If interactive, expand in header fields.
20365 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `Cc' and `Bcc', `Reply-To', and
20366 their `Resent-' variants.
20368 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
20369 removed from alias expansions.
20371 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
20373 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
20374 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
20375 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
20377 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
20378 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
20379 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
20380 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
20382 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
20384 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
20385 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
20386 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
20388 \(fn)" nil nil)
20390 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
20391 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
20392 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
20393 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
20395 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20397 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
20399 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailalias" '("build-mail-aliases" "mail-")))
20401 ;;;***
20402 \f
20403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailcap" "net/mailcap.el" (0 0 0 0))
20404 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/mailcap.el
20406 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailcap" '("mailcap-")))
20408 ;;;***
20409 \f
20410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (0 0 0 0))
20411 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
20413 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
20414 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
20415 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
20416 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
20418 \(fn)" nil nil)
20420 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailclient" '("mailclient-")))
20422 ;;;***
20423 \f
20424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailheader" "mail/mailheader.el" (0 0 0 0))
20425 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailheader.el
20427 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailheader" '("mail-header")))
20429 ;;;***
20430 \f
20431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mairix" "net/mairix.el" (0 0 0 0))
20432 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/mairix.el
20434 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mairix" '("mairix-")))
20436 ;;;***
20437 \f
20438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (0 0 0
20439 ;;;;;; 0))
20440 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
20442 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
20443 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
20445 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
20446 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
20447 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
20448 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
20449 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
20450 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
20452 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
20453 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
20454 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
20455 dependency, despite the colon.
20459 In the browser, use the following keys:
20463 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
20465 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
20466 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
20468 `makefile-target-colon':
20469 The string that gets appended to all target names
20470 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
20473 `makefile-macro-assign':
20474 The string that gets appended to all macro names
20475 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
20477 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
20478 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
20481 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
20482 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
20483 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
20485 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
20486 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
20488 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
20489 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
20490 up or down in the browser.
20492 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
20493 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
20495 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
20496 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
20498 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
20499 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
20500 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
20501 has been selected in the browser.
20503 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
20504 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
20505 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
20506 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
20507 filenames are omitted.
20509 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
20510 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
20511 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
20512 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
20513 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
20514 the backslash itself intact.
20515 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
20518 `makefile-browser-hook':
20519 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
20520 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
20522 `makefile-special-targets-list':
20523 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
20524 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
20525 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
20527 \(fn)" t nil)
20529 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
20530 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
20532 \(fn)" t nil)
20534 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
20535 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
20537 \(fn)" t nil)
20539 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
20540 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
20542 \(fn)" t nil)
20544 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
20545 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
20547 \(fn)" t nil)
20549 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
20550 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
20552 \(fn)" t nil)
20554 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "make-mode" '("makefile-")))
20556 ;;;***
20557 \f
20558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makeinfo" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" (0 0 0 0))
20559 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/makeinfo.el
20561 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "makeinfo" '("makeinfo-")))
20563 ;;;***
20564 \f
20565 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (0 0 0 0))
20566 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
20568 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
20569 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
20570 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
20572 \(fn)" t nil)
20574 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "makesum" '("double-column")))
20576 ;;;***
20577 \f
20578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (0 0 0 0))
20579 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
20581 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
20583 (autoload 'man "man" "\
20584 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
20585 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
20586 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
20587 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
20588 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
20589 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
20590 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
20591 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
20592 without running the man command.
20594 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
20598 cat(1)
20599 1 cat
20601 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
20603 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
20604 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
20606 -a chmod
20608 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
20609 otherwise look like a page name.
20611 /my/file/name.1.gz
20612 -l somefile.1
20615 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
20618 -k pattern
20620 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
20622 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
20623 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
20625 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
20627 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
20628 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
20630 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
20632 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "man" '("Man-" "man")))
20634 ;;;***
20635 \f
20636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mantemp" "progmodes/mantemp.el" (0 0 0 0))
20637 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mantemp.el
20639 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mantemp" '("mantemp-")))
20641 ;;;***
20642 \f
20643 ;;;### (autoloads nil "map" "emacs-lisp/map.el" (0 0 0 0))
20644 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/map.el
20645 (push (purecopy '(map 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
20647 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "map" '("map")))
20649 ;;;***
20650 \f
20651 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (0 0 0 0))
20652 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
20653 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
20655 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
20656 Toggle Master mode.
20658 If called interactively, enable Master mode if ARG is positive, and
20659 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
20660 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
20661 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
20663 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
20664 using the following commands:
20668 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
20669 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
20670 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
20672 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20674 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "master" '("master-")))
20676 ;;;***
20677 \f
20678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (0 0 0 0))
20679 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
20681 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
20682 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
20683 See the `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' command
20684 for a description of this minor mode.
20685 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20686 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20687 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
20689 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
20691 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
20692 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
20694 If called interactively, enable Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode if ARG is positive, and
20695 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
20696 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
20697 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
20699 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
20700 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
20701 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
20702 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
20704 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20706 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mb-depth" '("minibuffer-depth-")))
20708 ;;;***
20709 \f
20710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (0 0 0 0))
20711 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
20712 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
20714 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "md4" '("md4")))
20716 ;;;***
20717 \f
20718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (0 0 0 0))
20719 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
20721 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
20723 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
20724 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
20726 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
20727 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
20728 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
20729 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
20730 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
20731 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
20732 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
20733 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
20735 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
20736 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
20737 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
20738 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
20740 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
20741 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
20742 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
20743 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
20744 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
20745 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
20746 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
20747 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
20748 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
20749 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
20750 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
20751 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
20752 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
20753 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
20754 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
20755 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
20756 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
20757 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
20758 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
20759 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
20760 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
20762 \(fn)" t nil)
20764 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
20765 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
20766 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
20767 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
20768 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
20770 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
20772 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
20773 Start editing a news article to be sent.
20775 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
20777 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
20778 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
20780 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
20782 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
20785 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
20787 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
20788 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
20789 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
20791 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
20793 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
20794 Cancel an article you posted.
20795 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
20797 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20799 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
20800 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
20801 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
20802 header line with the old Message-ID.
20804 \(fn)" t nil)
20806 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
20807 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
20809 \(fn)" t nil)
20811 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
20812 Forward the current message via mail.
20813 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
20814 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
20816 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
20818 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
20821 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
20823 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
20826 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
20828 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
20829 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
20831 \(fn)" t nil)
20833 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
20834 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
20836 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
20838 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
20839 Re-mail the current message.
20840 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
20841 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
20842 you.
20844 \(fn)" t nil)
20846 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
20847 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
20849 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
20851 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
20852 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
20854 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
20856 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
20857 Start editing a news article to be sent.
20859 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
20861 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
20862 Start editing a news article to be sent.
20864 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
20866 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
20867 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
20868 Works by overstriking characters.
20869 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
20870 which specify the range to operate on.
20872 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20874 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
20875 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
20876 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
20877 which specify the range to operate on.
20879 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20881 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "message" '("message-" "nil")))
20883 ;;;***
20884 \f
20885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (0 0 0
20886 ;;;;;; 0))
20887 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
20888 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
20890 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
20891 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
20893 \(fn)" t nil)
20895 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
20896 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
20898 \(fn)" t nil)
20900 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "meta-mode" '("font-lock-match-meta-declaration-item-and-skip-to-next" "meta")))
20902 ;;;***
20903 \f
20904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (0 0 0 0))
20905 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
20907 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
20908 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
20909 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
20911 \(fn)" t nil)
20913 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
20914 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
20915 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
20916 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
20917 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
20918 redisplayed as output is inserted.
20919 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
20921 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
20923 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
20924 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
20925 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
20926 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
20927 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
20928 means current).
20929 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
20930 redisplayed as output is inserted.
20932 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
20934 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
20935 Process current region through `metamail'.
20936 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
20937 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
20938 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
20939 means current).
20940 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
20941 redisplayed as output is inserted.
20943 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
20945 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "metamail" '("metamail-")))
20947 ;;;***
20948 \f
20949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-acros" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" (0 0 0 0))
20950 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-acros.el
20952 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-acros" '("defmacro-mh" "defun-mh" "mh-" "with-mh-folder-updating")))
20954 ;;;***
20955 \f
20956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-alias" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" (0 0 0 0))
20957 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-alias.el
20959 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-alias" '("mh-")))
20961 ;;;***
20962 \f
20963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-buffers" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" (0 0 0 0))
20964 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-buffers.el
20966 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-buffers" '("mh-")))
20968 ;;;***
20969 \f
20970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (0 0 0 0))
20971 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
20973 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
20974 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
20975 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
20977 \(fn)" t nil)
20979 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
20980 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
20981 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
20983 \(fn)" t nil)
20985 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
20986 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
20988 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
20989 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
20992 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
20993 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
20995 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
20996 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
20998 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
21000 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
21002 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
21003 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
21004 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
21005 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
21006 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
21007 as `compose-mail'.
21009 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
21010 initial Subject field, respectively.
21012 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
21013 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
21014 are strings.
21016 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
21017 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
21019 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
21021 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
21022 Save draft and send message.
21024 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
21025 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
21029 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
21030 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
21031 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
21033 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
21034 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
21035 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
21036 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
21037 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
21038 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
21041 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
21043 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
21044 message and scan line.
21046 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21048 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
21049 Quit editing and delete draft message.
21051 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
21052 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
21054 delete the draft message.
21056 \(fn)" t nil)
21058 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-comp" '("mh-")))
21060 ;;;***
21061 \f
21062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-compat" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
21063 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-compat.el
21065 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-compat" '("mh-")))
21067 ;;;***
21068 \f
21069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (0 0 0 0))
21070 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
21071 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6 -4)) package--builtin-versions)
21073 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
21075 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
21077 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
21079 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
21080 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
21082 \(fn)" t nil)
21084 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-e" '("defcustom-mh" "defface-mh" "defgroup-mh" "mh-")))
21086 ;;;***
21087 \f
21088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (0 0 0 0))
21089 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
21091 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
21092 Incorporate new mail with MH.
21093 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
21095 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
21096 the MH mail system.
21098 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21100 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
21101 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
21102 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
21104 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
21105 the MH mail system.
21107 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21109 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
21112 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
21113 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
21114 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
21115 separate command.
21117 Options that control this mode can be changed with
21119 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
21120 format.
21122 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
21124 Ranges
21125 ======
21126 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
21127 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
21128 can be used in several ways.
21131 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
21132 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
21133 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
21134 page):
21136 <num1>-<num2>
21137 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
21138 The range must be nonempty.
21140 <num>:N
21141 <num>:+N
21142 <num>:-N
21143 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
21144 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
21145 last.
21147 first:N
21148 prev:N
21149 next:N
21150 last:N
21151 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
21153 all
21154 All of the messages.
21156 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
21157 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
21159 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
21160 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
21161 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
21165 \(fn)" t nil)
21167 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-folder" '("mh-")))
21169 ;;;***
21170 \f
21171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-funcs" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" (0 0 0 0))
21172 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-funcs.el
21174 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-funcs" '("mh-")))
21176 ;;;***
21177 \f
21178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-identity" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" (0 0 0
21179 ;;;;;; 0))
21180 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-identity.el
21182 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-identity" '("mh-")))
21184 ;;;***
21185 \f
21186 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-inc" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" (0 0 0 0))
21187 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-inc.el
21189 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-inc" '("mh-inc-spool-")))
21191 ;;;***
21192 \f
21193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-junk" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" (0 0 0 0))
21194 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-junk.el
21196 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-junk" '("mh-")))
21198 ;;;***
21199 \f
21200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-letter" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" (0 0 0 0))
21201 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-letter.el
21203 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-letter" '("mh-")))
21205 ;;;***
21206 \f
21207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-limit" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" (0 0 0 0))
21208 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-limit.el
21210 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-limit" '("mh-")))
21212 ;;;***
21213 \f
21214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" (0 0 0 0))
21215 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-mime.el
21217 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-mime" '("mh-")))
21219 ;;;***
21220 \f
21221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-print" "mh-e/mh-print.el" (0 0 0 0))
21222 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-print.el
21224 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-print" '("mh-p")))
21226 ;;;***
21227 \f
21228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-scan" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" (0 0 0 0))
21229 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-scan.el
21231 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-scan" '("mh-")))
21233 ;;;***
21234 \f
21235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-search" "mh-e/mh-search.el" (0 0 0 0))
21236 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-search.el
21238 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-search" '("mh-")))
21240 ;;;***
21241 \f
21242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-seq" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" (0 0 0 0))
21243 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-seq.el
21245 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-seq" '("mh-")))
21247 ;;;***
21248 \f
21249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-show" "mh-e/mh-show.el" (0 0 0 0))
21250 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-show.el
21252 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-show" '("mh-")))
21254 ;;;***
21255 \f
21256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-speed" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" (0 0 0 0))
21257 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-speed.el
21259 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-speed" '("mh-")))
21261 ;;;***
21262 \f
21263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-thread" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" (0 0 0 0))
21264 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-thread.el
21266 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-thread" '("mh-")))
21268 ;;;***
21269 \f
21270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-tool-bar" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" (0 0 0
21271 ;;;;;; 0))
21272 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el
21274 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-tool-bar" '("mh-tool-bar-")))
21276 ;;;***
21277 \f
21278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
21279 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-utils.el
21281 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-utils" '("mh-")))
21283 ;;;***
21284 \f
21285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-xface" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" (0 0 0 0))
21286 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-xface.el
21288 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-xface" '("mh-")))
21290 ;;;***
21291 \f
21292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mhtml-mode" "textmodes/mhtml-mode.el" (0 0
21293 ;;;;;; 0 0))
21294 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/mhtml-mode.el
21296 (autoload 'mhtml-mode "mhtml-mode" "\
21297 Major mode based on `html-mode', but works with embedded JS and CSS.
21299 Code inside a <script> element is indented using the rules from
21300 `js-mode'; and code inside a <style> element is indented using
21301 the rules from `css-mode'.
21303 \(fn)" t nil)
21305 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mhtml-mode" '("mhtml-")))
21307 ;;;***
21308 \f
21309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (0 0 0 0))
21310 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
21312 (defvar midnight-mode nil "\
21313 Non-nil if Midnight mode is enabled.
21314 See the `midnight-mode' command
21315 for a description of this minor mode.
21316 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21317 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21318 or call the function `midnight-mode'.")
21320 (custom-autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" nil)
21322 (autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" "\
21323 Non-nil means run `midnight-hook' at midnight.
21325 If called interactively, enable Midnight mode if ARG is positive, and
21326 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
21327 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
21328 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
21330 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21332 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
21333 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
21334 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
21335 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
21336 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
21337 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
21338 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
21339 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
21340 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
21341 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
21344 \(fn)" t nil)
21346 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
21347 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
21348 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
21349 to its second argument TM.
21351 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
21353 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "midnight" '("clean-buffer-list-" "midnight-")))
21355 ;;;***
21356 \f
21357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (0 0 0 0))
21358 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
21360 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
21361 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
21362 See the `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' command
21363 for a description of this minor mode.
21364 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21365 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21366 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
21368 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
21370 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
21371 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
21373 If called interactively, enable Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode if ARG is positive, and
21374 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
21375 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
21376 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
21378 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
21379 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
21380 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
21381 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
21382 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
21383 is modified to remove the default indication.
21385 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21387 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "minibuf-eldef" '("minibuf")))
21389 ;;;***
21390 \f
21391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (0 0 0 0))
21392 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
21394 (autoload 'copy-from-above-command "misc" "\
21395 Copy characters from previous nonblank line, starting just above point.
21396 Copy ARG characters, but not past the end of that line.
21397 If no argument given, copy the entire rest of the line.
21398 The characters copied are inserted in the buffer before point.
21400 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21402 (autoload 'zap-up-to-char "misc" "\
21403 Kill up to, but not including ARGth occurrence of CHAR.
21404 Case is ignored if `case-fold-search' is non-nil in the current buffer.
21405 Goes backward if ARG is negative; error if CHAR not found.
21406 Ignores CHAR at point.
21408 \(fn ARG CHAR)" t nil)
21410 (autoload 'mark-beginning-of-buffer "misc" "\
21411 Set mark at the beginning of the buffer.
21413 \(fn)" t nil)
21415 (autoload 'mark-end-of-buffer "misc" "\
21416 Set mark at the end of the buffer.
21418 \(fn)" t nil)
21420 (autoload 'upcase-char "misc" "\
21421 Uppercasify ARG chars starting from point. Point doesn't move.
21423 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21425 (autoload 'forward-to-word "misc" "\
21426 Move forward until encountering the beginning of a word.
21427 With argument, do this that many times.
21429 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21431 (autoload 'backward-to-word "misc" "\
21432 Move backward until encountering the end of a word.
21433 With argument, do this that many times.
21435 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21437 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
21438 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
21439 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
21440 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
21441 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
21442 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
21443 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
21444 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
21445 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
21447 \(fn)" t nil)
21449 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
21450 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
21451 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
21452 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
21453 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
21454 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
21456 The return value is always nil.
21458 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
21460 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "misc" '("list-dynamic-libraries--")))
21462 ;;;***
21463 \f
21464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (0 0 0 0))
21465 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
21466 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
21468 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
21469 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
21471 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
21472 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
21473 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
21474 next occurrence.
21476 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
21477 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
21478 end of the search space).
21480 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
21481 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
21482 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
21483 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
21484 should return the previous buffer to search.
21486 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
21487 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
21488 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
21490 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
21491 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
21492 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
21493 Isearch starts.")
21495 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
21496 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
21497 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
21499 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil "\
21500 Sequence of buffers visited by multiple buffers Isearch.
21501 This is nil if Isearch is not currently searching more than one buffer.")
21503 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil "\
21504 Sequence of files visited by multiple file buffers Isearch.")
21506 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
21507 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
21508 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
21510 \(fn)" nil nil)
21512 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
21513 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
21514 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
21515 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
21516 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
21517 whose names match the specified regexp.
21519 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
21521 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
21522 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
21523 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
21524 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
21525 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
21526 whose names match the specified regexp.
21528 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
21530 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
21531 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
21532 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
21533 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
21534 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
21535 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
21536 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
21538 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
21540 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
21541 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
21542 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
21543 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
21544 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
21545 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
21546 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
21548 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
21550 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "misearch" '("misearch-unload-function" "multi-isearch-")))
21552 ;;;***
21553 \f
21554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (0 0
21555 ;;;;;; 0 0))
21556 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
21557 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
21559 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
21560 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
21562 \(fn)" t nil)
21564 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mixal-mode" '("mixal-")))
21566 ;;;***
21567 \f
21568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-archive" "gnus/mm-archive.el" (0 0 0 0))
21569 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-archive.el
21571 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-archive" '("mm-")))
21573 ;;;***
21574 \f
21575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-bodies" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" (0 0 0 0))
21576 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-bodies.el
21578 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-bodies" '("mm-")))
21580 ;;;***
21581 \f
21582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-decode" "gnus/mm-decode.el" (0 0 0 0))
21583 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-decode.el
21585 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-decode" '("mm-")))
21587 ;;;***
21588 \f
21589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (0 0 0 0))
21590 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
21592 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
21593 Return a default encoding for FILE.
21595 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21597 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-encode" '("mm-")))
21599 ;;;***
21600 \f
21601 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (0 0 0 0))
21602 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
21604 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
21605 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
21607 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
21609 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
21610 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
21611 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
21612 the entire message.
21613 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
21615 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
21617 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-extern" '("mm-extern-")))
21619 ;;;***
21620 \f
21621 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (0 0 0 0))
21622 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
21624 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
21625 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
21626 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
21627 the entire message.
21628 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
21630 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
21632 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-partial" '("mm-partial-find-parts")))
21634 ;;;***
21635 \f
21636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (0 0 0 0))
21637 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
21639 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
21640 Insert file contents of URL.
21641 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
21643 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
21645 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
21646 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
21648 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
21650 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-url" '("mm-url-")))
21652 ;;;***
21653 \f
21654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-util" "gnus/mm-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
21655 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-util.el
21657 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-util" '("mm-")))
21659 ;;;***
21660 \f
21661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (0 0 0 0))
21662 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
21664 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
21665 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
21666 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
21667 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
21668 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
21670 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
21672 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
21673 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
21674 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
21676 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
21678 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-uu" '("mm-")))
21680 ;;;***
21681 \f
21682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-view" "gnus/mm-view.el" (0 0 0 0))
21683 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-view.el
21685 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-view" '("mm-")))
21687 ;;;***
21688 \f
21689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (0 0 0 0))
21690 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
21692 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
21693 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
21695 \(fn)" nil nil)
21697 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
21698 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
21699 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
21703 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
21705 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
21706 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
21710 If given a prefix interactively, no prompting will be done for
21711 the TYPE, DESCRIPTION or DISPOSITION values. Instead defaults
21712 will be computed and used.
21714 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
21716 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml" '("mime-to-mml" "mml-")))
21718 ;;;***
21719 \f
21720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml-sec" "gnus/mml-sec.el" (0 0 0 0))
21721 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml-sec.el
21723 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml-sec" '("mml-")))
21725 ;;;***
21726 \f
21727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml-smime" "gnus/mml-smime.el" (0 0 0 0))
21728 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml-smime.el
21730 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml-smime" '("mml-smime-")))
21732 ;;;***
21733 \f
21734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (0 0 0 0))
21735 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
21737 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
21740 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
21742 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
21745 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
21747 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml1991" '("mml1991-")))
21749 ;;;***
21750 \f
21751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (0 0 0 0))
21752 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
21754 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
21757 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21759 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
21762 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21764 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
21767 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21769 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
21772 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21774 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
21777 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
21779 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
21782 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
21784 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
21787 \(fn)" nil nil)
21789 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml2015" '("mml2015-")))
21791 ;;;***
21792 \f
21793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (0 0 0 0))
21794 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
21796 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
21798 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mode-local" '("activate-mode-local-bindings" "deactivate-mode-local-bindings" "def" "describe-mode-local-" "fetch-overload" "function-overload-p" "get-mode-local-parent" "make-obsolete-overload" "mode-local-" "new-mode-local-bindings" "overload-" "set" "with-mode-local" "xref-mode-local-")))
21800 ;;;***
21801 \f
21802 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (0 0 0 0))
21803 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
21805 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
21807 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
21808 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
21809 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
21810 followed by the first character of the construct.
21827 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
21828 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
21829 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
21831 \(fn)" t nil)
21833 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "modula2" '("m2-" "m3-font-lock-keywords")))
21835 ;;;***
21836 \f
21837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (0 0 0 0))
21838 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
21840 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
21841 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
21843 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21845 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
21846 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
21848 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21850 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
21851 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
21853 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21855 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
21856 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
21858 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21860 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "morse" '("morse-code" "nato-alphabet")))
21862 ;;;***
21863 \f
21864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-copy" "mouse-copy.el" (0 0 0 0))
21865 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-copy.el
21867 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mouse-copy" '("mouse-")))
21869 ;;;***
21870 \f
21871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (0 0 0 0))
21872 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
21874 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
21878 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
21879 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
21881 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
21882 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
21883 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
21886 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
21888 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
21889 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
21890 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
21891 hemisphere you're in.)
21893 To test this function, evaluate:
21896 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
21898 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
21901 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
21904 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
21905 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
21906 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
21909 middle button in Tk text widgets.
21911 To test this function, evaluate:
21914 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
21916 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mouse-drag" '("mouse-")))
21918 ;;;***
21919 \f
21920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (0 0 0 0))
21921 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
21923 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
21924 Main entry point for MPC.
21926 \(fn)" t nil)
21928 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mpc" '("mpc-" "tag-browser-tagtypes")))
21930 ;;;***
21931 \f
21932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (0 0 0 0))
21933 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
21935 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
21936 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
21938 \(fn)" t nil)
21940 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mpuz" '("mpuz-")))
21942 ;;;***
21943 \f
21944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (0 0 0 0))
21945 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
21947 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
21948 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
21949 See the `msb-mode' command
21950 for a description of this minor mode.
21951 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21952 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21953 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
21955 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
21957 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
21958 Toggle Msb mode.
21960 If called interactively, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive, and
21961 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
21962 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
21963 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
21965 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
21966 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
21968 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21970 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "msb" '("mouse-select-buffer" "msb")))
21972 ;;;***
21973 \f
21974 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mspools" "mail/mspools.el" (0 0 0 0))
21975 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mspools.el
21977 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mspools" '("mspools-")))
21979 ;;;***
21980 \f
21981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (0
21982 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
21983 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
21985 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
21986 Display a list of all character sets.
21988 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
21989 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
21990 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
21991 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
21992 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
21994 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
21995 but still shows the full information.
21997 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21999 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
22000 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
22001 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
22003 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
22004 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
22005 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
22006 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
22007 meanings of these arguments.
22009 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
22011 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
22012 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
22014 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
22016 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
22017 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
22019 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
22021 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
22022 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
22024 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22026 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
22027 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
22030 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
22031 in place of `..':
22032 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
22033 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
22034 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
22035 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
22036 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
22037 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
22038 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
22039 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
22040 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
22041 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
22042 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
22043 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
22044 `default-process-coding-system' for read
22045 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
22046 `default-process-coding-system' for write
22047 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
22049 \(fn)" t nil)
22051 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
22052 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
22054 \(fn)" t nil)
22056 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
22057 Display a list of all coding systems.
22058 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
22060 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
22061 but still contains full information about each coding system.
22063 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22065 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
22066 Display a list of all coding categories.
22068 \(fn)" nil nil)
22070 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
22071 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
22072 The font must be already used by Emacs.
22074 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
22076 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
22077 Display information about FONTSET.
22078 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
22080 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
22082 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
22083 Display a list of all fontsets.
22084 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
22085 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
22086 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
22088 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22090 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
22091 Display information about all input methods.
22093 \(fn)" t nil)
22095 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
22096 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
22098 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
22099 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
22100 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
22101 system which uses fontsets).
22103 \(fn)" t nil)
22105 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
22106 Show log of font listing and opening.
22107 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
22108 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
22110 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
22112 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mule-diag" '("charset-history" "describe-font-internal" "insert-section" "list-" "non-iso-charset-alist" "print-" "sort-listed-character-sets")))
22114 ;;;***
22115 \f
22116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (0
22117 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
22118 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
22120 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
22121 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
22123 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
22125 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
22126 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
22127 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
22128 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
22129 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
22130 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
22131 buffer; see also `char-width'.
22133 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
22134 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
22135 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
22136 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
22137 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
22138 middle of a character in STR.
22140 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
22141 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
22143 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
22144 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
22145 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
22146 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
22147 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
22149 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
22151 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
22152 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
22154 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
22155 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
22156 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
22158 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
22159 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
22160 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
22162 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
22163 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
22164 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
22165 are considered.
22166 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
22167 longer than KEYSEQ.
22168 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
22170 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
22172 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
22173 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
22174 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
22175 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
22176 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
22177 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
22178 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
22179 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
22180 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
22181 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
22182 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
22184 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
22186 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
22187 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
22189 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
22191 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
22192 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
22194 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
22196 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
22197 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
22199 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
22201 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
22202 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
22204 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
22206 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
22207 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
22208 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
22209 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
22210 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
22212 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
22213 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
22215 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
22216 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
22217 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
22218 coding systems ordered by priority.
22220 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
22222 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
22224 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
22225 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
22226 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
22227 language environment LANG-ENV.
22229 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
22231 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
22232 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
22233 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
22234 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
22235 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
22236 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
22238 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
22240 (autoload 'filepos-to-bufferpos "mule-util" "\
22241 Try to return the buffer position corresponding to a particular file position.
22242 The file position is given as a (0-based) BYTE count.
22243 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
22244 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
22245 QUALITY can be:
22246 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
22247 excessive work.
22248 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
22249 part of the file/buffer, this can be expensive and slow.
22250 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
22252 \(fn BYTE &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
22254 (autoload 'bufferpos-to-filepos "mule-util" "\
22255 Try to return the file byte corresponding to a particular buffer POSITION.
22256 Value is the file position given as a (0-based) byte count.
22257 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
22258 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
22259 QUALITY can be:
22260 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
22261 excessive work.
22262 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
22263 part of the file/buffer, this can be expensive and slow.
22264 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
22266 \(fn POSITION &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
22268 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mule-util" '("filepos-to-bufferpos--dos" "truncate-string-ellipsis")))
22270 ;;;***
22271 \f
22272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mwheel" "mwheel.el" (0 0 0 0))
22273 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
22275 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mwheel" '("mouse-wheel-" "mwheel-")))
22277 ;;;***
22278 \f
22279 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
22280 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
22282 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
22283 Run `ifconfig-program' and display diagnostic output.
22285 \(fn)" t nil)
22287 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
22288 Run `iwconfig-program' and display diagnostic output.
22290 \(fn)" t nil)
22292 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
22293 Run `netstat-program' and display diagnostic output.
22295 \(fn)" t nil)
22297 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
22298 Run `arp-program' and display diagnostic output.
22300 \(fn)" t nil)
22302 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
22303 Run `route-program' and display diagnostic output.
22305 \(fn)" t nil)
22307 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
22308 Run `traceroute-program' for TARGET.
22310 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
22312 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
22313 Ping HOST.
22314 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
22315 `ping-program-options'.
22317 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
22319 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
22320 Look up the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
22321 Optional argument NAME-SERVER says which server to use for
22322 DNS resolution.
22323 Interactively, prompt for NAME-SERVER if invoked with prefix argument.
22325 This command uses `nslookup-program' for looking up the DNS information.
22327 \(fn HOST &optional NAME-SERVER)" t nil)
22329 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
22330 Run `nslookup-program'.
22332 \(fn)" t nil)
22334 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
22335 Look up the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
22336 Optional argument NAME-SERVER says which server to use for
22337 DNS resolution.
22338 Interactively, prompt for NAME-SERVER if invoked with prefix argument.
22340 This command uses `dns-lookup-program' for looking up the DNS information.
22342 \(fn HOST &optional NAME-SERVER)" t nil)
22344 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
22345 Look up DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
22346 Optional argument NAME-SERVER says which server to use for
22347 DNS resolution.
22348 Interactively, prompt for NAME-SERVER if invoked with prefix argument.
22350 This command uses `dig-program' for looking up the DNS information.
22352 \(fn HOST &optional NAME-SERVER)" t nil)
22354 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
22355 Run `ftp-program' to connect to HOST.
22357 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
22359 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
22360 Finger USER on HOST.
22361 This command uses `finger-X.500-host-regexps'
22362 and `network-connection-service-alist', which see.
22364 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
22366 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
22367 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
22368 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
22369 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
22370 The port is deduced from `network-connection-service-alist'.
22372 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
22374 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
22377 \(fn)" t nil)
22379 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
22380 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
22381 This command uses `network-connection-service-alist', which see.
22383 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
22385 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
22386 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
22388 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
22390 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "net-utils" '("arp-program" "dig-program" "dns-lookup-program" "finger-X.500-host-regexps" "ftp-" "ifconfig-program" "ipconfig" "iwconfig-program" "net" "nslookup-" "ping-program" "route-program" "run-network-program" "smbclient" "traceroute-program" "whois-")))
22392 ;;;***
22393 \f
22394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (0 0 0 0))
22395 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
22397 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
22398 Return a user name/password pair.
22399 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
22400 listed in the PORTS list.
22402 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
22404 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "netrc" '("netrc-")))
22406 ;;;***
22407 \f
22408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (0
22409 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
22410 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
22412 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
22413 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
22414 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
22415 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
22416 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
22417 closes it.
22419 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
22420 make it unique.
22421 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
22422 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
22423 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
22424 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
22425 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer or
22426 integer string specifying a port number to connect to.
22428 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
22429 values:
22431 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
22432 nil or `network'
22433 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
22434 the parameters :success and :capability-command
22435 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
22436 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
22437 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
22438 an unencrypted connection.
22439 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
22440 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
22441 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
22442 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
22443 returned object is a killed process.
22444 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
22445 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
22446 `shell' -- A shell connection.
22448 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
22449 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
22450 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
22451 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
22452 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
22453 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
22454 or nil if none could be found.
22455 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
22456 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
22458 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
22460 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
22461 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
22462 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
22464 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
22465 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
22468 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
22469 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
22472 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
22473 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
22474 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
22475 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
22477 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
22478 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
22480 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
22481 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
22482 element is the certificate file name itself, or t, which
22483 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
22484 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
22485 or STARTTLS connections.
22487 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
22488 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
22490 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
22491 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
22493 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
22494 a greeting from the server.
22496 :nowait, if non-nil, says the connection should be made
22497 asynchronously, if possible.
22499 :shell-command is a format-spec string that can be used if :type
22500 is `shell'. It has two specs, %s for host and %p for port
22503 :tls-parameters is a list that should be supplied if you're
22504 opening a TLS connection. The first element is the TLS
22505 type (either `gnutls-x509pki' or `gnutls-anon'), and the
22506 remaining elements should be a keyword list accepted by
22507 gnutls-boot (as returned by `gnutls-boot-parameters').
22509 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
22511 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
22513 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "network-stream" '("network-stream-")))
22515 ;;;***
22516 \f
22517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (0 0
22518 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22519 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
22521 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
22522 Check whether newsticker is running.
22523 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
22524 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
22526 \(fn)" nil nil)
22528 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
22529 Start the newsticker.
22530 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
22531 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
22532 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
22533 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
22535 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
22537 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-backend" '("newsticker-")))
22539 ;;;***
22540 \f
22541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
22542 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
22543 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
22545 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
22546 Start newsticker plainview.
22548 \(fn)" t nil)
22550 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-plainview" '("newsticker-")))
22552 ;;;***
22553 \f
22554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (0 0 0
22555 ;;;;;; 0))
22556 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
22558 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
22559 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
22561 \(fn)" t nil)
22563 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-reader" '("newsticker-")))
22565 ;;;***
22566 \f
22567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (0 0 0
22568 ;;;;;; 0))
22569 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
22571 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
22572 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
22573 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
22574 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
22575 empty.
22577 \(fn)" nil nil)
22579 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
22580 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
22581 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
22582 running already.
22584 \(fn)" t nil)
22586 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-ticker" '("newsticker-")))
22588 ;;;***
22589 \f
22590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (0
22591 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
22592 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
22594 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
22595 Start newsticker treeview.
22597 \(fn)" t nil)
22599 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-treeview" '("newsticker-")))
22601 ;;;***
22602 \f
22603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (0 0 0 0))
22604 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
22606 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newsticker" '("newsticker-version")))
22608 ;;;***
22609 \f
22610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnagent" "gnus/nnagent.el" (0 0 0 0))
22611 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnagent.el
22613 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnagent" '("nnagent-")))
22615 ;;;***
22616 \f
22617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnbabyl" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" (0 0 0 0))
22618 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnbabyl.el
22620 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnbabyl" '("nnbabyl-")))
22622 ;;;***
22623 \f
22624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (0 0 0 0))
22625 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
22627 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
22628 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
22630 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
22632 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndiary" '("nndiary-")))
22634 ;;;***
22635 \f
22636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndir" "gnus/nndir.el" (0 0 0 0))
22637 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndir.el
22639 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndir" '("nndir-")))
22641 ;;;***
22642 \f
22643 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (0 0 0 0))
22644 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
22646 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
22647 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
22648 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
22649 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
22650 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
22651 symbol in the alist.
22653 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
22655 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndoc" '("nndoc-")))
22657 ;;;***
22658 \f
22659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndraft" "gnus/nndraft.el" (0 0 0 0))
22660 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndraft.el
22662 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndraft" '("nndraft-")))
22664 ;;;***
22665 \f
22666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nneething" "gnus/nneething.el" (0 0 0 0))
22667 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nneething.el
22669 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nneething" '("nneething-")))
22671 ;;;***
22672 \f
22673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (0 0 0 0))
22674 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
22676 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
22677 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
22678 This command does not work if you use short group names.
22680 \(fn)" t nil)
22682 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnfolder" '("nnfolder-")))
22684 ;;;***
22685 \f
22686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nngateway" "gnus/nngateway.el" (0 0 0 0))
22687 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nngateway.el
22689 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nngateway" '("nngateway-")))
22691 ;;;***
22692 \f
22693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnheader" "gnus/nnheader.el" (0 0 0 0))
22694 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnheader.el
22696 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnheader" '("gnus-" "mail-header-" "make-" "nnheader-" "nntp-")))
22698 ;;;***
22699 \f
22700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnimap" "gnus/nnimap.el" (0 0 0 0))
22701 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnimap.el
22703 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnimap" '("nnimap-")))
22705 ;;;***
22706 \f
22707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnir" "gnus/nnir.el" (0 0 0 0))
22708 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnir.el
22710 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnir" '("gnus-" "nnir-")))
22712 ;;;***
22713 \f
22714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmail" "gnus/nnmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
22715 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmail.el
22717 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmail" '("nnmail-")))
22719 ;;;***
22720 \f
22721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmaildir" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" (0 0 0 0))
22722 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmaildir.el
22724 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmaildir" '("nnmaildir-")))
22726 ;;;***
22727 \f
22728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmairix" "gnus/nnmairix.el" (0 0 0 0))
22729 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmairix.el
22731 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmairix" '("nnmairix-")))
22733 ;;;***
22734 \f
22735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmbox" "gnus/nnmbox.el" (0 0 0 0))
22736 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmbox.el
22738 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmbox" '("nnmbox-")))
22740 ;;;***
22741 \f
22742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmh" "gnus/nnmh.el" (0 0 0 0))
22743 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmh.el
22745 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmh" '("nnmh-")))
22747 ;;;***
22748 \f
22749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (0 0 0 0))
22750 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
22752 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
22753 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
22755 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
22757 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnml" '("nnml-")))
22759 ;;;***
22760 \f
22761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnnil" "gnus/nnnil.el" (0 0 0 0))
22762 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnnil.el
22764 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnnil" '("nnnil-")))
22766 ;;;***
22767 \f
22768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnoo" "gnus/nnoo.el" (0 0 0 0))
22769 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnoo.el
22771 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnoo" '("deffoo" "defvoo" "nnoo-")))
22773 ;;;***
22774 \f
22775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnregistry" "gnus/nnregistry.el" (0 0 0 0))
22776 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnregistry.el
22778 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnregistry" '("nnregistry-")))
22780 ;;;***
22781 \f
22782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnrss" "gnus/nnrss.el" (0 0 0 0))
22783 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnrss.el
22785 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnrss" '("nnrss-")))
22787 ;;;***
22788 \f
22789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnspool" "gnus/nnspool.el" (0 0 0 0))
22790 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnspool.el
22792 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnspool" '("news-inews-program" "nnspool-")))
22794 ;;;***
22795 \f
22796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nntp" "gnus/nntp.el" (0 0 0 0))
22797 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nntp.el
22799 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nntp" '("nntp-")))
22801 ;;;***
22802 \f
22803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnvirtual" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" (0 0 0 0))
22804 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnvirtual.el
22806 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnvirtual" '("nnvirtual-")))
22808 ;;;***
22809 \f
22810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnweb" "gnus/nnweb.el" (0 0 0 0))
22811 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnweb.el
22813 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnweb" '("nnweb-")))
22815 ;;;***
22816 \f
22817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "notifications" "notifications.el" (0 0 0 0))
22818 ;;; Generated autoloads from notifications.el
22820 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "notifications" '("notifications-")))
22822 ;;;***
22823 \f
22824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (0 0 0 0))
22825 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
22827 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
22828 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
22829 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
22831 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
22834 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
22836 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
22837 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
22838 COMMAND must be a symbol.
22839 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
22840 to future sessions.
22842 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
22844 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
22845 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
22846 COMMAND must be a symbol.
22847 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
22848 future sessions.
22850 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
22852 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "novice" '("en/disable-command")))
22854 ;;;***
22855 \f
22856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (0 0
22857 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22858 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
22860 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
22861 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
22863 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
22864 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
22865 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
22867 \(fn)" t nil)
22869 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nroff-mode" '("nroff-")))
22871 ;;;***
22872 \f
22873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nsm" "net/nsm.el" (0 0 0 0))
22874 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/nsm.el
22876 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nsm" '("network-security-" "nsm-")))
22878 ;;;***
22879 \f
22880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (0 0 0 0))
22881 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
22882 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 2 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22884 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ntlm" '("ntlm-")))
22886 ;;;***
22887 \f
22888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-enc" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" (0 0 0 0))
22889 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-enc.el
22891 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-enc" '("nxml-")))
22893 ;;;***
22894 \f
22895 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-maint" "nxml/nxml-maint.el" (0 0 0 0))
22896 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-maint.el
22898 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-maint" '("nxml-insert-target-repertoire-glyph-set")))
22900 ;;;***
22901 \f
22902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
22903 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
22905 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
22906 Major mode for editing XML.
22909 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
22910 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
22912 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
22913 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
22914 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
22919 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
22921 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
22922 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
22923 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
22924 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
22925 instead of C-c.
22927 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
22928 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
22929 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
22930 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
22932 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
22935 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
22936 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
22939 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
22942 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
22947 complete element is treated as a single markup item; to make each tag be
22948 treated as a separate markup item, set the variable `nxml-sexp-element-flag'
22949 to nil. For more details, see the function `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
22951 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
22953 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
22956 \(fn)" t nil)
22957 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
22959 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-mode" '("nxml-")))
22961 ;;;***
22962 \f
22963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-ns" "nxml/nxml-ns.el" (0 0 0 0))
22964 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-ns.el
22966 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-ns" '("nxml-ns-")))
22968 ;;;***
22969 \f
22970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-outln" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" (0 0 0 0))
22971 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-outln.el
22973 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-outln" '("nxml-")))
22975 ;;;***
22976 \f
22977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-parse" "nxml/nxml-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
22978 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-parse.el
22980 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-parse" '("nxml-")))
22982 ;;;***
22983 \f
22984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-rap" "nxml/nxml-rap.el" (0 0 0 0))
22985 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-rap.el
22987 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-rap" '("nxml-")))
22989 ;;;***
22990 \f
22991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-util" "nxml/nxml-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
22992 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-util.el
22994 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-util" '("nxml-")))
22996 ;;;***
22997 \f
22998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-C" "org/ob-C.el" (0 0 0 0))
22999 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-C.el
23001 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-C" '("org-babel-")))
23003 ;;;***
23004 \f
23005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-J" "org/ob-J.el" (0 0 0 0))
23006 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-J.el
23008 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-J" '("obj-" "org-babel-")))
23010 ;;;***
23011 \f
23012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-R" "org/ob-R.el" (0 0 0 0))
23013 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-R.el
23015 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-R" '("ob-R-" "org-babel-")))
23017 ;;;***
23018 \f
23019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-abc" "org/ob-abc.el" (0 0 0 0))
23020 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-abc.el
23021 (push (purecopy '(ob-abc 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
23023 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-abc" '("org-babel-")))
23025 ;;;***
23026 \f
23027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-asymptote" "org/ob-asymptote.el" (0 0 0
23028 ;;;;;; 0))
23029 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-asymptote.el
23031 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-asymptote" '("org-babel-")))
23033 ;;;***
23034 \f
23035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-awk" "org/ob-awk.el" (0 0 0 0))
23036 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-awk.el
23038 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-awk" '("org-babel-")))
23040 ;;;***
23041 \f
23042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-calc" "org/ob-calc.el" (0 0 0 0))
23043 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-calc.el
23045 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-calc" '("org-babel-")))
23047 ;;;***
23048 \f
23049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-clojure" "org/ob-clojure.el" (0 0 0 0))
23050 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-clojure.el
23052 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-clojure" '("org-babel-")))
23054 ;;;***
23055 \f
23056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-comint" "org/ob-comint.el" (0 0 0 0))
23057 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-comint.el
23059 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-comint" '("org-babel-comint-")))
23061 ;;;***
23062 \f
23063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-coq" "org/ob-coq.el" (0 0 0 0))
23064 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-coq.el
23066 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-coq" '("coq-program-name" "org-babel-")))
23068 ;;;***
23069 \f
23070 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-core" "org/ob-core.el"
23071 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23072 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-core.el
23074 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-core" '("org-")))
23076 ;;;***
23077 \f
23078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-css" "org/ob-css.el" (0 0 0 0))
23079 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-css.el
23081 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-css" '("org-babel-")))
23083 ;;;***
23084 \f
23085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ditaa" "org/ob-ditaa.el" (0 0 0 0))
23086 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ditaa.el
23088 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ditaa" '("org-")))
23090 ;;;***
23091 \f
23092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-dot" "org/ob-dot.el" (0 0 0 0))
23093 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-dot.el
23095 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-dot" '("org-babel-")))
23097 ;;;***
23098 \f
23099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ebnf" "org/ob-ebnf.el" (0 0 0 0))
23100 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ebnf.el
23101 (push (purecopy '(ob-ebnf 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23103 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ebnf" '("org-babel-")))
23105 ;;;***
23106 \f
23107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-emacs-lisp" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" (0 0
23108 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23109 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-emacs-lisp.el
23111 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-emacs-lisp" '("org-babel-")))
23113 ;;;***
23114 \f
23115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-eval" "org/ob-eval.el" (0 0 0 0))
23116 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-eval.el
23118 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-eval" '("org-babel-")))
23120 ;;;***
23121 \f
23122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-exp" "org/ob-exp.el" (0 0 0 0))
23123 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-exp.el
23125 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-exp" '("org-")))
23127 ;;;***
23128 \f
23129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-forth" "org/ob-forth.el" (0 0 0 0))
23130 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-forth.el
23132 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-forth" '("org-babel-")))
23134 ;;;***
23135 \f
23136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-fortran" "org/ob-fortran.el" (0 0 0 0))
23137 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-fortran.el
23139 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-fortran" '("org-babel-")))
23141 ;;;***
23142 \f
23143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-gnuplot" "org/ob-gnuplot.el" (0 0 0 0))
23144 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-gnuplot.el
23146 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-gnuplot" '("*org-babel-gnuplot-" "org-babel-")))
23148 ;;;***
23149 \f
23150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-groovy" "org/ob-groovy.el" (0 0 0 0))
23151 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-groovy.el
23153 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-groovy" '("org-babel-")))
23155 ;;;***
23156 \f
23157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-haskell" "org/ob-haskell.el" (0 0 0 0))
23158 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-haskell.el
23160 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-haskell" '("org-babel-")))
23162 ;;;***
23163 \f
23164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-hledger" "org/ob-hledger.el" (0 0 0 0))
23165 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-hledger.el
23167 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-hledger" '("org-babel-")))
23169 ;;;***
23170 \f
23171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-io" "org/ob-io.el" (0 0 0 0))
23172 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-io.el
23174 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-io" '("org-babel-")))
23176 ;;;***
23177 \f
23178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-java" "org/ob-java.el" (0 0 0 0))
23179 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-java.el
23181 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-java" '("org-babel-")))
23183 ;;;***
23184 \f
23185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-js" "org/ob-js.el" (0 0 0 0))
23186 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-js.el
23188 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-js" '("org-babel-")))
23190 ;;;***
23191 \f
23192 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-keys" "org/ob-keys.el"
23193 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23194 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-keys.el
23196 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-keys" '("org-babel-")))
23198 ;;;***
23199 \f
23200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-latex" "org/ob-latex.el" (0 0 0 0))
23201 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-latex.el
23203 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-latex" '("org-babel-")))
23205 ;;;***
23206 \f
23207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ledger" "org/ob-ledger.el" (0 0 0 0))
23208 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ledger.el
23210 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ledger" '("org-babel-")))
23212 ;;;***
23213 \f
23214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-lilypond" "org/ob-lilypond.el" (0 0 0 0))
23215 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lilypond.el
23217 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-lilypond" '("lilypond-mode" "org-babel-")))
23219 ;;;***
23220 \f
23221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-lisp" "org/ob-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
23222 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lisp.el
23224 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-lisp" '("org-babel-")))
23226 ;;;***
23227 \f
23228 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-lob" "org/ob-lob.el"
23229 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23230 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lob.el
23232 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-lob" '("org-babel-")))
23234 ;;;***
23235 \f
23236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-lua" "org/ob-lua.el" (0 0 0 0))
23237 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lua.el
23239 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-lua" '("org-babel-")))
23241 ;;;***
23242 \f
23243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-makefile" "org/ob-makefile.el" (0 0 0 0))
23244 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-makefile.el
23246 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-makefile" '("org-babel-")))
23248 ;;;***
23249 \f
23250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-maxima" "org/ob-maxima.el" (0 0 0 0))
23251 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-maxima.el
23253 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-maxima" '("org-babel-")))
23255 ;;;***
23256 \f
23257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-mscgen" "org/ob-mscgen.el" (0 0 0 0))
23258 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-mscgen.el
23260 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-mscgen" '("org-babel-")))
23262 ;;;***
23263 \f
23264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ocaml" "org/ob-ocaml.el" (0 0 0 0))
23265 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ocaml.el
23267 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ocaml" '("org-babel-")))
23269 ;;;***
23270 \f
23271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-octave" "org/ob-octave.el" (0 0 0 0))
23272 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-octave.el
23274 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-octave" '("org-babel-")))
23276 ;;;***
23277 \f
23278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-org" "org/ob-org.el" (0 0 0 0))
23279 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-org.el
23281 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-org" '("org-babel-")))
23283 ;;;***
23284 \f
23285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-perl" "org/ob-perl.el" (0 0 0 0))
23286 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-perl.el
23288 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-perl" '("org-babel-")))
23290 ;;;***
23291 \f
23292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-picolisp" "org/ob-picolisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
23293 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-picolisp.el
23295 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-picolisp" '("org-babel-")))
23297 ;;;***
23298 \f
23299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-plantuml" "org/ob-plantuml.el" (0 0 0 0))
23300 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-plantuml.el
23302 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-plantuml" '("org-")))
23304 ;;;***
23305 \f
23306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-processing" "org/ob-processing.el" (0 0
23307 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23308 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-processing.el
23310 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-processing" '("org-babel-")))
23312 ;;;***
23313 \f
23314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-python" "org/ob-python.el" (0 0 0 0))
23315 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-python.el
23317 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-python" '("org-babel-")))
23319 ;;;***
23320 \f
23321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ref" "org/ob-ref.el" (0 0 0 0))
23322 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ref.el
23324 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ref" '("org-babel-")))
23326 ;;;***
23327 \f
23328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ruby" "org/ob-ruby.el" (0 0 0 0))
23329 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ruby.el
23331 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ruby" '("org-babel-")))
23333 ;;;***
23334 \f
23335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sass" "org/ob-sass.el" (0 0 0 0))
23336 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sass.el
23338 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sass" '("org-babel-")))
23340 ;;;***
23341 \f
23342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-scheme" "org/ob-scheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
23343 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-scheme.el
23345 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-scheme" '("org-babel-")))
23347 ;;;***
23348 \f
23349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-screen" "org/ob-screen.el" (0 0 0 0))
23350 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-screen.el
23352 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-screen" '("org-babel-")))
23354 ;;;***
23355 \f
23356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sed" "org/ob-sed.el" (0 0 0 0))
23357 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sed.el
23358 (push (purecopy '(ob-sed 0 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23360 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sed" '("org-babel-")))
23362 ;;;***
23363 \f
23364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-shell" "org/ob-shell.el" (0 0 0 0))
23365 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-shell.el
23367 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-shell" '("org-babel-")))
23369 ;;;***
23370 \f
23371 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-shen" "org/ob-shen.el" (0 0 0 0))
23372 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-shen.el
23374 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-shen" '("org-babel-")))
23376 ;;;***
23377 \f
23378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sql" "org/ob-sql.el" (0 0 0 0))
23379 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sql.el
23381 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sql" '("org-babel-")))
23383 ;;;***
23384 \f
23385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sqlite" "org/ob-sqlite.el" (0 0 0 0))
23386 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sqlite.el
23388 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sqlite" '("org-babel-")))
23390 ;;;***
23391 \f
23392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-stan" "org/ob-stan.el" (0 0 0 0))
23393 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-stan.el
23395 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-stan" '("org-babel-")))
23397 ;;;***
23398 \f
23399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-table" "org/ob-table.el" (0 0 0 0))
23400 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-table.el
23402 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-table" '("org-")))
23404 ;;;***
23405 \f
23406 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-tangle" "org/ob-tangle.el"
23407 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23408 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-tangle.el
23410 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-tangle" '("org-babel-")))
23412 ;;;***
23413 \f
23414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-vala" "org/ob-vala.el" (0 0 0 0))
23415 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-vala.el
23417 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-vala" '("org-babel-")))
23419 ;;;***
23420 \f
23421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (0 0 0 0))
23422 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
23424 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
23425 Major mode for editing Octave code.
23427 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
23428 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
23429 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
23430 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
23432 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
23434 Key bindings:
23437 \(fn)" t nil)
23439 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
23440 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
23441 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
23443 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
23445 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
23446 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
23448 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
23449 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
23450 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
23452 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23454 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
23456 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "octave" '("inferior-octave-" "octave-")))
23458 ;;;***
23459 \f
23460 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ogonek" "international/ogonek.el" (0 0 0 0))
23461 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ogonek.el
23463 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ogonek" '("ogonek-")))
23465 ;;;***
23466 \f
23467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (0 0 0 0))
23468 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
23470 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
23472 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
23480 Customization:
23482 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
23483 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
23484 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
23485 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
23486 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
23487 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
23488 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
23489 Directories to search when finding external units.
23490 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
23491 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
23493 Coloring:
23495 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
23496 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
23498 \(fn)" t nil)
23500 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "opascal" '("opascal-")))
23502 ;;;***
23503 \f
23504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (0 0 0 0))
23505 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
23506 (push (purecopy '(org 9 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
23508 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
23509 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
23511 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
23513 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
23514 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org FILE.
23515 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
23516 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
23517 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
23518 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
23520 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
23522 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
23523 Show the Org version.
23524 Interactively, or when MESSAGE is non-nil, show it in echo area.
23525 With prefix argument, or when HERE is non-nil, insert it at point.
23526 In non-interactive uses, a reduced version string is output unless
23527 FULL is given.
23529 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
23531 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
23532 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
23534 \(fn)" nil nil)
23536 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
23537 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
23539 \(fn)" nil nil)
23541 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
23542 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
23545 Org mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
23546 contains information about projects as plain text. Org mode is
23547 implemented on top of Outline mode, which is ideal to keep the content
23548 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
23549 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
23550 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
23551 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
23552 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
23553 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org file (or a part of it)
23554 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
23556 The following commands are available:
23560 \(fn)" t nil)
23562 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
23563 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org mode.
23565 This is the command invoked in Org mode by the `TAB' key. Its main
23566 purpose is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
23567 in special contexts.
23570 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
23571 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
23572 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
23573 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
23575 With a `\\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]' prefix argument, switch to the startup visibility,
23576 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
23577 properties in the buffer.
23579 With a `\\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]' prefix argument, show the entire buffer, including
23580 any drawers.
23582 When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
23584 When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
23585 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
23586 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
23587 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
23588 From this state, you can move to one of the children
23589 and zoom in further.
23590 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
23591 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
23593 When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
23594 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
23595 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
23596 speeds up creation document structure by pressing `TAB' once or several
23597 times right after creating a new headline.
23599 When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
23600 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
23601 is negative, go up that many levels.
23603 When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
23604 binding for `TAB', which is re-indenting the line. See the option
23605 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
23607 As a special case, if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
23608 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
23609 \(`\\[universal-argument] TAB', same as `S-TAB') also when called without prefix arg, but only
23610 if the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
23612 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23614 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
23615 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
23617 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
23619 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23620 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
23622 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
23623 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
23624 This mode is for using Org mode structure commands in other
23625 modes. The following keys behave as if Org mode were active, if
23626 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
23627 defined by Org mode).
23629 If called interactively, enable OrgStruct mode if ARG is positive, and
23630 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
23631 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
23632 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
23634 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23636 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
23637 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
23639 \(fn)" nil nil)
23641 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
23642 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
23644 \(fn)" nil nil)
23646 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
23647 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org mode.
23648 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
23649 Org mode to the values they have in Org mode, and then interactively
23650 call CMD.
23652 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
23654 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
23655 Store an org-link to the current location.
23657 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
23662 `org-gnus-prefer-web-links' for links to Usenet articles.
23664 A `\\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]' prefix ARG forces skipping storing functions that are not
23665 part of Org core.
23667 A `\\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]' prefix ARG forces storing a link for each line in the
23668 active region.
23670 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23672 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
23673 Insert a link like Org mode does.
23674 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org syntax.
23676 \(fn)" t nil)
23678 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
23679 Follow a link or time-stamp like Org mode does.
23680 This command can be called in any mode to follow an external link
23681 or a time-stamp that has Org mode syntax. Its behavior is
23682 undefined when called on internal links (e.g., fuzzy links).
23683 Raise an error when there is nothing to follow.
23685 \(fn)" t nil)
23687 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
23688 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org mode.
23690 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
23692 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
23693 Switch between Org buffers.
23697 With `\\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]' prefix, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
23699 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23701 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
23702 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
23703 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
23704 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
23706 \(fn)" t nil)
23708 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
23709 Submit a bug report on Org via mail.
23711 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
23713 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
23714 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
23715 information about your Org version and configuration.
23717 \(fn)" t nil)
23719 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
23720 Reload all Org Lisp files.
23721 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
23723 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
23725 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
23726 Call the customize function with org as argument.
23728 \(fn)" t nil)
23730 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org" '("org" "turn-on-org-cdlatex")))
23732 ;;;***
23733 \f
23734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (0 0 0 0))
23735 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
23737 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23738 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
23740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23742 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23743 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
23744 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
23745 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
23747 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
23748 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
23749 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
23750 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
23751 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
23752 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
23753 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
23754 e Export views to associated files.
23755 s Search entries for keywords.
23756 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
23757 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
23758 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
23759 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
23760 Press several times to get the desired effect.
23761 > Remove a previous restriction.
23764 C Configure custom agenda commands.
23766 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
23767 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
23768 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
23770 If the current buffer is in Org mode and visiting a file, you can also
23771 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
23773 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
23774 \(if active).
23776 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
23778 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23779 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
23780 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
23781 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
23782 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
23783 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
23784 before running the agenda command.
23786 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
23788 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
23789 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
23790 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
23791 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
23792 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
23793 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
23794 before running the agenda command.
23796 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
23797 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
23799 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
23801 category The category of the item
23802 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
23803 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
23804 todo selected in TODO match
23805 tagsmatch selected in tags match
23806 diary imported from diary
23807 deadline a deadline on given date
23808 scheduled scheduled on given date
23809 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
23810 closed entry was closed on given date
23811 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
23812 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
23813 block entry has date block including g. date
23814 todo The todo keyword, if any
23815 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
23816 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
23817 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
23818 extra Sting with extra planning info
23819 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
23820 priority-n The computed numerical priority
23821 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
23823 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
23825 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
23826 Store agenda views.
23828 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
23830 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
23831 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
23833 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
23835 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
23836 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
23837 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
23838 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
23840 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
23841 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
23842 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
23844 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
23845 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
23847 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
23848 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
23850 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
23852 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
23853 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
23855 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
23856 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
23857 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
23858 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
23859 EDIT-AT.
23861 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
23862 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
23863 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
23864 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
23865 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
23868 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
23869 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
23870 including newlines.
23872 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
23873 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
23874 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
23875 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
23876 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
23877 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
23878 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
23880 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
23882 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
23883 as a whole, to include whitespace.
23885 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
23886 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
23887 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
23888 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
23889 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
23890 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
23891 Boolean search must match as full words.
23893 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files
23894 listed in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files' unless a restriction lock
23895 is active.
23897 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
23899 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
23900 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
23901 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
23903 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
23904 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
23906 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23908 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
23909 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
23910 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
23912 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
23914 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
23915 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
23916 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
23917 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
23918 `org-stuck-projects'.
23920 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
23922 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
23923 Return diary information from org files.
23925 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
23926 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
23927 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
23928 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
23930 The call in the diary file should look like this:
23932 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
23934 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
23935 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
23937 &%%(org-diary)
23939 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
23940 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
23941 So the example above may also be written as
23943 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
23945 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
23946 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
23947 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
23949 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23951 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
23952 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
23954 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
23956 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
23957 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
23958 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
23960 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
23962 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
23964 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23965 Compute the Org agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
23966 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
23968 \(fn)" t nil)
23970 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
23971 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
23975 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
23976 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
23978 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
23979 for filtering entries out.
23981 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
23982 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
23983 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
23985 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
23986 either `headline' or `category'. For example:
23991 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
23994 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
23995 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
23996 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
23997 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
23998 details and examples.
24000 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
24001 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
24003 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
24005 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-agenda" '("org-")))
24007 ;;;***
24008 \f
24009 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-archive"
24010 ;;;;;; "org/org-archive.el" (0 0 0 0))
24011 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
24013 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-archive" '("org-")))
24015 ;;;***
24016 \f
24017 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el"
24018 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24019 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
24021 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-attach" '("org-attach-")))
24023 ;;;***
24024 \f
24025 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
24026 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24027 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
24029 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-bbdb" '("org-bbdb-")))
24031 ;;;***
24032 \f
24033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-bibtex" "org/org-bibtex.el" (0 0 0 0))
24034 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bibtex.el
24036 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-bibtex" '("org-")))
24038 ;;;***
24039 \f
24040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (0 0 0 0))
24041 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
24043 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
24044 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
24046 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
24048 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
24049 Capture something.
24051 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and
24052 then file the newly captured information. The text is immediately
24053 inserted at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where
24055 state of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
24058 capture anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected
24059 template stores its notes.
24061 With a `\\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]' prefix argument, go to the last note stored.
24063 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
24065 When called with a `C-1' (one) prefix, force prompting for a date when
24066 a datetree entry is made.
24068 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
24069 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
24070 will be bypassed.
24072 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
24073 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
24074 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
24075 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
24077 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
24079 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
24080 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
24082 \(fn)" t nil)
24084 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-capture" '("org-")))
24086 ;;;***
24087 \f
24088 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el"
24089 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24090 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
24092 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-clock" '("org-")))
24094 ;;;***
24095 \f
24096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (0 0 0 0))
24097 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
24099 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
24100 Remove all currently active column overlays.
24102 \(fn)" t nil)
24104 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
24107 \(fn)" nil nil)
24109 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
24110 Turn on column view on an Org mode file.
24112 Column view applies to the whole buffer if point is before the
24113 first headline. Otherwise, it applies to the first ancestor
24116 view for the whole buffer unconditionally.
24118 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
24120 \(fn &optional GLOBAL COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
24122 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
24123 Summarize the values of PROPERTY hierarchically.
24124 Also update existing values for PROPERTY according to the first
24125 column specification.
24127 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
24129 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
24130 Write the column view table.
24131 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
24133 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
24134 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
24135 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
24136 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
24138 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
24139 using `org-id-find'.
24140 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
24141 a hline before each level <= that number.
24142 :indent When non-nil, indent each ITEM field according to its level.
24143 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
24144 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
24145 :skip-empty-rows
24146 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
24147 :width apply widths specified in columns format using <N> specifiers.
24148 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
24150 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
24152 (autoload 'org-columns-insert-dblock "org-colview" "\
24153 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
24155 \(fn)" t nil)
24157 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
24158 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
24160 \(fn)" t nil)
24162 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-colview" '("org-")))
24164 ;;;***
24165 \f
24166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
24167 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
24169 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
24170 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
24172 \(fn)" nil t)
24174 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-compat" '("org-")))
24176 ;;;***
24177 \f
24178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-crypt" "org/org-crypt.el" (0 0 0 0))
24179 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-crypt.el
24181 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-crypt" '("org-")))
24183 ;;;***
24184 \f
24185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-ctags" "org/org-ctags.el" (0 0 0 0))
24186 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ctags.el
24188 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-ctags" '("org-ctags-")))
24190 ;;;***
24191 \f
24192 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-datetree"
24193 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" (0 0 0 0))
24194 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-datetree.el
24196 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-datetree" '("org-datetree-")))
24198 ;;;***
24199 \f
24200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-docview" "org/org-docview.el" (0 0 0 0))
24201 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docview.el
24203 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-docview" '("org-docview-")))
24205 ;;;***
24206 \f
24207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-duration" "org/org-duration.el" (0 0 0
24208 ;;;;;; 0))
24209 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-duration.el
24211 (autoload 'org-duration-set-regexps "org-duration" "\
24212 Set duration related regexps.
24214 \(fn)" t nil)
24216 (autoload 'org-duration-p "org-duration" "\
24217 Non-nil when string S is a time duration.
24219 \(fn S)" nil nil)
24221 (autoload 'org-duration-to-minutes "org-duration" "\
24222 Return number of minutes of DURATION string.
24224 When optional argument CANONICAL is non-nil, ignore
24225 `org-duration-units' and use standard time units value.
24227 A bare number is translated into minutes. The empty string is
24228 translated into 0.0.
24230 Return value as a float. Raise an error if duration format is
24231 not recognized.
24233 \(fn DURATION &optional CANONICAL)" nil nil)
24235 (autoload 'org-duration-from-minutes "org-duration" "\
24236 Return duration string for a given number of MINUTES.
24238 Format duration according to `org-duration-format' or FMT, when
24239 non-nil.
24241 When optional argument CANONICAL is non-nil, ignore
24242 `org-duration-units' and use standard time units value.
24244 Raise an error if expected format is unknown.
24246 \(fn MINUTES &optional FMT CANONICAL)" nil nil)
24248 (autoload 'org-duration-h:mm-only-p "org-duration" "\
24251 TIMES is a list of duration strings.
24253 Return nil if any duration is expressed with units, as defined in
24254 `org-duration-units'. Otherwise, if any duration is expressed
24256 `h:mm'.
24258 \(fn TIMES)" nil nil)
24260 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-duration" '("org-duration-")))
24262 ;;;***
24263 \f
24264 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-element"
24265 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" (0 0 0 0))
24266 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-element.el
24268 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-element" '("org-element-")))
24270 ;;;***
24271 \f
24272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-entities" "org/org-entities.el" (0 0 0
24273 ;;;;;; 0))
24274 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-entities.el
24276 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-entities" '("org-entit")))
24278 ;;;***
24279 \f
24280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-eshell" "org/org-eshell.el" (0 0 0 0))
24281 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-eshell.el
24283 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-eshell" '("org-eshell-")))
24285 ;;;***
24286 \f
24287 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-eww" "org/org-eww.el" (0 0 0 0))
24288 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-eww.el
24290 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-eww" '("org-eww-")))
24292 ;;;***
24293 \f
24294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-faces" "org/org-faces.el" (0 0 0 0))
24295 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-faces.el
24297 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-faces" '("org-")))
24299 ;;;***
24300 \f
24301 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el"
24302 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24303 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
24305 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-feed" '("org-feed-")))
24307 ;;;***
24308 \f
24309 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-footnote"
24310 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (0 0 0 0))
24311 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
24313 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-footnote" '("org-footnote-")))
24315 ;;;***
24316 \f
24317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-gnus" "org/org-gnus.el" (0 0 0 0))
24318 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-gnus.el
24320 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-gnus" '("org-gnus-")))
24322 ;;;***
24323 \f
24324 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-habit" "org/org-habit.el" (0 0 0 0))
24325 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-habit.el
24327 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-habit" '("org-")))
24329 ;;;***
24330 \f
24331 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-id" "org/org-id.el"
24332 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24333 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
24335 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-id" '("org-id-")))
24337 ;;;***
24338 \f
24339 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
24340 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24341 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
24343 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-indent" '("org-")))
24345 ;;;***
24346 \f
24347 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-info" "org/org-info.el" (0 0 0 0))
24348 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-info.el
24350 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-info" '("org-info-")))
24352 ;;;***
24353 \f
24354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-inlinetask" "org/org-inlinetask.el" (0
24355 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
24356 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-inlinetask.el
24358 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-inlinetask" '("org-inlinetask-")))
24360 ;;;***
24361 \f
24362 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
24363 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24364 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
24366 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-irc" '("org-irc-")))
24368 ;;;***
24369 \f
24370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-lint" "org/org-lint.el" (0 0 0 0))
24371 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-lint.el
24373 (autoload 'org-lint "org-lint" "\
24374 Check current Org buffer for syntax mistakes.
24377 category of checkers only. With a `\\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]' prefix, run one precise
24378 checker by its name.
24380 ARG can also be a list of checker names, as symbols, to run.
24382 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24384 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-lint" '("org-lint-")))
24386 ;;;***
24387 \f
24388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-list" "org/org-list.el" (0 0 0 0))
24389 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-list.el
24391 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-list" '("org-")))
24393 ;;;***
24394 \f
24395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macro" "org/org-macro.el" (0 0 0 0))
24396 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macro.el
24398 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-macro" '("org-macro-")))
24400 ;;;***
24401 \f
24402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (0 0 0 0))
24403 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
24405 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
24406 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX.
24408 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
24410 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-macs" '("org-")))
24412 ;;;***
24413 \f
24414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-mhe" "org/org-mhe.el" (0 0 0 0))
24415 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mhe.el
24417 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-mhe" '("org-mhe-")))
24419 ;;;***
24420 \f
24421 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el"
24422 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24423 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
24425 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-mobile" '("org-mobile-")))
24427 ;;;***
24428 \f
24429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-mouse" "org/org-mouse.el" (0 0 0 0))
24430 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mouse.el
24432 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-mouse" '("org-mouse-")))
24434 ;;;***
24435 \f
24436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-pcomplete" "org/org-pcomplete.el" (0 0
24437 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24438 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-pcomplete.el
24440 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-pcomplete" '("org-" "pcomplete/org-mode/")))
24442 ;;;***
24443 \f
24444 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
24445 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24446 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
24448 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-plot" '("org-plot")))
24450 ;;;***
24451 \f
24452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-protocol" "org/org-protocol.el" (0 0 0
24453 ;;;;;; 0))
24454 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-protocol.el
24456 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-protocol" '("org-protocol-")))
24458 ;;;***
24459 \f
24460 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-rmail" "org/org-rmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
24461 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-rmail.el
24463 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-rmail" '("org-rmail-")))
24465 ;;;***
24466 \f
24467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-src" "org/org-src.el" (0 0 0 0))
24468 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-src.el
24470 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-src" '("org-")))
24472 ;;;***
24473 \f
24474 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-table" "org/org-table.el"
24475 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24476 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
24478 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-table" '("org")))
24480 ;;;***
24481 \f
24482 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
24483 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24484 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
24486 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-timer" '("org-timer-")))
24488 ;;;***
24489 \f
24490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (0 0 0 0))
24491 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
24493 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
24494 The release version of Org.
24495 Inserted by installing Org mode or when a release is made.
24497 \(fn)" nil nil)
24499 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
24500 The Git version of Org mode.
24501 Inserted by installing Org or when a release is made.
24503 \(fn)" nil nil)
24505 ;;;***
24506 \f
24507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-w3m" "org/org-w3m.el" (0 0 0 0))
24508 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-w3m.el
24510 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-w3m" '("org-w3m-")))
24512 ;;;***
24513 \f
24514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (0 0 0 0))
24515 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
24516 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
24517 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
24519 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
24520 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
24521 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
24522 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
24524 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
24525 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
24526 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
24527 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
24530 The commands `outline-hide-subtree', `outline-show-subtree',
24531 `outline-show-children', `outline-hide-entry',
24532 `outline-show-entry', `outline-hide-leaves', and `outline-show-branches'
24533 are used when point is on a heading line.
24535 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
24536 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
24537 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
24539 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
24540 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
24542 \(fn)" t nil)
24544 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
24545 Toggle Outline minor mode.
24547 If called interactively, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is positive, and
24548 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
24549 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
24550 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
24552 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
24554 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24555 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
24557 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "outline" '("outline-")))
24559 ;;;***
24560 \f
24561 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox" "org/ox.el"
24562 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24563 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox.el
24565 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox" '("org-export-")))
24567 ;;;***
24568 \f
24569 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-ascii" "org/ox-ascii.el"
24570 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24571 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-ascii.el
24573 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-ascii" '("org-ascii-")))
24575 ;;;***
24576 \f
24577 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-beamer" "org/ox-beamer.el"
24578 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24579 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-beamer.el
24581 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-beamer" '("org-beamer-")))
24583 ;;;***
24584 \f
24585 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-html" "org/ox-html.el"
24586 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24587 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-html.el
24589 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-html" '("org-html-")))
24591 ;;;***
24592 \f
24593 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-icalendar"
24594 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" (0 0 0 0))
24595 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-icalendar.el
24597 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-icalendar" '("org-icalendar-")))
24599 ;;;***
24600 \f
24601 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-latex" "org/ox-latex.el"
24602 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24603 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-latex.el
24605 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-latex" '("org-latex-")))
24607 ;;;***
24608 \f
24609 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-man" "org/ox-man.el"
24610 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24611 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-man.el
24613 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-man" '("org-man-")))
24615 ;;;***
24616 \f
24617 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-md" "org/ox-md.el"
24618 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24619 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-md.el
24621 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-md" '("org-md-")))
24623 ;;;***
24624 \f
24625 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-odt" "org/ox-odt.el"
24626 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24627 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-odt.el
24629 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-odt" '("org-odt-")))
24631 ;;;***
24632 \f
24633 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-org" "org/ox-org.el"
24634 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24635 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-org.el
24637 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-org" '("org-org-")))
24639 ;;;***
24640 \f
24641 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-publish" "org/ox-publish.el"
24642 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24643 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-publish.el
24645 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-publish" '("org-publish-")))
24647 ;;;***
24648 \f
24649 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-texinfo" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
24650 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24651 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-texinfo.el
24653 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-texinfo" '("org-texinfo-")))
24655 ;;;***
24656 \f
24657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (0 0 0 0))
24658 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
24659 (push (purecopy '(package 1 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
24661 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
24662 Whether to make installed packages available when Emacs starts.
24663 If non-nil, packages are made available before reading the init
24664 file (but after reading the early init file). This means that if
24665 you wish to set this variable, you must do so in the early init
24666 file. Regardless of the value of this variable, packages are not
24667 made available if `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started
24671 make installed packages available at any time, or you can
24672 call (package-initialize) in your init-file.")
24674 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
24676 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
24677 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
24678 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
24679 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
24680 If called as part of loading `user-init-file', set
24681 `package-enable-at-startup' to nil, to prevent accidentally
24682 loading packages twice.
24684 It is not necessary to adjust `load-path' or `require' the
24685 individual packages after calling `package-initialize' -- this is
24686 taken care of by `package-initialize'.
24688 If `package-initialize' is called twice during Emacs startup,
24689 signal a warning, since this is a bad idea except in highly
24690 advanced use cases. To suppress the warning, remove the
24691 superfluous call to `package-initialize' from your init-file. If
24692 you have code which must run before `package-initialize', put
24693 that code in the early init-file.
24695 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
24697 (autoload 'package-activate-all "package" "\
24698 Activate all installed packages.
24699 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
24701 \(fn)" nil nil)
24703 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
24704 Import keys from FILE.
24706 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
24708 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
24709 Download descriptions of all configured ELPA packages.
24710 For each archive configured in the variable `package-archives',
24711 inform Emacs about the latest versions of all packages it offers,
24712 and make them available for download.
24713 Optional argument ASYNC specifies whether to perform the
24714 downloads in the background.
24716 \(fn &optional ASYNC)" t nil)
24718 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
24719 Install the package PKG.
24720 PKG can be a `package-desc' or a symbol naming one of the available packages
24721 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
24723 If called interactively or if DONT-SELECT nil, add PKG to
24724 `package-selected-packages'.
24726 If PKG is a `package-desc' and it is already installed, don't try
24727 to install it but still mark it as selected.
24729 \(fn PKG &optional DONT-SELECT)" t nil)
24731 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
24732 Install a package from the current buffer.
24733 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file or
24734 a directory. These must follow the packaging guidelines (see
24735 info node `(elisp)Packaging').
24737 Specially, if current buffer is a directory, the -pkg.el
24738 description file is not mandatory, in which case the information
24739 is derived from the main .el file in the directory.
24741 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
24743 \(fn)" t nil)
24745 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
24746 Install a package from a file.
24747 The file can either be a tar file, an Emacs Lisp file, or a
24748 directory.
24750 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
24752 (autoload 'package-install-selected-packages "package" "\
24753 Ensure packages in `package-selected-packages' are installed.
24754 If some packages are not installed propose to install them.
24756 \(fn)" t nil)
24758 (autoload 'package-reinstall "package" "\
24759 Reinstall package PKG.
24760 PKG should be either a symbol, the package name, or a `package-desc'
24761 object.
24763 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
24765 (autoload 'package-autoremove "package" "\
24766 Remove packages that are no more needed.
24768 Packages that are no more needed by other packages in
24769 `package-selected-packages' and their dependencies
24770 will be deleted.
24772 \(fn)" t nil)
24774 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
24775 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
24777 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
24779 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
24780 Display a list of packages.
24781 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
24782 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
24783 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*', and
24784 includes the package's version, availability status, and a
24785 short description.
24787 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
24789 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
24791 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "package" '("bad-signature" "define-package" "describe-package-1" "package-")))
24793 ;;;***
24794 \f
24795 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package-x" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" (0 0
24796 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24797 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package-x.el
24799 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "package-x" '("package-")))
24801 ;;;***
24802 \f
24803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "page-ext" "textmodes/page-ext.el" (0 0 0 0))
24804 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/page-ext.el
24806 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "page-ext" '("add-new-page" "ctl-x-ctl-p-map" "next-page" "original-page-delimiter" "pages-" "previous-page" "sort-pages-")))
24808 ;;;***
24809 \f
24810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (0 0 0 0))
24811 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
24813 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
24814 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
24815 See the `show-paren-mode' command
24816 for a description of this minor mode.
24817 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24818 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24819 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
24821 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
24823 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
24824 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
24826 If called interactively, enable Show-Paren mode if ARG is positive, and
24827 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
24828 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
24829 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
24831 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
24832 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
24833 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
24835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24837 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "paren" '("show-paren-")))
24839 ;;;***
24840 \f
24841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (0 0
24842 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24843 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
24844 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
24846 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
24847 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
24848 STRING should be on something resembling an RFC2822 string, a la
24850 somewhat liberal in what format it accepts, and will attempt to
24852 The values returned are identical to those of `decode-time', but
24853 any values that are unknown are returned as nil.
24855 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
24857 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "parse-time" '("parse-")))
24859 ;;;***
24860 \f
24861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (0 0 0 0))
24862 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
24864 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
24866 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24868 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
24871 Other useful functions are:
24883 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
24885 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
24886 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
24887 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
24888 Indentation for case statements.
24889 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
24890 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
24891 mark after an end.
24892 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
24893 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
24894 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
24895 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
24896 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24897 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
24898 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
24899 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
24900 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
24901 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
24903 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
24904 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
24906 \(fn)" t nil)
24908 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pascal" '("electric-pascal-" "pascal-")))
24910 ;;;***
24911 \f
24912 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (0 0 0
24913 ;;;;;; 0))
24914 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
24916 (defvar password-cache t "\
24917 Whether to cache passwords.")
24919 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
24921 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
24922 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
24923 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
24925 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
24927 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
24928 Check if KEY is in the cache.
24930 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
24932 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "password-cache" '("password-")))
24934 ;;;***
24935 \f
24936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (0 0 0 0))
24937 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
24939 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
24940 Evaluate EXP to get EXPVAL; try passing control to one of CASES.
24941 CASES is a list of elements of the form (PATTERN CODE...).
24943 evaluate its CODE..., and return the value of the last form.
24944 If no CASE has a PATTERN that matches, return nil.
24946 Each PATTERN expands, in essence, to a predicate to call
24947 on EXPVAL. When the return value of that call is non-nil,
24948 PATTERN matches. PATTERN can take one of the forms:
24950 _ matches anything.
24955 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
24956 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern
24957 the second occurrence becomes an `eq'uality test.
24958 (pred FUN) matches if FUN called on EXPVAL returns non-nil.
24959 (app FUN PAT) matches if FUN called on EXPVAL matches PAT.
24960 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
24961 (let PAT EXPR) matches if EXPR matches PAT.
24962 (and PAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
24963 (or PAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
24965 FUN in `pred' and `app' can take one of the forms:
24966 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY)
24967 call it with one argument
24968 (F ARG1 .. ARGn)
24969 call F with ARG1..ARGn and EXPVAL as n+1'th argument
24971 FUN, BOOLEXP, EXPR, and subsequent PAT can refer to variables
24972 bound earlier in the pattern by a SYMBOL pattern.
24974 Additional patterns can be defined using `pcase-defmacro'.
24976 See Info node `(elisp) Pattern-Matching Conditional' in the
24977 Emacs Lisp manual for more information and examples.
24979 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
24981 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24983 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
24984 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
24985 If EXP fails to match any of the patterns in CASES, an error is signaled.
24987 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
24989 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24991 (autoload 'pcase-lambda "pcase" "\
24992 Like `lambda' but allow each argument to be a pattern.
24993 I.e. accepts the usual &optional and &rest keywords, but every
24994 formal argument can be any pattern accepted by `pcase' (a mere
24995 variable name being but a special case of it).
24997 \(fn LAMBDA-LIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
24999 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'doc-string-elt '2)
25001 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
25003 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
25004 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
25005 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
25006 of the form (PAT EXP).
25008 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
25010 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
25012 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
25013 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
25014 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
25015 of the form (PAT EXP).
25016 The macro is expanded and optimized under the assumption that those
25017 patterns *will* match, so a mismatch may go undetected or may cause
25018 any kind of error.
25020 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
25022 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
25024 (autoload 'pcase-dolist "pcase" "\
25025 Like `dolist' but where the binding can be a `pcase' pattern.
25027 \(fn (PATTERN LIST) BODY...)" nil t)
25029 (function-put 'pcase-dolist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
25031 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
25032 Define a new kind of pcase PATTERN, by macro expansion.
25033 Patterns of the form (NAME ...) will be expanded according
25034 to this macro.
25037 for the result of evaluating EXP (first arg to `pcase').
25039 \(fn NAME ARGS [DOC] &rest BODY...)" nil t)
25041 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
25043 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
25045 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcase" '("pcase-")))
25047 ;;;***
25048 \f
25049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (0 0 0 0))
25050 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
25052 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
25053 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
25055 \(fn)" nil nil)
25057 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-cvs" '("pcmpl-cvs-")))
25059 ;;;***
25060 \f
25061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (0 0 0 0))
25062 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
25064 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
25065 Completion for `gzip'.
25067 \(fn)" nil nil)
25069 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
25070 Completion for `bzip2'.
25072 \(fn)" nil nil)
25074 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
25075 Completion for GNU `make'.
25077 \(fn)" nil nil)
25079 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
25080 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
25082 \(fn)" nil nil)
25084 (autoload 'pcomplete/find "pcmpl-gnu" "\
25085 Completion for the GNU find utility.
25087 \(fn)" nil nil)
25089 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
25091 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-gnu" '("pcmpl-gnu-")))
25093 ;;;***
25094 \f
25095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (0 0 0 0))
25096 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
25098 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
25099 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
25101 \(fn)" nil nil)
25103 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
25104 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
25106 \(fn)" nil nil)
25108 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
25109 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
25111 \(fn)" nil nil)
25113 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-linux" '("pcmpl-linux-" "pcomplete-pare-list")))
25115 ;;;***
25116 \f
25117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (0 0 0 0))
25118 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
25120 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
25121 Completion for the `rpm' command.
25123 \(fn)" nil nil)
25125 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-rpm" '("pcmpl-rpm-")))
25127 ;;;***
25128 \f
25129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (0 0 0 0))
25130 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
25132 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
25133 Completion for `cd'.
25135 \(fn)" nil nil)
25137 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
25139 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
25140 Completion for `rmdir'.
25142 \(fn)" nil nil)
25144 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
25145 Completion for `rm'.
25147 \(fn)" nil nil)
25149 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
25150 Completion for `xargs'.
25152 \(fn)" nil nil)
25154 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
25156 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
25157 Completion for `which'.
25159 \(fn)" nil nil)
25161 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
25162 Completion for the `chown' command.
25164 \(fn)" nil nil)
25166 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
25167 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
25169 \(fn)" nil nil)
25171 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
25172 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
25174 \(fn)" nil nil)
25176 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
25177 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
25178 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
25180 \(fn)" nil nil)
25182 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-unix" '("pcmpl-")))
25184 ;;;***
25185 \f
25186 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
25187 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
25189 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
25190 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
25192 \(fn)" nil nil)
25194 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
25195 Completion for the `ack' command.
25196 Start an argument with `-' to complete short options and `--' for
25197 long options.
25199 \(fn)" nil nil)
25201 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
25203 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
25204 Completion for the `ag' command.
25206 \(fn)" nil nil)
25208 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-x" '("pcmpl-x-")))
25210 ;;;***
25211 \f
25212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
25213 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
25215 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
25216 Support extensible programmable completion.
25217 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
25218 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
25220 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
25222 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
25223 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
25225 \(fn)" t nil)
25227 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
25228 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
25229 This will modify the current buffer.
25231 \(fn)" t nil)
25233 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
25234 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
25236 \(fn)" t nil)
25238 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
25239 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
25240 This will modify the current buffer.
25242 \(fn)" t nil)
25244 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
25245 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
25247 \(fn)" t nil)
25249 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
25250 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
25252 \(fn)" t nil)
25254 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
25255 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
25256 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
25257 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
25258 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
25260 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
25262 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
25263 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
25265 \(fn)" nil nil)
25267 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcomplete" '("pcomplete-")))
25269 ;;;***
25270 \f
25271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (0 0 0 0))
25272 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
25274 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
25275 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
25276 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
25277 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
25279 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
25281 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
25283 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
25284 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
25285 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
25287 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
25288 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
25289 FLAGS is ignored.
25291 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
25293 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
25294 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
25295 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
25296 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
25297 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
25299 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
25300 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
25302 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
25304 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
25305 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
25306 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
25309 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
25310 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
25311 passed to cvs.
25313 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
25315 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
25316 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
25317 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
25318 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
25320 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
25321 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
25323 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
25325 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
25326 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
25327 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
25329 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
25331 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
25332 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
25333 A value of nil means never do it.
25334 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
25335 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
25336 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
25338 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
25340 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
25341 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
25342 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook 'always) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
25344 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs" '("cvs-" "defun-cvs-mode")))
25346 ;;;***
25347 \f
25348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (0 0 0 0))
25349 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
25351 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
25352 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
25354 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-defs" '("cvs-")))
25356 ;;;***
25357 \f
25358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-info" "vc/pcvs-info.el" (0 0 0 0))
25359 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-info.el
25361 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-info" '("cvs-")))
25363 ;;;***
25364 \f
25365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-parse" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
25366 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-parse.el
25368 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-parse" '("cvs-")))
25370 ;;;***
25371 \f
25372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-util" "vc/pcvs-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
25373 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-util.el
25375 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-util" '("cvs-")))
25377 ;;;***
25378 \f
25379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (0 0 0
25380 ;;;;;; 0))
25381 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
25382 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25383 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25384 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25385 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25386 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25387 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25389 (autoload 'perl-flymake "perl-mode" "\
25390 Perl backend for Flymake. Launches
25391 `perl-flymake-command' (which see) and passes to its standard
25392 input the contents of the current buffer. The output of this
25393 command is analyzed for error and warning messages.
25395 \(fn REPORT-FN &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25397 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
25398 Major mode for editing Perl code.
25399 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
25400 Tab indents for Perl code.
25402 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
25403 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25405 Variables controlling indentation style:
25406 `perl-tab-always-indent'
25407 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
25408 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
25409 `perl-tab-to-comment'
25410 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
25411 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
25412 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
25413 `perl-nochange'
25414 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
25415 `perl-indent-level'
25416 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
25417 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
25418 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
25419 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
25420 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
25421 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
25422 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
25423 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
25424 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
25425 `perl-brace-offset'
25426 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
25427 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
25428 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
25429 this far to the right of the start of its line.
25430 `perl-label-offset'
25431 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
25432 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
25433 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
25435 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
25436 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
25437 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
25438 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
25439 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
25440 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
25441 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
25443 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
25445 \(fn)" t nil)
25447 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "perl-mode" '("indent-perl-exp" "mark-perl-function" "perl-")))
25449 ;;;***
25450 \f
25451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (0 0 0 0))
25452 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
25454 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
25455 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
25457 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
25458 afterwards settable by these commands:
25475 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
25476 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
25477 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
25478 with these commands:
25482 Move to column following last
25490 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
25492 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
25496 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
25499 You can manipulate text with these commands:
25504 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
25507 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
25517 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
25518 by supplying an argument.
25520 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
25522 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
25523 they are not by default assigned to keys.
25525 \(fn)" t nil)
25527 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
25529 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "picture" '("picture-")))
25531 ;;;***
25532 \f
25533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pixel-scroll" "pixel-scroll.el" (0 0 0 0))
25534 ;;; Generated autoloads from pixel-scroll.el
25536 (defvar pixel-scroll-mode nil "\
25537 Non-nil if Pixel-Scroll mode is enabled.
25538 See the `pixel-scroll-mode' command
25539 for a description of this minor mode.
25540 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25541 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25542 or call the function `pixel-scroll-mode'.")
25544 (custom-autoload 'pixel-scroll-mode "pixel-scroll" nil)
25546 (autoload 'pixel-scroll-mode "pixel-scroll" "\
25547 A minor mode to scroll text pixel-by-pixel.
25549 If called interactively, enable Pixel-Scroll mode if ARG is positive, and
25550 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
25551 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
25552 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
25554 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25556 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pixel-scroll" '("pixel-")))
25558 ;;;***
25559 \f
25560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "plstore.el" (0 0 0 0))
25561 ;;; Generated autoloads from plstore.el
25563 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
25564 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
25566 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
25568 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
25569 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
25571 \(fn)" t nil)
25573 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "plstore" '("plstore-")))
25575 ;;;***
25576 \f
25577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (0 0 0 0))
25578 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
25580 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
25581 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
25582 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
25584 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
25586 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "po" '("po-")))
25588 ;;;***
25589 \f
25590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (0 0 0 0))
25591 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
25593 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
25594 Play pong and waste time.
25595 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
25596 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
25602 \(fn)" t nil)
25604 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pong" '("pong-")))
25606 ;;;***
25607 \f
25608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "net/pop3.el" (0 0 0 0))
25609 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pop3.el
25611 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
25612 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
25613 Use streaming commands.
25615 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
25617 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pop3" '("pop3-")))
25619 ;;;***
25620 \f
25621 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (0 0 0 0))
25622 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
25624 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
25625 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
25626 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
25627 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
25629 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
25631 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
25632 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
25634 \(fn)" nil nil)
25636 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
25637 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
25638 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
25639 can handle, whenever this is possible.
25640 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
25642 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
25644 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
25645 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
25646 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
25648 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
25650 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
25651 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
25653 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
25655 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
25656 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
25657 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
25658 Ignores leading comment characters.
25660 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25662 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
25663 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
25664 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
25665 Ignores leading comment characters.
25667 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25669 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pp" '("pp-")))
25671 ;;;***
25672 \f
25673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (0 0 0 0))
25674 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
25675 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
25677 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
25678 Activate the printing interface buffer.
25680 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
25684 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25686 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
25687 Preview directory using ghostview.
25689 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
25690 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
25691 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
25692 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
25694 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
25695 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
25696 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
25697 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
25698 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
25699 file name.
25701 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25703 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25705 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25706 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
25708 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
25709 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
25710 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
25711 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
25713 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
25714 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
25715 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
25716 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
25717 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
25718 file name.
25720 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25722 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25724 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
25725 Print directory using PostScript printer.
25727 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
25728 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
25729 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
25730 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
25732 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
25733 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
25734 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
25735 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
25736 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
25737 file name.
25739 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25741 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25743 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
25744 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
25746 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
25748 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
25749 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
25750 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
25751 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
25753 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
25754 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
25755 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
25756 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
25757 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
25758 file name.
25760 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25762 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25764 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
25765 Preview buffer using ghostview.
25767 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
25768 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
25769 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
25771 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25772 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
25773 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
25774 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
25776 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25778 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25779 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
25781 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
25782 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
25783 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25785 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25786 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
25787 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
25788 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
25790 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25792 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
25793 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
25795 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
25796 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
25797 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25799 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25800 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
25801 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
25802 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
25804 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25806 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
25807 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
25809 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
25811 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
25812 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
25813 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25815 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25816 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
25817 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
25818 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
25820 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25822 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
25823 Preview region using ghostview.
25825 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
25827 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25829 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25830 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
25832 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
25834 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25836 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
25837 Print region using PostScript printer.
25839 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
25841 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25843 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
25844 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
25846 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
25848 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25850 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
25851 Preview major mode using ghostview.
25853 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
25855 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25857 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25858 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
25860 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
25862 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25864 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
25865 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
25867 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
25869 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25871 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
25872 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
25874 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
25876 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25878 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
25879 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
25880 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
25881 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
25883 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
25884 matching.
25886 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
25887 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
25889 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25891 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
25893 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
25894 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
25895 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
25896 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
25898 \(fn)" t nil)
25900 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
25901 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
25902 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
25903 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
25905 \(fn)" t nil)
25907 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
25908 Print directory using text printer.
25910 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
25911 matching.
25913 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
25914 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
25916 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25918 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
25920 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
25921 Print buffer using text printer.
25923 \(fn)" t nil)
25925 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
25926 Print region using text printer.
25928 \(fn)" t nil)
25930 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
25931 Print major mode using text printer.
25933 \(fn)" t nil)
25935 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
25936 Preview spooled PostScript.
25938 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25939 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25940 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
25942 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25943 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
25944 PostScript image in a file with that name.
25946 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25948 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25949 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
25951 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25952 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25953 instead of sending it to the printer.
25955 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25956 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25957 image in a file with that name.
25959 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25961 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
25962 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
25964 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25965 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25966 instead of sending it to the printer.
25968 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25969 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25970 image in a file with that name.
25972 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25974 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
25975 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
25977 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25978 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25979 instead of sending it to the printer.
25981 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25982 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25983 image in a file with that name.
25985 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25987 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
25988 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
25990 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25992 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
25993 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
25995 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
25997 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25998 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
26000 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
26002 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
26003 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
26005 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
26007 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
26008 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
26010 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
26012 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
26013 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
26015 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
26016 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
26017 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
26018 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
26020 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
26021 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
26022 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
26023 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
26024 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
26025 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
26026 file name.
26028 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
26030 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
26031 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
26033 \(fn)" t nil)
26035 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
26036 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
26038 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
26039 right.
26040 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
26041 bottom.
26043 \(fn)" t nil)
26045 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
26046 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
26048 \(fn)" t nil)
26050 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
26051 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
26053 \(fn)" t nil)
26055 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
26056 Toggle printing with faces.
26058 \(fn)" t nil)
26060 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
26061 Toggle spooling.
26063 \(fn)" t nil)
26065 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
26066 Toggle duplex.
26068 \(fn)" t nil)
26070 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
26071 Toggle tumble.
26073 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
26074 right.
26075 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
26076 bottom.
26078 \(fn)" t nil)
26080 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
26081 Toggle landscape.
26083 \(fn)" t nil)
26085 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
26086 Toggle upside-down.
26088 \(fn)" t nil)
26090 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
26091 Toggle line number.
26093 \(fn)" t nil)
26095 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
26096 Toggle zebra stripes.
26098 \(fn)" t nil)
26100 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
26101 Toggle printing header.
26103 \(fn)" t nil)
26105 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
26106 Toggle printing header frame.
26108 \(fn)" t nil)
26110 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
26111 Toggle menu lock.
26113 \(fn)" t nil)
26115 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
26116 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
26118 \(fn)" t nil)
26120 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
26121 Toggle auto mode.
26123 \(fn)" t nil)
26125 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
26126 Customization of the `printing' group.
26128 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
26130 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
26131 Customization of the `lpr' group.
26133 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
26135 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
26136 Help for the printing package.
26138 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
26140 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
26141 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
26143 \(fn)" t nil)
26145 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
26146 Interactively select a text printer.
26148 \(fn)" t nil)
26150 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
26151 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
26153 \(fn)" t nil)
26155 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
26156 Show current ps-print settings.
26158 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
26160 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
26161 Show current printing settings.
26163 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
26165 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
26166 Show current lpr settings.
26168 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
26170 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
26171 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
26173 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
26174 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
26175 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
26176 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
26179 Interactively, you have the following situations:
26181 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
26182 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
26183 immediately be done using the current active printer.
26185 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
26186 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
26187 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
26188 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
26189 current active printer.
26191 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
26192 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
26193 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
26194 printer.
26196 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
26197 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
26198 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
26199 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
26200 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
26203 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
26204 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
26206 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
26208 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
26209 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
26210 be done using the new current active printer.
26212 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
26213 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
26214 printer.
26216 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
26217 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
26218 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
26219 instead of sending it to the printer.
26221 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
26222 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
26223 printer.
26225 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
26228 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
26229 are both set to t.
26231 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
26233 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
26234 Fast fire function for text printing.
26236 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
26237 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
26238 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
26239 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
26241 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
26242 user for a new active text printer.
26244 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
26246 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
26248 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
26249 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
26250 printer.
26252 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
26254 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
26255 are both set to t.
26257 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
26259 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "printing" '("lpr-setup" "pr-")))
26261 ;;;***
26262 \f
26263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (0 0 0 0))
26264 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
26266 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
26267 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
26269 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
26270 the process information.
26272 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
26274 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
26275 Proced buffers.
26277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26279 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "proced" '("proced-")))
26281 ;;;***
26282 \f
26283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (0 0 0 0))
26284 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
26286 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
26287 Start/restart profilers.
26288 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
26289 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
26290 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
26292 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
26294 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
26295 Open profile FILENAME.
26297 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
26299 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
26300 Open profile FILENAME.
26302 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
26304 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
26305 Open profile FILENAME.
26307 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
26309 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "profiler" '("profiler-")))
26311 ;;;***
26312 \f
26313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "project" "progmodes/project.el" (0 0 0 0))
26314 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/project.el
26316 (autoload 'project-current "project" "\
26317 Return the project instance in DIR or `default-directory'.
26318 When no project found in DIR, and MAYBE-PROMPT is non-nil, ask
26319 the user for a different directory to look in. If that directory
26320 is not a part of a detectable project either, return a
26321 `transient' project instance rooted in it.
26323 \(fn &optional MAYBE-PROMPT DIR)" nil nil)
26325 (autoload 'project-find-regexp "project" "\
26326 Find all matches for REGEXP in the current project's roots.
26328 to search in, and the file name pattern to search for. The
26329 pattern may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases',
26330 e.g. entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'. As whitespace
26331 triggers completion when entering a pattern, including it
26334 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
26336 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-regexp "project" "\
26337 Find all matches for REGEXP in the project roots or external roots.
26339 pattern to search for.
26341 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
26343 (autoload 'project-find-file "project" "\
26344 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots.
26345 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
26346 recognized.
26348 \(fn)" t nil)
26350 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-file "project" "\
26351 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots or external roots.
26352 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
26353 recognized.
26355 \(fn)" t nil)
26357 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "project" '("project-")))
26359 ;;;***
26360 \f
26361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (0 0 0 0))
26362 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
26364 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
26365 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
26367 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
26368 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
26370 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
26372 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
26375 Commands:
26378 \(fn)" t nil)
26380 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
26381 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
26382 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
26384 \(fn)" t nil)
26386 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
26387 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
26388 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
26390 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
26392 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "prolog" '("mercury-mode-map" "prolog-")))
26394 ;;;***
26395 \f
26396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (0 0 0 0))
26397 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
26399 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
26400 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
26403 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
26405 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-bdf" '("bdf-")))
26407 ;;;***
26408 \f
26409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
26410 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
26411 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
26413 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
26414 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
26416 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
26418 The following variables hold user options, and can
26419 be set through the `customize' command:
26421 `ps-mode-tab'
26422 `ps-mode-paper-size'
26423 `ps-mode-print-function'
26424 `ps-run-prompt'
26425 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
26426 `ps-run-x'
26427 `ps-run-dumb'
26428 `ps-run-init'
26429 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
26430 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
26439 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
26440 The keymap for this second window is:
26445 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
26446 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
26447 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
26448 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
26449 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
26451 \(fn)" t nil)
26453 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-mode" '("ps-")))
26455 ;;;***
26456 \f
26457 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el"
26458 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
26459 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
26461 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-mule" '("ps-mule-")))
26463 ;;;***
26464 \f
26465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (0 0 0 0))
26466 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
26467 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
26469 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
26470 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
26471 See `ps-paper-type'.")
26473 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
26475 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
26476 Specify the size of paper to format for.
26477 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
26478 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
26480 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
26482 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
26483 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
26485 Valid values are:
26487 nil Do not print colors.
26489 t Print colors.
26491 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
26492 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
26494 Any other value is treated as t.")
26496 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
26498 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
26499 Customization of ps-print group.
26501 \(fn)" t nil)
26503 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
26504 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
26506 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
26507 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
26508 sending it to the printer.
26510 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
26511 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
26512 image in a file with that name.
26514 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
26516 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
26517 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
26518 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
26519 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
26520 so it has a way to determine color values.
26522 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
26524 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
26525 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
26526 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
26528 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
26530 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
26531 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
26532 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
26533 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
26534 so it has a way to determine color values.
26536 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
26538 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
26539 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
26540 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
26541 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
26543 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
26545 \(fn)" t nil)
26547 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
26548 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
26549 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
26550 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
26551 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
26553 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
26555 \(fn)" t nil)
26557 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
26558 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
26559 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
26561 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
26563 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
26565 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
26566 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
26567 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
26568 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
26569 so it has a way to determine color values.
26571 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
26573 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
26575 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
26576 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
26578 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
26579 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
26580 instead of sending it to the printer.
26582 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
26583 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
26584 image in a file with that name.
26586 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
26588 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
26589 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
26590 Done using the current ps-print setup.
26594 \(fn)" t nil)
26596 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
26597 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
26598 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
26600 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
26602 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
26603 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
26604 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
26606 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
26608 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
26609 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
26611 \(fn)" nil nil)
26613 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
26614 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
26616 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
26617 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
26619 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
26620 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
26622 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
26624 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
26626 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
26628 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
26629 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
26631 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
26632 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
26634 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
26635 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
26637 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
26639 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
26641 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
26643 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
26644 foreground and background colors respectively.
26646 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
26647 bold - use bold font.
26648 italic - use italic font.
26649 underline - put a line under text.
26650 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
26651 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
26652 shadow - text will have a shadow.
26653 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
26654 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
26656 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
26658 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
26660 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-print" '("ps-")))
26662 ;;;***
26663 \f
26664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-samp" "ps-samp.el" (0 0 0 0))
26665 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-samp.el
26667 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-samp" '("ps-")))
26669 ;;;***
26670 \f
26671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (0 0 0 0))
26672 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
26673 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
26675 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-one-line "pulse" "\
26676 Highlight the line around POINT, unhighlighting before next command.
26677 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
26679 \(fn POINT &optional FACE)" nil nil)
26681 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-region "pulse" "\
26682 Highlight between START and END, unhighlighting before next command.
26683 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
26685 \(fn START END &optional FACE)" nil nil)
26687 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pulse" '("pulse-")))
26689 ;;;***
26690 \f
26691 ;;;### (autoloads nil "puny" "net/puny.el" (0 0 0 0))
26692 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/puny.el
26694 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "puny" '("puny-")))
26696 ;;;***
26697 \f
26698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (0 0 0 0))
26699 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
26700 (push (purecopy '(python 0 26 1)) package--builtin-versions)
26704 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
26706 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
26707 Run an inferior Python process.
26709 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
26710 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
26711 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
26712 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
26713 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
26715 For a given buffer and same values of DEDICATED, if a process is
26716 already running for it, it will do nothing. This means that if
26717 the current buffer is using a global process, the user is still
26718 able to switch it to use a dedicated one.
26720 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
26722 process buffer for a list of commands.)
26724 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
26726 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
26727 Major mode for editing Python files.
26731 \(fn)" t nil)
26733 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "python" '("inferior-python-mode" "python-" "run-python-internal")))
26735 ;;;***
26736 \f
26737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "mail/qp.el" (0 0 0 0))
26738 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/qp.el
26740 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
26741 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
26742 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
26743 coding-system.
26745 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
26748 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
26749 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
26750 them into characters should be done separately.
26752 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
26754 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "qp" '("quoted-printable-")))
26756 ;;;***
26757 \f
26758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (0 0 0 0))
26759 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
26761 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
26762 Return the title of the current Quail package.
26764 \(fn)" nil nil)
26766 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
26767 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
26768 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
26770 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
26771 `quail-activate', which see.
26773 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
26775 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
26776 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
26777 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
26778 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
26779 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
26780 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
26781 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
26783 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
26784 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
26785 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
26786 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
26787 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
26788 shown.
26789 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
26791 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
26792 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
26795 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
26796 list of candidates.
26798 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
26799 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
26800 command to be called.
26802 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
26803 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
26804 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
26805 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
26807 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
26808 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
26809 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
26810 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
26811 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
26812 to t.
26814 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
26815 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
26816 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
26817 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
26819 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
26820 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
26821 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
26822 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
26823 defines no translations for single character keys.
26825 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
26826 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
26827 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
26828 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
26829 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
26830 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
26832 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
26833 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
26836 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
26839 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
26840 covers Quail translation region.
26842 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
26843 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
26844 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
26845 for it) is inserted.
26847 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
26848 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
26849 vs. corresponding command to be called.
26851 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
26852 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
26853 non-Quail commands.
26855 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
26857 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
26858 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
26860 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
26861 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
26862 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
26863 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
26864 you type is correctly handled.
26866 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
26868 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
26869 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
26871 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
26872 keyboard type.
26874 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
26876 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
26877 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
26878 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
26879 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
26880 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
26881 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
26882 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
26883 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
26884 for the translation.
26885 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
26887 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
26888 it is used to handle KEY.
26890 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
26891 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
26892 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
26893 the following annotation types are supported.
26895 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
26896 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
26898 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
26899 candidate list.
26901 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
26902 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
26903 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
26904 inserted.
26906 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
26907 generated for the following translations.
26909 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
26911 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
26912 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
26914 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
26915 which to install MAP.
26917 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
26919 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
26921 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
26922 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
26924 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
26925 which to install MAP.
26927 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
26929 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
26931 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
26932 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
26933 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
26934 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
26935 a function, or a cons.
26936 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
26937 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
26938 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
26939 for the translation.
26940 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
26941 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
26942 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
26943 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
26944 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
26946 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
26947 it is used to handle KEY.
26949 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
26950 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
26951 current Quail package.
26953 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
26954 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
26956 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
26958 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
26959 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
26961 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
26962 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
26964 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
26966 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
26967 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
26969 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
26971 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
26972 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
26973 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
26974 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
26975 of the Emacs source tree.
26977 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
26980 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
26981 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
26982 of each directory.
26984 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
26986 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail" '("quail-")))
26988 ;;;***
26989 \f
26990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/ethiopic" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el" (0
26991 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26992 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/ethiopic.el
26994 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/ethiopic" '("ethio-select-a-translation")))
26996 ;;;***
26997 \f
26998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (0 0
26999 ;;;;;; 0 0))
27000 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
27002 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
27003 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
27004 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
27005 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
27007 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27009 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/hangul" '("alphabetp" "hangul" "notzerop")))
27011 ;;;***
27012 \f
27013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/indian" "leim/quail/indian.el" (0 0
27014 ;;;;;; 0 0))
27015 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/indian.el
27017 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/indian" '("inscript-" "quail-")))
27019 ;;;***
27020 \f
27021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/ipa" "leim/quail/ipa.el" (0 0 0 0))
27022 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/ipa.el
27024 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/ipa" '("ipa-x-sampa-")))
27026 ;;;***
27027 \f
27028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/japanese" "leim/quail/japanese.el" (0
27029 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
27030 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/japanese.el
27032 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/japanese" '("quail-japanese-")))
27034 ;;;***
27035 \f
27036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/lao" "leim/quail/lao.el" (0 0 0 0))
27037 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/lao.el
27039 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/lao" '("lao-" "quail-lao-update-translation")))
27041 ;;;***
27042 \f
27043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/lrt" "leim/quail/lrt.el" (0 0 0 0))
27044 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/lrt.el
27046 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/lrt" '("quail-lrt-update-translation")))
27048 ;;;***
27049 \f
27050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/sisheng" "leim/quail/sisheng.el" (0
27051 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
27052 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/sisheng.el
27054 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/sisheng" '("quail-make-sisheng-rules" "sisheng-")))
27056 ;;;***
27057 \f
27058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/thai" "leim/quail/thai.el" (0 0 0 0))
27059 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/thai.el
27061 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/thai" '("thai-generate-quail-map")))
27063 ;;;***
27064 \f
27065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/tibetan" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" (0
27066 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
27067 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/tibetan.el
27069 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/tibetan" '("quail-tib" "tibetan-")))
27071 ;;;***
27072 \f
27073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
27074 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27075 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
27077 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
27078 Activate UCS input method.
27079 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
27081 While this input method is active, the variable
27082 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
27084 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
27086 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/uni-input" '("ucs-input-")))
27088 ;;;***
27089 \f
27090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/viqr" "leim/quail/viqr.el" (0 0 0 0))
27091 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/viqr.el
27093 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/viqr" '("viet-quail-define-rules")))
27095 ;;;***
27096 \f
27097 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (0 0 0 0))
27098 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
27100 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'write-file-functions (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil) nil t))\n;; End:\n" "\
27101 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
27102 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
27103 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
27105 To make use of this do something like:
27107 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
27109 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
27111 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
27112 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
27114 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
27115 buffer, this default action can be modified via
27116 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
27118 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
27120 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
27121 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
27123 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
27125 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
27126 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
27128 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
27129 is decided.
27131 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
27133 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
27134 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
27136 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
27137 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
27138 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
27140 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
27142 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
27143 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
27145 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
27147 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
27148 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
27150 \(fn)" t nil)
27152 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
27153 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
27155 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
27159 \(fn)" t nil)
27161 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
27162 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
27164 \(fn)" t nil)
27166 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quickurl" '("quickurl-")))
27168 ;;;***
27169 \f
27170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "radix-tree" "emacs-lisp/radix-tree.el" (0
27171 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
27172 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/radix-tree.el
27174 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "radix-tree" '("radix-tree-")))
27176 ;;;***
27177 \f
27178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (0 0 0 0))
27179 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
27181 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
27182 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
27184 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
27186 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
27188 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27190 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
27192 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
27195 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION SERVER-ALIAS)" nil nil)
27197 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
27198 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
27199 See the `rcirc-track-minor-mode' command
27200 for a description of this minor mode.
27201 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27202 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27203 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
27205 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
27207 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
27208 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
27210 If called interactively, enable Rcirc-Track minor mode if ARG is positive, and
27211 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
27212 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
27213 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
27215 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27217 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rcirc" '("defun-rcirc-command" "rcirc-" "set-rcirc-" "with-rcirc-")))
27219 ;;;***
27220 \f
27221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (0
27222 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
27223 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
27225 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
27227 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
27228 Construct a regexp interactively.
27231 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
27234 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
27236 \(fn)" t nil)
27238 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "re-builder" '("re-builder-unload-function" "reb-")))
27240 ;;;***
27241 \f
27242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (0 0 0 0))
27243 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
27245 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
27246 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
27247 See the `recentf-mode' command
27248 for a description of this minor mode.
27249 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27250 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27251 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
27253 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
27255 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
27258 If called interactively, enable Recentf mode if ARG is positive, and
27259 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
27260 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
27261 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
27265 were operated on recently.
27267 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27269 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "recentf" '("recentf-")))
27271 ;;;***
27272 \f
27273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (0 0 0 0))
27274 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
27276 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
27277 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
27278 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
27279 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
27280 ends.
27282 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
27283 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
27284 to be deleted.
27286 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
27288 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
27289 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
27290 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
27292 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
27293 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
27294 deleted.
27296 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
27298 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
27299 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
27300 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
27302 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
27304 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
27305 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
27307 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
27308 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
27310 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
27311 deleted.
27313 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
27314 the rectangle, but put it in `killed-rectangle' anyway. This means that
27315 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
27316 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
27317 even beep.)
27319 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
27321 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
27322 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
27324 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27326 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
27327 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
27329 \(fn)" t nil)
27331 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
27332 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
27333 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
27334 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
27335 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
27336 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
27337 and point is at the lower right corner.
27339 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
27341 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
27342 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
27344 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
27345 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
27347 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
27348 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
27349 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
27351 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
27353 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
27355 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
27356 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
27357 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
27358 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
27359 rectangle, all contiguous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
27361 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
27362 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
27364 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
27366 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
27367 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
27368 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
27370 When called interactively and option `rectangle-preview' is
27371 non-nil, display the result as the user enters the string into
27372 the minibuffer.
27374 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
27376 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
27378 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
27380 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
27381 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
27383 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
27384 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
27385 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
27387 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
27389 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
27390 Blank out the region-rectangle.
27391 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
27393 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
27394 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
27395 rectangle which were empty.
27397 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
27399 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
27400 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
27402 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
27403 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
27404 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
27405 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
27407 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27409 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
27410 Toggle the region as rectangular.
27412 If called interactively, enable Rectangle-Mark mode if ARG is positive, and
27413 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
27414 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
27415 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
27417 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
27419 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27421 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rect" '("apply-on-rectangle" "clear-rectangle-line" "delete-" "extract-rectangle-" "killed-rectangle" "ope" "rectangle-" "spaces-string" "string-rectangle-")))
27423 ;;;***
27424 \f
27425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refbib" "textmodes/refbib.el" (0 0 0 0))
27426 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refbib.el
27428 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "refbib" '("r2b-")))
27430 ;;;***
27431 \f
27432 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refer" "textmodes/refer.el" (0 0 0 0))
27433 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refer.el
27435 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "refer" '("refer-")))
27437 ;;;***
27438 \f
27439 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (0 0 0 0))
27440 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
27442 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
27443 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
27445 If called interactively, enable Refill mode if ARG is positive, and
27446 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
27447 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
27448 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
27450 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
27451 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
27452 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
27453 auto-filling.
27457 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27459 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "refill" '("refill-")))
27461 ;;;***
27462 \f
27463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (0 0 0 0))
27464 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
27465 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
27466 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
27467 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
27468 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
27470 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
27471 Turn on RefTeX mode.
27473 \(fn)" nil nil)
27475 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
27478 If called interactively, enable Reftex mode if ARG is positive, and
27479 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
27480 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
27481 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
27487 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
27488 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
27492 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
27495 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
27496 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
27499 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
27500 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
27502 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
27506 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
27507 on the menu bar.
27509 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27513 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
27514 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
27515 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
27517 \(fn)" nil nil)
27519 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex" '("reftex-")))
27521 ;;;***
27522 \f
27523 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-auc" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
27524 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27525 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-auc.el
27527 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-auc" '("reftex-")))
27529 ;;;***
27530 \f
27531 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-cite"
27532 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" (0 0 0 0))
27533 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
27535 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-cite" '("reftex-")))
27537 ;;;***
27538 \f
27539 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-dcr" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
27540 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27541 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-dcr.el
27543 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-dcr" '("reftex-")))
27545 ;;;***
27546 \f
27547 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-global"
27548 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-global.el" (0 0 0 0))
27549 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
27551 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-global" '("reftex-")))
27553 ;;;***
27554 \f
27555 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-index"
27556 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-index.el" (0 0 0 0))
27557 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
27559 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-index" '("reftex-")))
27561 ;;;***
27562 \f
27563 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-parse"
27564 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
27565 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
27567 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-parse" '("reftex-")))
27569 ;;;***
27570 \f
27571 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-ref" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
27572 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27573 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-ref.el
27575 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-ref" '("reftex-")))
27577 ;;;***
27578 \f
27579 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-sel" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
27580 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27581 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-sel.el
27583 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-sel" '("reftex-")))
27585 ;;;***
27586 \f
27587 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-toc" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
27588 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27589 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-toc.el
27591 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-toc" '("reftex-")))
27593 ;;;***
27594 \f
27595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (0
27596 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
27597 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
27598 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
27599 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
27600 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27601 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
27603 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-vars" '("reftex-")))
27605 ;;;***
27606 \f
27607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (0
27608 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
27609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
27611 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
27612 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
27613 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain
27614 any regexps, quoted or not. Optional PAREN specifies how the
27615 returned regexp is surrounded by grouping constructs.
27617 The optional argument PAREN can be any of the following:
27619 a string
27620 the resulting regexp is preceded by PAREN and followed by
27622 group.
27624 `words'
27627 `symbols'
27630 non-nil
27633 nil
27635 necessary to ensure that a postfix operator appended to it will
27636 apply to the whole expression.
27638 The resulting regexp is equivalent to but usually more efficient
27639 than that of a simplified version:
27641 (defun simplified-regexp-opt (strings &optional paren)
27642 (let ((parens
27648 (concat (car paren)
27650 (cdr paren))))
27652 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
27654 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
27655 Return the depth of REGEXP.
27656 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
27657 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
27659 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
27661 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "regexp-opt" '("regexp-opt-")))
27663 ;;;***
27664 \f
27665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (0 0 0 0))
27666 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
27667 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
27669 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "regi" '("regi-")))
27671 ;;;***
27672 \f
27673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "registry" "registry.el" (0 0 0 0))
27674 ;;; Generated autoloads from registry.el
27676 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "registry" '("registry-")))
27678 ;;;***
27679 \f
27680 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (0 0 0 0))
27681 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
27682 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
27684 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
27685 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
27686 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
27687 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
27689 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
27691 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
27693 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
27694 Call `remember' in another frame.
27696 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
27698 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
27699 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
27700 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
27702 \(fn)" t nil)
27704 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
27705 Extract diary entries from the region.
27707 \(fn)" nil nil)
27709 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
27710 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
27711 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
27712 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
27714 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
27716 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
27717 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
27718 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
27719 minor mode.
27721 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
27723 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
27724 Return the buffer.
27726 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
27728 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
27730 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
27732 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "remember" '("remember-")))
27734 ;;;***
27735 \f
27736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (0 0 0 0))
27737 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
27738 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
27740 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
27741 Repeat most recently executed command.
27742 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
27743 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
27744 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
27746 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
27747 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
27748 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
27749 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
27751 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
27755 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
27757 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "repeat" '("repeat-")))
27759 ;;;***
27760 \f
27761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (0 0 0 0))
27762 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
27764 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
27765 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
27767 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
27768 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
27769 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
27770 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
27771 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
27772 and point is left after the salutation.
27774 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
27775 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
27776 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
27777 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
27778 left after that text.
27780 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
27781 is non-nil.
27783 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
27784 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
27785 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
27786 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
27788 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
27790 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reporter" '("reporter-")))
27792 ;;;***
27793 \f
27794 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (0 0 0 0))
27795 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
27797 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
27798 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
27799 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
27800 visibility of comments that precede it.
27801 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
27802 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
27803 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
27804 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
27805 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
27806 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
27807 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
27808 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
27809 the comment lines.
27810 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
27811 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
27812 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
27813 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
27814 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
27816 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27818 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reposition" '("repos-count-screen-lines")))
27820 ;;;***
27821 \f
27822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (0 0 0 0))
27823 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
27825 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
27826 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
27828 If called interactively, enable Reveal mode if ARG is positive, and
27829 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
27830 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
27831 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
27833 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
27834 reveals invisible text around point.
27836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27838 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
27839 Non-nil if Global Reveal mode is enabled.
27840 See the `global-reveal-mode' command
27841 for a description of this minor mode.
27842 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27843 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27844 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
27846 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
27848 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
27849 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
27850 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
27852 If called interactively, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is positive, and
27853 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
27854 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
27855 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
27857 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27859 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reveal" '("reveal-")))
27861 ;;;***
27862 \f
27863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc1843" "international/rfc1843.el" (0 0 0
27864 ;;;;;; 0))
27865 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/rfc1843.el
27867 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc1843" '("rfc1843-")))
27869 ;;;***
27870 \f
27871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2045" "mail/rfc2045.el" (0 0 0 0))
27872 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2045.el
27874 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2045" '("rfc2045-encode-string")))
27876 ;;;***
27877 \f
27878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2047" "mail/rfc2047.el" (0 0 0 0))
27879 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2047.el
27881 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2047" '("rfc2047-")))
27883 ;;;***
27884 \f
27885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2104" "net/rfc2104.el" (0 0 0 0))
27886 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rfc2104.el
27888 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2104" '("rfc2104-")))
27890 ;;;***
27891 \f
27892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2231" "mail/rfc2231.el" (0 0 0 0))
27893 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2231.el
27895 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2231" '("rfc2231-")))
27897 ;;;***
27898 \f
27899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2368" "mail/rfc2368.el" (0 0 0 0))
27900 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2368.el
27902 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2368" '("rfc2368-")))
27904 ;;;***
27905 \f
27906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc822" "mail/rfc822.el" (0 0 0 0))
27907 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc822.el
27909 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc822" '("rfc822-")))
27911 ;;;***
27912 \f
27913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (0 0 0 0))
27914 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
27916 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
27917 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
27919 \(fn X)" nil nil)
27921 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
27922 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
27924 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
27926 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ring" '("ring-")))
27928 ;;;***
27929 \f
27930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (0 0 0 0))
27931 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
27933 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
27934 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
27935 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
27936 other arguments for `rlogin'.
27938 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
27940 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
27941 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
27942 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
27943 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
27945 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
27946 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
27948 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
27949 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
27951 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
27952 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
27953 INPUT-ARGS.
27955 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
27956 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
27957 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
27958 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
27959 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
27961 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
27962 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
27963 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
27964 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
27966 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
27967 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
27968 variable.
27970 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27972 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rlogin" '("rlogin-")))
27974 ;;;***
27975 \f
27976 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
27977 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
27979 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
27980 Name of user's primary mail file.")
27982 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
27984 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
27986 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
27987 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
27988 Its name should end with a slash.")
27990 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
27991 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
27993 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
27994 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
27995 Currently known variants are `emacs' and `mailutils'.
27997 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
27999 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
28000 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
28001 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
28002 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
28003 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
28004 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
28005 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
28007 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
28008 sent by you under different user names.
28009 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
28011 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
28013 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
28015 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
28017 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
28018 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
28019 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
28020 explicitly.")
28022 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
28024 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^ARC-.*:" "\\|^Received-SPF:" "\\|^Authentication-Results:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
28025 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
28026 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
28027 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
28028 which normally happens once for each message,
28029 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
28030 To make a change in this variable take effect
28031 for a message that you have already viewed,
28034 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
28036 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
28037 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
28038 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
28039 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
28041 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
28043 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
28044 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
28046 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
28049 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
28050 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
28052 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
28054 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
28055 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
28056 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
28057 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
28058 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
28061 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
28063 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
28064 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
28066 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
28069 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
28071 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
28073 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
28074 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
28076 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
28077 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
28079 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
28081 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
28082 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
28084 This is set to nil by default.")
28086 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
28087 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
28088 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
28089 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
28090 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
28091 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
28092 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
28094 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
28095 Read and edit incoming mail.
28096 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
28097 file in RMAIL Mode.
28100 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
28101 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
28102 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
28103 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
28105 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
28107 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
28109 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
28111 All normal editing commands are turned off.
28112 Instead, these commands are available:
28128 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
28129 till a deleted message is found.
28130 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
28143 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
28148 (label defaults to last one specified).
28149 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
28159 \(fn)" t nil)
28161 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
28162 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
28164 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
28166 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
28167 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
28169 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
28171 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmail" '("mail-" "rmail-")))
28173 ;;;***
28174 \f
28175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail-spam-filter" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
28176 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28177 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail-spam-filter.el
28179 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmail-spam-filter" '("rmail-" "rsf-")))
28181 ;;;***
28182 \f
28183 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
28184 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28185 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
28187 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailedit" '("rmail-")))
28189 ;;;***
28190 \f
28191 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailkwd" "mail/rmailkwd.el"
28192 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28193 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
28195 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailkwd" '("rmail-")))
28197 ;;;***
28198 \f
28199 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailmm" "mail/rmailmm.el"
28200 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28201 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmm.el
28203 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailmm" '("rmail-")))
28205 ;;;***
28206 \f
28207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (0 0 0 0))
28208 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
28209 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
28211 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
28212 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
28213 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
28214 case it writes Babyl.
28216 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
28217 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
28218 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
28219 `rmail-default-file'.
28221 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
28222 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
28223 buffer, updates it accordingly.
28225 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
28226 the header display is currently pruned.
28228 If `rmail-output-reset-deleted-flag' is non-nil, the message's
28229 deleted flag is reset in the message appended to the destination
28230 file. Otherwise, the appended message will remain marked as
28231 deleted if it was deleted before invoking this command.
28233 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
28234 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
28235 deleted messages, unless `rmail-output-reset-deleted-flag' is
28236 non-nil). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
28237 messages after output.
28239 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
28241 message (if writing a file directly).
28243 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
28244 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
28246 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
28248 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
28249 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
28250 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
28251 i) the header is output as currently seen
28252 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
28253 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
28255 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
28256 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
28257 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
28259 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
28261 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
28262 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
28263 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
28265 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
28266 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
28267 `rmail-default-body-file'.
28269 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
28270 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
28271 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
28273 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28275 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailout" '("rmail-")))
28277 ;;;***
28278 \f
28279 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el"
28280 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28281 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
28283 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailsort" '("rmail-")))
28285 ;;;***
28286 \f
28287 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el"
28288 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28289 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
28291 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailsum" '("rmail-")))
28293 ;;;***
28294 \f
28295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmc" "emacs-lisp/rmc.el" (0 0 0 0))
28296 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rmc.el
28298 (autoload 'read-multiple-choice "rmc" "\
28299 Ask user a multiple choice question.
28300 PROMPT should be a string that will be displayed as the prompt.
28302 CHOICES is a list of (KEY NAME [DESCRIPTION]). KEY is a
28303 character to be entered. NAME is a short name for the entry to
28304 be displayed while prompting (if there's room, it might be
28305 shortened). DESCRIPTION is an optional longer explanation that
28306 will be displayed in a help buffer if the user requests more
28307 help.
28309 This function translates user input into responses by consulting
28310 the bindings in `query-replace-map'; see the documentation of
28311 that variable for more information. In this case, the useful
28312 bindings are `recenter', `scroll-up', and `scroll-down'. If the
28313 user enters `recenter', `scroll-up', or `scroll-down' responses,
28314 perform the requested window recentering or scrolling and ask
28315 again.
28317 When `use-dialog-box' is t (the default), this function can pop
28318 up a dialog window to collect the user input. That functionality
28319 requires `display-popup-menus-p' to return t. Otherwise, a
28320 text dialog will be used.
28322 The return value is the matching entry from the CHOICES list.
28324 Usage example:
28331 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES)" nil nil)
28333 ;;;***
28334 \f
28335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (0 0 0 0))
28336 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
28338 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
28339 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
28340 Return a pattern.
28342 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
28344 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-cmpct" '("rng-")))
28346 ;;;***
28347 \f
28348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-dt" "nxml/rng-dt.el" (0 0 0 0))
28349 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-dt.el
28351 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-dt" '("rng-dt-")))
28353 ;;;***
28354 \f
28355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-loc" "nxml/rng-loc.el" (0 0 0 0))
28356 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-loc.el
28358 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-loc" '("rng-")))
28360 ;;;***
28361 \f
28362 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-maint" "nxml/rng-maint.el" (0 0 0 0))
28363 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-maint.el
28365 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-maint" '("rng-")))
28367 ;;;***
28368 \f
28369 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-match" "nxml/rng-match.el" (0 0 0 0))
28370 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-match.el
28372 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-match" '("rng-")))
28374 ;;;***
28375 \f
28376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (0 0 0 0))
28377 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
28379 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
28380 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
28381 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
28382 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
28384 \(fn)" t nil)
28386 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-nxml" '("rng-")))
28388 ;;;***
28389 \f
28390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-parse" "nxml/rng-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
28391 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-parse.el
28393 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-parse" '("rng-parse-")))
28395 ;;;***
28396 \f
28397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-pttrn" "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" (0 0 0 0))
28398 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-pttrn.el
28400 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-pttrn" '("rng-")))
28402 ;;;***
28403 \f
28404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-uri" "nxml/rng-uri.el" (0 0 0 0))
28405 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-uri.el
28407 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-uri" '("rng-")))
28409 ;;;***
28410 \f
28411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-util" "nxml/rng-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
28412 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-util.el
28414 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-util" '("rng-")))
28416 ;;;***
28417 \f
28418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (0 0 0 0))
28419 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
28421 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
28422 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
28424 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
28425 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
28426 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
28427 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
28428 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
28430 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
28431 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
28432 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
28433 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
28435 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
28436 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
28438 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
28439 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
28440 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
28441 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
28442 to use for finding the schema.
28444 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
28446 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-valid" '("rng-")))
28448 ;;;***
28449 \f
28450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (0 0 0 0))
28451 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
28453 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile #'rng-xsd-compile)
28455 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
28456 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
28457 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
28458 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
28459 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
28460 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls `rng-dt-error'
28461 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
28462 `rng-dt-error' will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
28463 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
28464 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
28465 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
28466 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
28467 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
28468 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
28469 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
28470 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
28471 must be equal.
28473 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
28475 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-xsd" '("rng-xsd-" "xsd-duration-reference-dates")))
28477 ;;;***
28478 \f
28479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (0 0 0 0))
28480 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
28482 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
28483 Define a robin package.
28485 NAME is the string of this robin package.
28486 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
28487 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
28488 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
28490 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
28491 one replaces the old one.
28493 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
28495 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
28496 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
28498 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
28499 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
28500 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
28502 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
28504 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
28505 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
28507 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
28509 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "robin" '("robin-")))
28511 ;;;***
28512 \f
28513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (0 0 0 0))
28514 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
28516 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
28517 ROT13 encrypt OBJECT, a buffer or string.
28518 If OBJECT is a buffer, encrypt the region between START and END.
28519 If OBJECT is a string, encrypt it in its entirety, ignoring START
28520 and END, and return the encrypted string.
28522 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
28524 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
28525 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
28527 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28529 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
28530 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
28532 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28534 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
28535 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
28536 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
28538 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
28539 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
28540 in ROT13.
28542 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
28544 \(fn)" t nil)
28546 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
28547 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
28549 \(fn)" t nil)
28551 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rot13" '("rot13-")))
28553 ;;;***
28554 \f
28555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (0 0 0 0))
28556 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
28559 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
28560 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
28563 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
28564 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
28565 highlighting.
28569 \(fn)" t nil)
28571 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
28572 Toggle ReST minor mode.
28574 If called interactively, enable Rst minor mode if ARG is positive, and
28575 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
28576 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
28577 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
28579 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
28580 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
28581 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
28583 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28585 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rst" '("rst-")))
28587 ;;;***
28588 \f
28589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rtree" "rtree.el" (0 0 0 0))
28590 ;;; Generated autoloads from rtree.el
28592 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rtree" '("rtree-")))
28594 ;;;***
28595 \f
28596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (0 0 0
28597 ;;;;;; 0))
28598 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
28599 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
28601 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
28602 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
28604 \(fn)" t nil)
28606 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\.\\(?:" "rbw?\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|rabl\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\)" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Puppet\\|Berks" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
28608 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
28610 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ruby-mode" '("ruby-")))
28612 ;;;***
28613 \f
28614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
28615 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
28616 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
28618 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
28619 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
28620 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
28622 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
28623 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
28625 If called interactively, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive, and
28626 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
28627 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
28628 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
28630 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28632 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ruler-mode" '("ruler-")))
28634 ;;;***
28635 \f
28636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (0 0 0 0))
28637 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
28639 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
28640 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
28641 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
28642 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
28644 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
28646 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
28647 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
28648 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
28650 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
28651 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
28652 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
28654 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
28655 notation.
28657 STRING
28658 matches string STRING literally.
28660 CHAR
28661 matches character CHAR literally.
28663 `not-newline', `nonl'
28664 matches any character except a newline.
28666 `anything'
28667 matches any character
28669 `(any SET ...)'
28670 `(in SET ...)'
28671 `(char SET ...)'
28672 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
28673 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
28674 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
28676 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
28677 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
28678 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
28679 `word', or one of their synonyms.
28681 `(not (any SET ...))'
28682 matches any character not in SET ...
28684 `line-start', `bol'
28685 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
28686 in the text being matched
28688 `line-end', `eol'
28689 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
28691 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
28692 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
28693 string being matched against.
28695 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
28696 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
28697 string being matched against.
28699 `buffer-start'
28700 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
28701 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
28703 `buffer-end'
28704 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
28705 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
28707 `point'
28708 matches the empty string, but only at point.
28710 `word-start', `bow'
28711 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
28713 `word-end', `eow'
28714 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
28716 `word-boundary'
28717 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
28718 word.
28720 `(not word-boundary)'
28721 `not-word-boundary'
28722 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
28723 word.
28725 `symbol-start'
28726 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
28728 `symbol-end'
28729 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
28731 `digit', `numeric', `num'
28732 matches 0 through 9.
28734 `control', `cntrl'
28735 matches ASCII control characters.
28737 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
28738 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
28740 `blank'
28741 matches horizontal whitespace, as defined by Annex C of the
28742 Unicode Technical Standard #18. In particular, it matches
28743 spaces, tabs, and other characters whose Unicode
28744 `general-category' property indicates they are spacing
28745 separators.
28747 `graphic', `graph'
28748 matches graphic characters--everything except whitespace, ASCII
28749 and non-ASCII control characters, surrogates, and codepoints
28750 unassigned by Unicode.
28752 `printing', `print'
28753 matches whitespace and graphic characters.
28755 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
28756 matches alphabetic characters and digits. For multibyte characters,
28757 it matches characters whose Unicode `general-category' property
28758 indicates they are alphabetic or decimal number characters.
28760 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
28761 matches alphabetic characters. For multibyte characters,
28762 it matches characters whose Unicode `general-category' property
28763 indicates they are alphabetic characters.
28765 `ascii'
28766 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
28768 `nonascii'
28769 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
28771 `lower', `lower-case'
28772 matches anything lower-case, as determined by the current case
28773 table. If `case-fold-search' is non-nil, this also matches any
28774 upper-case letter.
28776 `upper', `upper-case'
28777 matches anything upper-case, as determined by the current case
28778 table. If `case-fold-search' is non-nil, this also matches any
28779 lower-case letter.
28781 `punctuation', `punct'
28782 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
28783 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
28785 `space', `whitespace', `white'
28786 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
28788 `word', `wordchar'
28789 matches anything that has word syntax.
28791 `not-wordchar'
28792 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
28794 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
28795 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
28796 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
28815 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
28816 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
28818 `(category CATEGORY)'
28819 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
28820 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
28862 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
28863 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
28865 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28866 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28867 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28868 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28869 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
28871 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28872 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28873 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
28874 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
28876 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28877 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28878 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
28879 group number N.
28881 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28882 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28883 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
28884 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
28885 regular expression.
28887 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
28888 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
28890 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
28891 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
28893 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
28894 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
28896 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
28897 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
28899 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
28900 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
28901 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
28903 `(* SEXP ...)'
28904 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
28905 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
28907 `(*? SEXP ...)'
28908 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
28909 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
28911 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
28912 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
28913 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
28915 `(+ SEXP ...)'
28916 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
28918 `(+? SEXP ...)'
28919 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
28921 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
28922 `(optional SEXP ...)'
28923 `(opt SEXP ...)'
28924 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
28926 `(? SEXP ...)'
28927 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
28929 `(?? SEXP ...)'
28930 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
28932 `(repeat N SEXP)'
28933 `(= N SEXP ...)'
28934 matches N occurrences.
28936 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
28937 matches N or more occurrences.
28939 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
28940 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
28941 matches N to M occurrences.
28943 `(backref N)'
28944 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
28946 `(eval FORM)'
28947 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
28948 `regexp-quote' it.
28950 `(regexp REGEXP)'
28951 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
28953 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
28955 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rx" '("rx-")))
28957 ;;;***
28958 \f
28959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl" "net/sasl.el" (0 0 0 0))
28960 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl.el
28962 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl" '("sasl-")))
28964 ;;;***
28965 \f
28966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-cram" "net/sasl-cram.el" (0 0 0 0))
28967 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-cram.el
28969 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-cram" '("sasl-cram-md5-")))
28971 ;;;***
28972 \f
28973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-digest" "net/sasl-digest.el" (0 0 0 0))
28974 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-digest.el
28976 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-digest" '("sasl-digest-md5-")))
28978 ;;;***
28979 \f
28980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (0 0 0 0))
28981 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
28982 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
28984 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-ntlm" '("sasl-ntlm-")))
28986 ;;;***
28987 \f
28988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-scram-rfc" "net/sasl-scram-rfc.el" (0
28989 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
28990 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-scram-rfc.el
28992 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-scram-rfc" '("sasl-scram-")))
28994 ;;;***
28995 \f
28996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (0 0 0 0))
28997 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
28998 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
29000 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
29001 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
29002 See the `savehist-mode' command
29003 for a description of this minor mode.
29004 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29005 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29006 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
29008 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
29010 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
29011 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
29013 If called interactively, enable Savehist mode if ARG is positive, and
29014 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
29015 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
29016 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
29018 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
29019 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
29020 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
29021 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
29023 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
29024 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
29025 histories, which is probably undesirable.
29027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29029 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "savehist" '("savehist-")))
29031 ;;;***
29032 \f
29033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "saveplace" "saveplace.el" (0 0 0 0))
29034 ;;; Generated autoloads from saveplace.el
29036 (defvar save-place-mode nil "\
29037 Non-nil if Save-Place mode is enabled.
29038 See the `save-place-mode' command
29039 for a description of this minor mode.
29040 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29041 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29042 or call the function `save-place-mode'.")
29044 (custom-autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" nil)
29046 (autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" "\
29047 Non-nil means automatically save place in each file.
29048 This means when you visit a file, point goes to the last place
29049 where it was when you previously visited the same file.
29051 If called interactively, enable Save-Place mode if ARG is positive, and
29052 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
29053 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
29054 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
29056 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29058 (autoload 'save-place-local-mode "saveplace" "\
29059 Toggle whether to save your place in this file between sessions.
29060 If this mode is enabled, point is recorded when you kill the buffer
29061 or exit Emacs. Visiting this file again will go to that position,
29062 even in a later Emacs session.
29064 If called interactively, enable Save-Place-Local mode if ARG is positive, and
29065 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
29066 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
29067 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
29069 To save places automatically in all files, put this in your init
29070 file:
29072 \(save-place-mode 1)
29074 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29076 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "saveplace" '("load-save-place-alist-from-file" "save-place")))
29078 ;;;***
29079 \f
29080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sb-image" "sb-image.el" (0 0 0 0))
29081 ;;; Generated autoloads from sb-image.el
29083 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sb-image" '("defimage-speedbar" "speedbar-")))
29085 ;;;***
29086 \f
29087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
29088 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
29090 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
29091 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
29092 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
29094 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
29095 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
29096 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
29097 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
29099 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
29101 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
29103 Commands:
29104 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29105 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
29108 \(fn)" t nil)
29110 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
29111 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
29112 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
29114 Commands:
29115 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29116 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
29118 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
29119 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
29120 that variable's value is a string.
29122 \(fn)" t nil)
29124 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scheme" '("dsssl-" "scheme-")))
29126 ;;;***
29127 \f
29128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
29129 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
29131 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
29132 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
29133 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
29137 \(fn)" t nil)
29139 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "score-mode" '("gnus-score-" "score-mode-")))
29141 ;;;***
29142 \f
29143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (0 0 0 0))
29144 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
29146 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
29147 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
29148 See the `scroll-all-mode' command
29149 for a description of this minor mode.
29150 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29151 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29152 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
29154 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
29156 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
29157 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
29159 If called interactively, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is positive, and
29160 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
29161 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
29162 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
29164 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
29165 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
29167 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29169 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scroll-all" '("scroll-all-")))
29171 ;;;***
29172 \f
29173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-bar" "scroll-bar.el" (0 0 0 0))
29174 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-bar.el
29176 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scroll-bar" '("get-scroll-bar-mode" "horizontal-scroll-bar" "previous-scroll-bar-mode" "scroll-bar-" "set-scroll-bar-mode" "toggle-")))
29178 ;;;***
29179 \f
29180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (0 0 0 0))
29181 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
29183 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
29184 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
29186 If called interactively, enable Scroll-Lock mode if ARG is positive, and
29187 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
29188 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
29189 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
29191 When enabled, keys that normally move point by line or paragraph
29192 will scroll the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead
29193 and point will be kept vertically fixed relative to window
29194 boundaries during scrolling.
29196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29198 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scroll-lock" '("scroll-lock-")))
29200 ;;;***
29201 \f
29202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (0 0 0 0))
29203 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
29204 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
29205 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
29207 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "secrets" '("secrets-")))
29209 ;;;***
29210 \f
29211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (0 0 0 0))
29212 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
29213 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
29215 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
29216 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
29217 The possible elements of this list include the following:
29219 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
29220 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
29221 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
29222 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
29223 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
29224 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
29225 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
29226 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
29227 keybinding for tag names.
29228 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
29229 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
29230 of the symbol under point.
29231 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
29232 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
29233 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
29234 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
29235 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
29236 syntax tokens.
29237 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
29239 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
29241 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
29242 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
29243 See the `semantic-mode' command
29244 for a description of this minor mode.
29245 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29246 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29247 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
29249 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
29251 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
29252 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
29254 If called interactively, enable Semantic mode if ARG is positive, and
29255 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
29256 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
29257 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
29259 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
29260 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
29261 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
29262 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
29263 Semantic mode.
29267 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29269 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic" '("bovinate" "semantic-")))
29271 ;;;***
29272 \f
29273 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/analyze"
29274 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" (0 0 0 0))
29275 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze.el
29277 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze" '("semantic-a")))
29279 ;;;***
29280 \f
29281 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/analyze/complete"
29282 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" (0 0 0 0))
29283 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el
29285 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/complete" '("semantic-analyze-")))
29287 ;;;***
29288 \f
29289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/analyze/debug" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
29290 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29291 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el
29293 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/debug" '("semantic-analyze")))
29295 ;;;***
29296 \f
29297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/analyze/fcn" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
29298 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29299 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el
29301 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/fcn" '("semantic-analyze-")))
29303 ;;;***
29304 \f
29305 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/analyze/refs"
29306 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" (0 0 0 0))
29307 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el
29309 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/refs" '("semantic-")))
29311 ;;;***
29312 \f
29313 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine"
29314 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" (0 0 0 0))
29315 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine.el
29317 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine" '("semantic-")))
29319 ;;;***
29320 \f
29321 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/c"
29322 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" (0 0 0 0))
29323 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el
29325 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/c" '("c++-mode" "c-mode" "semantic")))
29327 ;;;***
29328 \f
29329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/debug" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
29330 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29331 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el
29333 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/debug" '("semantic-")))
29335 ;;;***
29336 \f
29337 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/el"
29338 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" (0 0 0 0))
29339 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el
29341 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/el" '("emacs-lisp-mode" "lisp-mode" "semantic-")))
29343 ;;;***
29344 \f
29345 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/gcc"
29346 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" (0 0 0 0))
29347 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el
29349 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/gcc" '("semantic-")))
29351 ;;;***
29352 \f
29353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
29354 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29355 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
29357 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
29358 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
29360 \(fn)" t nil)
29362 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/grammar" '("bovine-")))
29364 ;;;***
29365 \f
29366 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/make"
29367 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" (0 0 0 0))
29368 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el
29370 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/make" '("makefile-mode" "semantic-")))
29372 ;;;***
29373 \f
29374 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/scm"
29375 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" (0 0 0 0))
29376 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el
29378 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/scm" '("semantic-")))
29380 ;;;***
29381 \f
29382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/chart" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
29383 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29384 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/chart.el
29386 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/chart" '("semantic-chart-")))
29388 ;;;***
29389 \f
29390 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/complete"
29391 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" (0 0 0 0))
29392 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/complete.el
29394 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/complete" '("semantic-")))
29396 ;;;***
29397 \f
29398 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/ctxt"
29399 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" (0 0 0 0))
29400 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ctxt.el
29402 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ctxt" '("semantic-")))
29404 ;;;***
29405 \f
29406 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db"
29407 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" (0 0 0 0))
29408 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db.el
29410 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db" '("semanticdb-")))
29412 ;;;***
29413 \f
29414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-debug" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
29415 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29416 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-debug.el
29418 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-debug" '("semanticdb-")))
29420 ;;;***
29421 \f
29422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-ebrowse" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
29423 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29424 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el
29426 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-ebrowse" '("c++-mode" "semanticdb-")))
29428 ;;;***
29429 \f
29430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
29431 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29432 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-el.el
29434 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-el" '("emacs-lisp-mode" "semanticdb-")))
29436 ;;;***
29437 \f
29438 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-file"
29439 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
29440 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-file.el
29442 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-file" '("semanticdb-")))
29444 ;;;***
29445 \f
29446 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-find"
29447 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" (0 0 0 0))
29448 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-find.el
29450 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-find" '("semanticdb-")))
29452 ;;;***
29453 \f
29454 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-global"
29455 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" (0 0 0 0))
29456 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-global.el
29458 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-global" '("semanticdb-")))
29460 ;;;***
29461 \f
29462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-javascript" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
29463 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29464 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el
29466 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-javascript" '("javascript-mode" "semanticdb-")))
29468 ;;;***
29469 \f
29470 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-mode"
29471 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
29472 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-mode.el
29474 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-mode" '("semanticdb-")))
29476 ;;;***
29477 \f
29478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-ref" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el"
29479 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29480 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-ref.el
29482 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-ref" '("semanticdb-ref-")))
29484 ;;;***
29485 \f
29486 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-typecache"
29487 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el" (0 0 0 0))
29488 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el
29490 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-typecache" '("semanticdb-")))
29492 ;;;***
29493 \f
29494 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/debug"
29495 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/debug.el" (0 0 0 0))
29496 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/debug.el
29498 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/debug" '("semantic-debug-")))
29500 ;;;***
29501 \f
29502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/decorate" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
29503 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29504 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/decorate.el
29506 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/decorate" '("semantic-")))
29508 ;;;***
29509 \f
29510 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/decorate/include"
29511 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" (0 0 0 0))
29512 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el
29514 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/decorate/include" '("semantic-decoration-")))
29516 ;;;***
29517 \f
29518 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/decorate/mode"
29519 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
29520 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el
29522 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/decorate/mode" '("define-semantic-decoration-style" "semantic-")))
29524 ;;;***
29525 \f
29526 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/dep"
29527 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" (0 0 0 0))
29528 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/dep.el
29530 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/dep" '("defcustom-mode-local-semantic-dependency-system-include-path" "semantic-")))
29532 ;;;***
29533 \f
29534 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/doc"
29535 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/doc.el" (0 0 0 0))
29536 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/doc.el
29538 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/doc" '("semantic-doc")))
29540 ;;;***
29541 \f
29542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/ede-grammar" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
29543 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29544 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el
29546 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ede-grammar" '("semantic-ede-")))
29548 ;;;***
29549 \f
29550 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/edit"
29551 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
29552 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/edit.el
29554 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/edit" '("semantic-")))
29556 ;;;***
29557 \f
29558 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/find"
29559 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/find.el" (0 0 0 0))
29560 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/find.el
29562 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/find" '("semantic-")))
29564 ;;;***
29565 \f
29566 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/format"
29567 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/format.el" (0 0 0 0))
29568 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/format.el
29570 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/format" '("semantic-")))
29572 ;;;***
29573 \f
29574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/fw" "cedet/semantic/fw.el" (0 0 0
29575 ;;;;;; 0))
29576 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/fw.el
29578 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/fw" '("semantic")))
29580 ;;;***
29581 \f
29582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/grammar" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
29583 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29584 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/grammar.el
29586 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/grammar" '("semantic-")))
29588 ;;;***
29589 \f
29590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/grammar-wy" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el"
29591 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29592 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el
29594 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/grammar-wy" '("semantic-grammar-wy--")))
29596 ;;;***
29597 \f
29598 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/html"
29599 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" (0 0 0 0))
29600 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/html.el
29602 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/html" '("html-helper-mode" "semantic-")))
29604 ;;;***
29605 \f
29606 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/ia"
29607 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ia.el" (0 0 0 0))
29608 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ia.el
29610 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ia" '("semantic-ia-")))
29612 ;;;***
29613 \f
29614 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/ia-sb"
29615 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" (0 0 0 0))
29616 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el
29618 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ia-sb" '("semantic-ia-s")))
29620 ;;;***
29621 \f
29622 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/idle"
29623 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" (0 0 0 0))
29624 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/idle.el
29626 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/idle" '("define-semantic-idle-service" "global-semantic-idle-summary-mode" "semantic-")))
29628 ;;;***
29629 \f
29630 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/imenu"
29631 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" (0 0 0 0))
29632 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/imenu.el
29634 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/imenu" '("semantic-")))
29636 ;;;***
29637 \f
29638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/java" "cedet/semantic/java.el" (0
29639 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
29640 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/java.el
29642 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/java" '("semantic-")))
29644 ;;;***
29645 \f
29646 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/lex"
29647 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex.el" (0 0 0 0))
29648 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/lex.el
29650 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/lex" '("define-lex" "semantic-")))
29652 ;;;***
29653 \f
29654 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/lex-spp"
29655 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" (0 0 0 0))
29656 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el
29658 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/lex-spp" '("define-lex-spp-" "semantic-lex-")))
29660 ;;;***
29661 \f
29662 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/mru-bookmark"
29663 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" (0 0 0 0))
29664 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el
29666 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/mru-bookmark" '("global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode" "semantic-")))
29668 ;;;***
29669 \f
29670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/sb" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" (0 0 0
29671 ;;;;;; 0))
29672 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/sb.el
29674 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/sb" '("semantic-sb-")))
29676 ;;;***
29677 \f
29678 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/scope"
29679 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/scope.el" (0 0 0 0))
29680 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/scope.el
29682 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/scope" '("semantic-")))
29684 ;;;***
29685 \f
29686 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/senator"
29687 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" (0 0 0 0))
29688 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/senator.el
29690 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/senator" '("semantic-up-reference" "senator-")))
29692 ;;;***
29693 \f
29694 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/sort"
29695 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" (0 0 0 0))
29696 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/sort.el
29698 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/sort" '("semantic-")))
29700 ;;;***
29701 \f
29702 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref"
29703 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref.el" (0 0 0 0))
29704 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref.el
29706 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref" '("semantic-symref-")))
29708 ;;;***
29709 \f
29710 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/cscope"
29711 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" (0 0 0 0))
29712 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el
29714 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/cscope" '("semantic-symref-cscope--line-re")))
29716 ;;;***
29717 \f
29718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/symref/filter" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
29719 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29720 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el
29722 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/filter" '("semantic-symref-")))
29724 ;;;***
29725 \f
29726 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/global"
29727 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" (0 0 0 0))
29728 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/global.el
29730 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/global" '("semantic-symref-global--line-re")))
29732 ;;;***
29733 \f
29734 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/grep"
29735 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" (0 0 0 0))
29736 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el
29738 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/grep" '("semantic-symref-")))
29740 ;;;***
29741 \f
29742 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/idutils"
29743 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" (0 0 0 0))
29744 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el
29746 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/idutils" '("semantic-symref-idutils--line-re")))
29748 ;;;***
29749 \f
29750 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/list"
29751 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" (0 0 0 0))
29752 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/list.el
29754 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/list" '("semantic-symref-")))
29756 ;;;***
29757 \f
29758 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag"
29759 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" (0 0 0 0))
29760 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag.el
29762 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag" '("semantic-")))
29764 ;;;***
29765 \f
29766 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag-file"
29767 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
29768 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag-file.el
29770 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag-file" '("semantic-prototype-file")))
29772 ;;;***
29773 \f
29774 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag-ls"
29775 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" (0 0 0 0))
29776 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el
29778 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag-ls" '("semantic-")))
29780 ;;;***
29781 \f
29782 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag-write"
29783 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el" (0 0 0 0))
29784 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag-write.el
29786 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag-write" '("semantic-tag-write-")))
29788 ;;;***
29789 \f
29790 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/texi"
29791 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/texi.el" (0 0 0 0))
29792 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/texi.el
29794 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/texi" '("semantic-")))
29796 ;;;***
29797 \f
29798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/util" "cedet/semantic/util.el" (0
29799 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
29800 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/util.el
29802 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/util" '("semantic-")))
29804 ;;;***
29805 \f
29806 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/util-modes"
29807 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el" (0 0 0 0))
29808 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/util-modes.el
29810 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/util-modes" '("semantic-")))
29812 ;;;***
29813 \f
29814 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el"
29815 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29816 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent.el
29818 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent" '("define-wisent-lexer" "wisent-")))
29820 ;;;***
29821 \f
29822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/comp" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
29823 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29824 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el
29826 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/comp" '("wisent-")))
29828 ;;;***
29829 \f
29830 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
29831 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29832 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
29834 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
29835 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
29837 \(fn)" t nil)
29839 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/grammar" '("wisent-")))
29841 ;;;***
29842 \f
29843 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/wisent/java-tags"
29844 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" (0 0 0 0))
29845 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el
29847 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/java-tags" '("semantic-" "wisent-java-parse-error")))
29849 ;;;***
29850 \f
29851 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/wisent/javascript"
29852 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el" (0 0 0 0))
29853 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el
29855 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/javascript" '("js-mode" "semantic-" "wisent-javascript-jv-expand-tag")))
29857 ;;;***
29858 \f
29859 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/wisent/python"
29860 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" (0 0 0 0))
29861 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el
29863 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/python" '("python-" "semantic-" "wisent-python-")))
29865 ;;;***
29866 \f
29867 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/wisent" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
29868 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29869 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el
29871 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/wisent" '("$action" "$nterm" "$region" "wisent-")))
29873 ;;;***
29874 \f
29875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
29876 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
29878 (defvar mail-from-style 'angles "\
29881 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
29882 king@grassland.com
29883 If `parens', they look like:
29884 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
29885 If `angles', they look like:
29886 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
29888 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
29889 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
29891 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
29893 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
29894 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
29895 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
29896 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
29898 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
29899 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
29900 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
29901 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
29903 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
29905 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
29906 Non-nil means insert Bcc to self in messages to be sent.
29907 This is done when the message is initialized,
29908 so you can remove or alter the Bcc field to override the default.")
29910 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
29912 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
29913 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
29914 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
29916 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
29918 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
29919 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
29920 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
29921 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
29922 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
29923 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
29924 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
29926 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
29928 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
29929 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
29931 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
29933 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
29934 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
29935 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
29936 be a Babyl file.")
29938 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
29940 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
29941 Address to insert as default Reply-To field of outgoing messages.
29942 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
29943 when you first send mail.")
29945 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
29947 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
29948 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
29949 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
29950 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
29951 This file need not actually exist.")
29953 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
29955 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
29956 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
29958 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
29960 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
29961 Alist of mail address aliases,
29962 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
29963 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
29964 can specify a different file name.)
29965 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
29966 alias ALIAS MEANING")
29968 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
29969 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
29970 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
29972 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
29974 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
29975 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
29976 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
29978 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
29980 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
29981 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
29982 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
29983 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
29984 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
29985 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
29986 in the cited portion of the message.
29988 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
29989 instead of no action.")
29991 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
29993 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ \11]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ \11]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
29994 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
29995 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
29996 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
29997 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
29999 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
30001 (defvar mail-signature t "\
30002 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
30003 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
30004 If a string, that string is inserted.
30006 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
30007 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
30008 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
30010 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
30012 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
30013 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
30015 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
30017 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
30018 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
30019 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
30021 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
30022 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
30024 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
30026 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
30027 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
30028 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
30029 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
30031 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
30033 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
30034 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
30035 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
30037 \(fn)" nil nil)
30039 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
30041 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
30044 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
30046 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
30047 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
30048 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
30053 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
30065 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
30066 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
30068 \(fn)" t nil)
30070 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
30071 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
30073 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
30075 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
30077 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
30078 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
30079 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
30080 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
30081 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
30082 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
30084 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
30085 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
30086 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
30088 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
30089 User should not set this variable manually,
30090 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
30091 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
30092 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
30094 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
30095 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
30096 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
30097 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
30099 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
30100 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
30105 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
30106 to move to message header fields:
30109 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a Bcc to yourself is inserted
30110 when the message is initialized.
30112 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
30113 a Reply-To: field with that address is inserted.
30115 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an Fcc field with that file name
30116 is inserted.
30118 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
30119 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
30121 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
30122 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
30123 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
30124 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
30125 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
30126 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
30127 buffer without erasing the contents.
30129 The second through fifth arguments,
30130 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
30131 the initial contents of those header fields.
30132 These arguments should not have final newlines.
30133 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
30134 original message being replied to, or else an action
30135 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
30136 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
30137 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
30138 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
30139 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
30140 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
30142 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
30144 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
30145 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
30147 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
30149 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
30150 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
30152 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
30154 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sendmail" '("mail-" "sendmail-")))
30156 ;;;***
30157 \f
30158 ;;;### (autoloads nil "seq" "emacs-lisp/seq.el" (0 0 0 0))
30159 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/seq.el
30160 (push (purecopy '(seq 2 20)) package--builtin-versions)
30162 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "seq" '("seq-")))
30164 ;;;***
30165 \f
30166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (0 0 0 0))
30167 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
30169 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
30171 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
30173 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
30175 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
30176 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
30177 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
30179 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
30182 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
30183 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
30185 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
30186 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
30187 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
30192 To check from a Lisp program whether a server is running, use
30193 the `server-process' variable.
30195 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
30197 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
30198 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
30199 If server is running, it is first stopped.
30200 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
30202 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
30204 (defvar server-mode nil "\
30205 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
30206 See the `server-mode' command
30207 for a description of this minor mode.
30208 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30209 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30210 or call the function `server-mode'.")
30212 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
30214 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
30215 Toggle Server mode.
30217 If called interactively, enable Server mode if ARG is positive, and
30218 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
30219 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
30220 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
30222 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
30223 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
30224 `server-start' for details.
30226 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30228 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
30229 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
30230 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
30232 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
30233 only these files will be asked to be saved.
30235 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
30237 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "server" '("server-")))
30239 ;;;***
30240 \f
30241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (0 0 0 0))
30242 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
30244 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
30245 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
30247 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
30248 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
30249 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
30250 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
30251 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
30253 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
30254 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
30255 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
30256 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
30257 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
30258 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
30260 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
30261 displayed.
30263 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
30264 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
30265 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
30268 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
30270 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
30271 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
30274 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
30275 part):
30277 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
30278 formula:
30281 \(fn)" t nil)
30283 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ses" '("1value" "noreturn" "ses")))
30285 ;;;***
30286 \f
30287 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (0 0 0
30288 ;;;;;; 0))
30289 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
30291 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
30292 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
30293 Makes > match <.
30295 `sgml-quick-keys'.
30297 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
30298 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
30299 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
30302 in your init file.
30310 \(fn)" t nil)
30312 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
30313 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
30314 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
30315 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
30317 which this is based.
30319 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
30321 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
30322 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
30323 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
30324 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
30326 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
30327 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
30328 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
30330 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
30331 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
30332 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
30333 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
30338 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
30342 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
30343 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
30344 To work around that, do:
30349 \(fn)" t nil)
30351 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sgml-mode" '("html-" "sgml-")))
30353 ;;;***
30354 \f
30355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (0 0 0
30356 ;;;;;; 0))
30357 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
30358 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
30359 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
30361 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
30362 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
30363 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
30364 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
30365 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
30366 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
30368 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
30369 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
30370 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
30371 shell-specific features. Shell script files can use the `sh-shell' local
30372 variable to indicate the shell variant to be used for the file.
30374 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
30375 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
30376 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
30389 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
30393 would indent to the way it currently is.
30395 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
30404 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
30405 unquoted < insert a here document. You can control this behavior by
30406 modifying `sh-mode-hook'.
30408 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
30409 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
30410 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
30413 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
30415 \(fn)" t nil)
30417 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
30419 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sh-script" '("sh-")))
30421 ;;;***
30422 \f
30423 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (0 0 0 0))
30424 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
30426 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
30427 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
30429 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
30430 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
30431 else prints messages listing any shadows.
30433 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
30434 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
30435 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
30437 the earlier.
30439 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
30443 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
30444 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
30447 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
30448 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
30450 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
30451 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
30452 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
30453 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
30454 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
30455 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
30456 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
30457 Emacs version).
30459 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
30460 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
30461 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
30462 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
30463 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
30465 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
30466 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
30468 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
30470 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shadow" '("load-path-shadows-")))
30472 ;;;***
30473 \f
30474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (0 0 0 0))
30475 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
30477 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
30478 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
30479 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
30480 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
30481 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
30482 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
30483 sites in the cluster.
30485 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
30487 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
30488 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
30489 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
30490 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
30491 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
30493 \(fn)" t nil)
30495 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
30496 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
30497 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
30498 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
30499 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
30500 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
30501 `shadow-define-cluster').
30503 \(fn)" t nil)
30505 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
30506 Set up file shadowing.
30508 \(fn)" t nil)
30510 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shadowfile" '("shadow")))
30512 ;;;***
30513 \f
30514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (0 0 0 0))
30515 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
30518 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
30519 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
30520 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
30521 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
30522 arguments.")
30524 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
30526 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
30527 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
30528 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
30529 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
30530 to change if called with a prefix arg.
30532 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
30533 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
30534 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
30535 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
30536 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
30537 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
30538 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
30539 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
30540 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
30541 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
30542 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
30544 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30547 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
30548 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30549 `default-process-coding-system'.
30551 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
30552 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
30553 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
30554 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
30558 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30560 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shell" '("dirs" "explicit-" "shell-")))
30562 ;;;***
30563 \f
30564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (0 0 0 0))
30565 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
30567 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
30568 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
30570 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30572 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
30573 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
30574 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
30575 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
30577 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
30579 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shr" '("shr-")))
30581 ;;;***
30582 \f
30583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr-color" "net/shr-color.el" (0 0 0 0))
30584 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr-color.el
30586 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shr-color" '("shr-color-")))
30588 ;;;***
30589 \f
30590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "net/sieve.el" (0 0 0 0))
30591 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sieve.el
30593 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
30596 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
30598 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
30601 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
30603 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
30606 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
30608 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
30611 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
30613 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sieve" '("sieve-")))
30615 ;;;***
30616 \f
30617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-manage" "net/sieve-manage.el" (0 0 0
30618 ;;;;;; 0))
30619 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sieve-manage.el
30621 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sieve-manage" '("sieve-")))
30623 ;;;***
30624 \f
30625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "net/sieve-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
30626 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sieve-mode.el
30628 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
30629 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
30630 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
30631 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
30632 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
30634 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
30636 \(fn)" t nil)
30638 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sieve-mode" '("sieve-")))
30640 ;;;***
30641 \f
30642 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (0 0 0 0))
30643 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
30645 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
30646 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
30648 Variables controlling indentation style:
30649 `simula-tab-always-indent'
30650 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
30651 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30652 `simula-indent-level'
30653 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
30654 `simula-substatement-offset'
30655 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
30656 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
30657 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
30658 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
30659 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
30660 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
30661 `simula-label-offset' -4711
30662 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
30663 `simula-if-indent' (0 . 0)
30664 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
30665 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
30666 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
30667 `simula-inspect-indent' (0 . 0)
30668 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
30669 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
30670 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
30671 `simula-electric-indent' nil
30672 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
30673 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
30674 `simula-abbrev-keyword' `upcase'
30675 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
30676 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
30677 or nil if they should not be changed.
30678 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' `abbrev-table'
30679 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
30680 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
30681 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
30683 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
30684 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
30686 \(fn)" t nil)
30688 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "simula" '("simula-")))
30690 ;;;***
30691 \f
30692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (0 0 0 0))
30693 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
30695 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
30696 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
30698 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
30699 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
30700 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
30701 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
30703 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
30705 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
30707 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
30708 Insert SKELETON.
30709 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
30710 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
30711 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
30712 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
30715 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
30716 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
30718 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
30720 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
30721 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
30723 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
30724 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
30725 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
30726 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
30728 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
30729 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
30730 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
30731 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
30733 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
30734 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
30735 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
30737 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point, add
30738 a newline (unless `skeleton-end-newline' is nil) and run the hook
30739 `skeleton-end-hook'.
30741 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
30742 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
30744 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
30745 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
30748 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
30749 is at bol/eol
30750 _ interesting point, interregion here
30751 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
30752 interesting point set by _
30753 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
30754 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
30755 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
30756 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
30757 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
30758 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
30759 nil skipped
30761 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
30762 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
30765 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
30767 as the first element when at bol.
30769 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
30770 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
30771 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
30773 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
30775 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
30776 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
30778 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
30779 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
30780 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
30781 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
30782 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
30783 available:
30785 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
30786 then: insert previously read string once more
30787 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
30788 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
30789 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
30791 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
30793 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
30794 Insert the character you type ARG times.
30796 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
30797 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
30798 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
30799 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
30800 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
30801 such as backslash.
30803 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
30804 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and (grave
30805 accent, apostrophe) for the paired ones, and the same character
30806 twice for the others.
30808 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
30810 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "skeleton" '("skeleton-")))
30812 ;;;***
30813 \f
30814 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
30815 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
30817 (autoload 'smerge-refine-regions "smerge-mode" "\
30818 Show fine differences in the two regions BEG1..END1 and BEG2..END2.
30819 PROPS-C is an alist of properties to put (via overlays) on the changes.
30820 PROPS-R is an alist of properties to put on removed characters.
30821 PROPS-A is an alist of properties to put on added characters.
30822 If PROPS-R and PROPS-A are nil, put PROPS-C on all changes.
30823 If PROPS-C is nil, but PROPS-R and PROPS-A are non-nil,
30824 put PROPS-A on added characters, PROPS-R on removed characters.
30825 If PROPS-C, PROPS-R and PROPS-A are non-nil, put PROPS-C on changed characters,
30826 PROPS-A on added characters, and PROPS-R on removed characters.
30828 If non-nil, PREPROC is called with no argument in a buffer that contains
30829 a copy of a region, just before preparing it to for `diff'. It can be
30830 used to replace chars to try and eliminate some spurious differences.
30832 \(fn BEG1 END1 BEG2 END2 PROPS-C &optional PREPROC PROPS-R PROPS-A)" nil nil)
30834 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
30835 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
30836 NAME-UPPER, NAME-LOWER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
30837 buffer names.
30839 \(fn &optional NAME-UPPER NAME-LOWER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
30841 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
30842 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
30844 If called interactively, enable Smerge mode if ARG is positive, and
30845 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
30846 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
30847 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
30851 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30853 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
30854 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
30855 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
30857 \(fn)" t nil)
30859 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smerge-mode" '("smerge-")))
30861 ;;;***
30862 \f
30863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smie" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" (0 0 0 0))
30864 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/smie.el
30866 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smie" '("smie-")))
30868 ;;;***
30869 \f
30870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (0 0 0 0))
30871 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
30873 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
30874 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
30875 A list of images is returned.
30877 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30879 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
30880 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
30881 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
30883 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30885 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smiley" '("gnus-smiley-file-types" "smiley-")))
30887 ;;;***
30888 \f
30889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smime" "gnus/smime.el" (0 0 0 0))
30890 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smime.el
30892 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smime" '("smime")))
30894 ;;;***
30895 \f
30896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
30897 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
30899 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
30902 \(fn)" nil nil)
30904 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
30905 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
30907 \(fn)" t nil)
30909 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smtpmail" '("smtpmail-")))
30911 ;;;***
30912 \f
30913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (0 0 0 0))
30914 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
30916 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
30917 Play the Snake game.
30918 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
30920 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
30922 Snake mode keybindings:
30932 \(fn)" t nil)
30934 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "snake" '("snake-")))
30936 ;;;***
30937 \f
30938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
30939 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
30941 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
30942 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
30943 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
30944 Tab indents for C code.
30945 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
30946 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30948 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
30949 `snmp-mode-hook'.
30951 \(fn)" t nil)
30953 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
30954 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
30955 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
30956 Tab indents for C code.
30957 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
30958 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30960 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
30961 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
30963 \(fn)" t nil)
30965 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "snmp-mode" '("snmp")))
30967 ;;;***
30968 \f
30969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soap-client" "net/soap-client.el" (0 0 0 0))
30970 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/soap-client.el
30971 (push (purecopy '(soap-client 3 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
30973 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "soap-client" '("soap-")))
30975 ;;;***
30976 \f
30977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soap-inspect" "net/soap-inspect.el" (0 0 0
30978 ;;;;;; 0))
30979 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/soap-inspect.el
30981 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "soap-inspect" '("soap-")))
30983 ;;;***
30984 \f
30985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "socks" "net/socks.el" (0 0 0 0))
30986 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/socks.el
30988 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "socks" '("socks-")))
30990 ;;;***
30991 \f
30992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (0 0 0 0))
30993 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
30995 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
30996 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
30997 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
30998 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
30999 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
31001 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
31003 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31005 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "solar" '("calendar-" "diary-sunrise-sunset" "solar-")))
31007 ;;;***
31008 \f
31009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (0 0 0 0))
31010 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
31012 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
31013 Play Solitaire.
31017 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
31021 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
31022 check after each move or undo.)
31024 What is Solitaire?
31026 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
31027 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
31028 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
31030 Le Solitaire
31031 ============
31033 o o o
31035 o o o
31037 o o o o o o o
31039 o o o . o o o
31041 o o o o o o o
31043 o o o
31045 o o o
31047 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
31048 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
31049 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
31050 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
31052 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
31053 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
31054 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
31055 this: o o .
31057 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
31058 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
31060 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
31062 o o o
31064 . o o
31066 o o . o o o o
31068 o . o o o o o
31070 o o o o o o o
31072 o o o
31074 o o o
31076 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
31080 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31082 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "solitaire" '("solitaire-")))
31084 ;;;***
31085 \f
31086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (0 0 0 0))
31087 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
31088 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
31090 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
31091 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
31093 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
31094 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
31095 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
31096 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
31097 contiguous.
31099 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
31100 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
31101 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
31102 the sort order.
31104 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
31105 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
31107 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
31108 It moves point to the start of the next record.
31109 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
31110 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
31111 is called.
31113 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
31114 It should move point to the end of the record.
31116 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
31117 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
31118 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
31119 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
31120 starts at the beginning of the record.
31122 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
31123 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
31124 same as ENDRECFUN.
31126 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
31127 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
31128 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
31129 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
31130 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
31131 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
31132 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
31134 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
31136 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
31137 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
31138 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
31139 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
31140 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
31141 the sort order.
31143 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
31145 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
31146 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
31147 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
31148 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
31149 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
31150 the sort order.
31152 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
31154 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
31155 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
31156 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
31157 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
31158 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
31159 the sort order.
31161 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
31162 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
31164 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
31165 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
31166 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
31167 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
31169 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
31170 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
31171 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
31172 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
31174 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
31176 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
31177 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
31178 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
31179 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
31180 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
31181 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
31182 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
31183 the sort order.
31185 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
31187 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
31188 Sort the text in the region lexicographically.
31189 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
31190 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
31192 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
31195 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
31196 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
31198 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
31200 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
31201 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
31202 found within a record, that record is ignored.
31204 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
31206 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
31207 the sort order.
31209 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
31213 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
31215 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
31216 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
31217 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
31218 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
31219 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
31220 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
31221 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
31222 the sort order.
31224 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
31225 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
31226 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
31227 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
31230 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
31232 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
31233 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
31234 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
31236 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
31238 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
31239 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
31240 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
31241 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
31242 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
31243 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
31244 each repeated line.
31246 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
31247 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
31248 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
31249 on large regions that have already been sorted.
31251 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
31252 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
31254 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
31255 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
31257 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
31259 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sort" '("sort-")))
31261 ;;;***
31262 \f
31263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soundex" "soundex.el" (0 0 0 0))
31264 ;;; Generated autoloads from soundex.el
31266 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "soundex" '("soundex")))
31268 ;;;***
31269 \f
31270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (0 0 0 0))
31271 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
31273 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
31274 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
31275 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
31276 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
31277 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
31278 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
31280 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
31282 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam" '("spam-")))
31284 ;;;***
31285 \f
31286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (0 0 0
31287 ;;;;;; 0))
31288 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
31290 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
31291 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
31293 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
31294 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
31295 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
31297 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
31299 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
31300 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
31301 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
31302 server.
31304 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
31306 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
31307 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
31308 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
31310 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
31312 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
31313 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
31315 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
31316 Agent is plugged.
31318 \(fn)" t nil)
31320 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
31321 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
31322 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
31325 \(fn)" t nil)
31327 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam-report" '("spam-report-")))
31329 ;;;***
31330 \f
31331 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-stat" "gnus/spam-stat.el" (0 0 0 0))
31332 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-stat.el
31334 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam-stat" '("spam-stat" "with-spam-stat-max-buffer-size")))
31336 ;;;***
31337 \f
31338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-wash" "gnus/spam-wash.el" (0 0 0 0))
31339 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-wash.el
31341 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam-wash" '("spam-")))
31343 ;;;***
31344 \f
31345 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (0 0 0 0))
31346 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
31348 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
31350 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
31351 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
31352 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
31353 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
31354 supported at a time.
31355 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
31356 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
31358 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31360 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
31361 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
31362 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
31363 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
31365 \(fn)" t nil)
31367 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "speedbar" '("speedbar-")))
31369 ;;;***
31370 \f
31371 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (0 0 0 0))
31372 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
31374 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
31375 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
31377 \(fn)" t nil)
31379 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
31380 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
31382 \(fn)" nil nil)
31384 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spook" '("spook-phrase")))
31386 ;;;***
31387 \f
31388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (0 0 0 0))
31389 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
31390 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 6)) package--builtin-versions)
31392 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
31393 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
31395 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
31396 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
31397 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
31398 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
31399 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
31400 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
31401 of the current highlighting list.
31403 For example:
31408 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
31409 `_t' as data types.
31411 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
31413 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
31414 Major mode to edit SQL.
31416 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
31418 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
31421 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
31423 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
31424 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
31427 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
31430 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
31431 `sql-interactive-mode'.
31433 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
31434 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
31435 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
31438 (lambda ()
31441 \(fn)" t nil)
31443 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
31444 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
31446 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
31447 their settings.
31449 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
31450 is specified in the connection settings.
31452 \(fn CONNECTION &optional BUF-NAME)" t nil)
31454 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
31455 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
31457 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31458 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
31460 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
31467 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
31469 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
31470 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
31472 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31473 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31474 `*SQL*'.
31476 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
31477 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
31478 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
31479 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
31481 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31482 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31487 buffer.
31489 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31492 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31493 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31494 `default-process-coding-system'.
31498 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31500 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
31501 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
31503 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31504 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31505 `*SQL*'.
31507 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
31508 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
31509 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
31510 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
31512 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31513 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31518 buffer.
31520 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31523 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31524 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31525 `default-process-coding-system'.
31529 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31531 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
31532 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
31534 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31535 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31536 `*SQL*'.
31538 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
31539 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
31541 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31542 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31547 buffer.
31549 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31552 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31553 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31554 `default-process-coding-system'.
31558 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31560 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
31561 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
31563 SQLite is free software.
31565 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31566 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31567 `*SQL*'.
31569 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
31570 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
31571 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
31572 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
31574 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31575 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31580 buffer.
31582 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31585 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31586 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31587 `default-process-coding-system'.
31591 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31593 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
31594 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
31596 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
31598 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31599 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31600 `*SQL*'.
31602 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
31603 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
31604 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
31605 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
31607 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31608 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31613 buffer.
31615 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31618 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31619 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31620 `default-process-coding-system'.
31624 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31626 (autoload 'sql-mariadb "sql" "\
31627 Run mysql by MariaDB as an inferior process.
31629 MariaDB is free software.
31631 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31632 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31633 `*SQL*'.
31635 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mariadb-program'. Login uses
31636 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
31637 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
31638 can be stored in the list `sql-mariadb-options'.
31640 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31641 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31646 buffer.
31648 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31651 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31652 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31653 `default-process-coding-system'.
31657 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31659 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
31660 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
31662 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31663 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31664 `*SQL*'.
31666 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
31667 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
31668 defaults, if set.
31670 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31671 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31676 buffer.
31678 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31681 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31682 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31683 `default-process-coding-system'.
31687 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31689 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
31690 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
31692 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31693 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31694 `*SQL*'.
31696 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
31697 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
31699 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31700 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31705 buffer.
31707 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31710 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31711 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31712 `default-process-coding-system'.
31716 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31718 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
31719 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
31721 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31722 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31723 `*SQL*'.
31725 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
31726 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
31727 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
31728 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
31730 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31731 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31736 buffer.
31738 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31741 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31742 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31743 `default-process-coding-system'.
31747 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31749 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
31750 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
31752 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31753 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31754 `*SQL*'.
31756 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
31757 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
31758 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
31759 `sql-postgres-options'.
31761 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31762 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31767 buffer.
31769 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31772 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31773 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31774 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
31775 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
31776 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
31778 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
31783 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31785 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
31786 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
31788 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31789 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31790 `*SQL*'.
31792 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
31793 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
31794 defaults, if set.
31796 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31797 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31802 buffer.
31804 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31807 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31808 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31809 `default-process-coding-system'.
31813 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31815 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
31816 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
31818 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31819 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31820 `*SQL*'.
31822 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
31823 automatic login.
31825 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31826 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31829 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
31830 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
31831 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
31836 buffer.
31838 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31841 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31842 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31843 `default-process-coding-system'.
31847 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31849 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
31850 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
31852 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31853 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31854 `*SQL*'.
31856 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
31857 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
31858 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
31859 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
31860 parameters.
31862 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
31863 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
31864 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
31865 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
31866 an empty password.
31868 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31869 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31874 buffer.
31878 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31880 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
31881 Run vsql as an inferior process.
31883 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31885 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sql" '("sql-")))
31887 ;;;***
31888 \f
31889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (0 0 0 0))
31890 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
31891 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31893 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode" '("srecode-version")))
31895 ;;;***
31896 \f
31897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/args" "cedet/srecode/args.el" (0 0
31898 ;;;;;; 0 0))
31899 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/args.el
31901 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/args" '("srecode-")))
31903 ;;;***
31904 \f
31905 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/compile"
31906 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" (0 0 0 0))
31907 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/compile.el
31909 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/compile" '("srecode-")))
31911 ;;;***
31912 \f
31913 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/cpp"
31914 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" (0 0 0 0))
31915 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/cpp.el
31917 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/cpp" '("srecode-")))
31919 ;;;***
31920 \f
31921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/ctxt" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" (0 0
31922 ;;;;;; 0 0))
31923 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/ctxt.el
31925 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/ctxt" '("srecode-")))
31927 ;;;***
31928 \f
31929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/dictionary" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el"
31930 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31931 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/dictionary.el
31933 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/dictionary" '("srecode-")))
31935 ;;;***
31936 \f
31937 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/document"
31938 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/document.el" (0 0 0 0))
31939 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/document.el
31941 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/document" '("srecode-document-")))
31943 ;;;***
31944 \f
31945 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/el" "cedet/srecode/el.el"
31946 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31947 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/el.el
31949 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/el" '("srecode-semantic-apply-tag-to-dict")))
31951 ;;;***
31952 \f
31953 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/expandproto"
31954 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" (0 0 0 0))
31955 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/expandproto.el
31957 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/expandproto" '("srecode-")))
31959 ;;;***
31960 \f
31961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/extract" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31962 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31963 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/extract.el
31965 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/extract" '("srecode-extract")))
31967 ;;;***
31968 \f
31969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/fields" "cedet/srecode/fields.el"
31970 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31971 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/fields.el
31973 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/fields" '("srecode-")))
31975 ;;;***
31976 \f
31977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/filters" "cedet/srecode/filters.el"
31978 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31979 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/filters.el
31981 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/filters" '("srecode-comment-prefix")))
31983 ;;;***
31984 \f
31985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/find" "cedet/srecode/find.el" (0 0
31986 ;;;;;; 0 0))
31987 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/find.el
31989 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/find" '("srecode-")))
31991 ;;;***
31992 \f
31993 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/getset"
31994 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" (0 0 0 0))
31995 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/getset.el
31997 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/getset" '("srecode-")))
31999 ;;;***
32000 \f
32001 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/insert"
32002 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/insert.el" (0 0 0 0))
32003 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/insert.el
32005 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/insert" '("srecode-")))
32007 ;;;***
32008 \f
32009 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/map"
32010 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" (0 0 0 0))
32011 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/map.el
32013 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/map" '("srecode-")))
32015 ;;;***
32016 \f
32017 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/mode"
32018 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
32019 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/mode.el
32021 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/mode" '("srecode-")))
32023 ;;;***
32024 \f
32025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/semantic" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
32026 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
32027 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/semantic.el
32029 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/semantic" '("srecode-semantic-")))
32031 ;;;***
32032 \f
32033 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/srt"
32034 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt.el" (0 0 0 0))
32035 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt.el
32037 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/srt" '("srecode-read-")))
32039 ;;;***
32040 \f
32041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
32042 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
32043 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
32045 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
32046 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
32048 \(fn)" t nil)
32050 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
32052 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/srt-mode" '("semantic-" "srecode-")))
32054 ;;;***
32055 \f
32056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/table" "cedet/srecode/table.el" (0
32057 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
32058 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/table.el
32060 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/table" '("object-sort-list" "srecode-")))
32062 ;;;***
32063 \f
32064 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/template"
32065 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" (0 0 0 0))
32066 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/template.el
32068 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/template" '("semantic-tag-components")))
32070 ;;;***
32071 \f
32072 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/texi"
32073 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/texi.el" (0 0 0 0))
32074 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/texi.el
32076 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/texi" '("semantic-insert-foreign-tag" "srecode-texi-")))
32078 ;;;***
32079 \f
32080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (0 0 0 0))
32081 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
32083 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
32084 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
32085 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
32086 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
32087 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
32088 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
32090 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
32092 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
32094 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
32095 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
32096 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
32097 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
32098 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
32099 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
32100 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
32102 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
32104 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
32105 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
32106 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
32107 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
32108 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
32109 then complete the stroke with button 3.
32110 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
32112 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
32114 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
32115 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
32116 This must be bound to a mouse event.
32118 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
32120 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
32121 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
32122 This must be bound to a mouse event.
32124 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
32126 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
32127 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
32129 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
32131 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
32132 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
32134 \(fn)" t nil)
32136 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
32137 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
32139 \(fn)" t nil)
32141 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
32142 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
32144 by command name.
32145 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
32147 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
32149 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
32150 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
32151 See the `strokes-mode' command
32152 for a description of this minor mode.
32153 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32154 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32155 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
32157 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
32159 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
32160 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
32162 If called interactively, enable Strokes mode if ARG is positive, and
32163 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
32164 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
32165 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
32168 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
32173 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
32180 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32182 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
32183 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
32184 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
32185 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
32187 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
32189 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
32190 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
32192 \(fn)" t nil)
32194 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "strokes" '("strokes-")))
32196 ;;;***
32197 \f
32198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (0 0 0 0))
32199 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
32201 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
32202 Studlify-case the region.
32204 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
32206 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
32207 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
32209 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
32211 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
32212 Studlify-case the current buffer.
32214 \(fn)" t nil)
32216 ;;;***
32217 \f
32218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subr-x" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
32219 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/subr-x.el
32221 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "subr-x" '("and-let*" "hash-table-" "if-let" "internal--" "string-" "thread-" "when-let")))
32223 ;;;***
32224 \f
32225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (0 0 0 0))
32226 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
32228 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
32230 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
32231 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
32233 If called interactively, enable Subword mode if ARG is positive, and
32234 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
32235 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
32236 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
32238 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
32239 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
32240 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
32243 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
32244 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
32245 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
32247 Nomenclature Subwords
32248 ===========================================================
32253 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
32254 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
32256 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32258 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
32259 Non-nil if Global Subword mode is enabled.
32260 See the `global-subword-mode' command
32261 for a description of this minor mode.
32262 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32263 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32264 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
32266 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
32268 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
32269 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
32270 With prefix ARG, enable Global Subword mode if ARG is positive;
32271 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
32272 ARG is omitted or nil.
32274 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
32275 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
32276 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
32278 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32280 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
32281 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
32283 If called interactively, enable Superword mode if ARG is positive, and
32284 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
32285 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
32286 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
32288 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
32289 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
32290 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
32295 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32297 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
32298 Non-nil if Global Superword mode is enabled.
32299 See the `global-superword-mode' command
32300 for a description of this minor mode.
32301 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32302 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32303 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
32305 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
32307 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
32308 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
32309 With prefix ARG, enable Global Superword mode if ARG is positive;
32310 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
32311 ARG is omitted or nil.
32313 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
32314 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
32315 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
32317 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32319 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "subword" '("subword-" "superword-mode-map")))
32321 ;;;***
32322 \f
32323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (0 0 0 0))
32324 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
32326 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
32327 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
32328 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
32329 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
32330 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
32331 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
32332 original message but it does require a few things:
32334 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
32336 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
32337 reply buffer.
32339 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
32340 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
32341 original message.
32343 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
32345 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
32347 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
32348 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
32349 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
32351 \(fn)" nil nil)
32353 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "supercite" '("sc-")))
32355 ;;;***
32356 \f
32357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "svg" "svg.el" (0 0 0 0))
32358 ;;; Generated autoloads from svg.el
32360 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "svg" '("svg-")))
32362 ;;;***
32363 \f
32364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (0 0 0 0))
32365 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
32367 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
32369 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
32370 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32371 See the `gpm-mouse-mode' command
32372 for a description of this minor mode.
32373 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32374 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32375 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
32377 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
32379 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
32380 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
32382 If called interactively, enable Gpm-Mouse mode if ARG is positive, and
32383 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
32384 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
32385 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
32387 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
32388 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
32389 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
32391 Note that when `gpm-mouse-mode' is enabled, you cannot use the
32392 mouse to transfer text between Emacs and other programs which use
32393 GPM. This is due to limitations in GPM and the Linux kernel.
32395 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32397 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "t-mouse" '("gpm-mouse-")))
32399 ;;;***
32400 \f
32401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (0 0 0 0))
32402 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
32404 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
32405 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
32406 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
32407 buffer.
32409 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
32410 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
32411 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
32413 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
32415 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
32416 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
32417 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
32418 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
32419 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
32420 buffer.
32422 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
32423 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
32424 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
32426 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
32428 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tabify" '("tabify-regexp")))
32430 ;;;***
32431 \f
32432 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (0 0 0 0))
32433 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
32435 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
32436 Insert an editable text table.
32437 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
32438 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
32439 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
32440 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
32441 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
32442 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
32443 delimiting them.
32445 Examples:
32449 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
32450 location of point.
32452 -!-
32455 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
32456 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
32457 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
32458 first cell.
32460 +-----+-----+-----+
32461 |-!- | | |
32462 +-----+-----+-----+
32466 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
32467 width, which results as
32469 +--------------+-----+-----+
32470 |-!- | | |
32471 +--------------+-----+-----+
32473 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
32474 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
32476 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32477 | | |-!- |
32478 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32480 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
32481 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
32482 width information to `table-insert'.
32484 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
32486 instead of
32488 Cell width(s): 5
32490 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
32491 work all together.
32493 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
32496 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32497 |-!- | | |
32498 | | | |
32499 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32503 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32504 |-!- | | |
32505 | | | |
32506 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32507 | | | |
32508 | | | |
32509 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32511 Move the point under the table as shown below.
32513 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32514 | | | |
32515 | | | |
32516 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32517 | | | |
32518 | | | |
32519 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32520 -!-
32522 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
32523 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
32524 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
32526 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32527 | | | |
32528 | | | |
32529 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32530 | | | |
32531 | | | |
32532 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32533 |-!- | | |
32534 | | | |
32535 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32537 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
32538 results.
32540 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32541 | | | |
32542 | | | |
32543 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32544 | | |Text editing inside the table |
32545 | | |cell produces reasonably |
32546 | | |expected results.-!- |
32547 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32548 | | | |
32549 | | | |
32550 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32552 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
32556 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
32558 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
32559 Insert N table row(s).
32560 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
32561 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
32562 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
32563 are appended at the bottom of the table.
32565 \(fn N)" t nil)
32567 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
32568 Insert N table column(s).
32569 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
32570 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
32571 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
32572 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
32574 \(fn N)" t nil)
32576 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
32577 Insert row(s) or column(s).
32578 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
32580 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
32582 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
32583 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
32584 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
32585 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
32586 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
32587 all the table specific features.
32589 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32591 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
32594 \(fn)" t nil)
32596 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
32597 Recognize all tables within region.
32598 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
32599 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
32600 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
32601 specific features.
32603 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
32605 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
32608 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
32610 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
32611 Recognize a table at point.
32612 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
32613 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
32614 the table specific features.
32616 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32618 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
32621 \(fn)" t nil)
32623 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
32624 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
32625 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
32626 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
32627 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
32628 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
32629 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
32631 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
32633 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
32636 \(fn)" t nil)
32638 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
32639 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
32640 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
32641 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
32642 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
32643 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
32644 specified.
32646 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
32648 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
32649 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
32650 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
32651 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
32652 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
32653 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
32654 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
32655 table structure.
32657 \(fn N)" t nil)
32659 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
32660 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
32661 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
32662 table's rectangle structure.
32664 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
32666 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
32667 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
32668 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
32669 table's rectangle structure.
32671 \(fn N)" t nil)
32673 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
32674 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
32675 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
32676 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
32677 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
32679 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
32681 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
32685 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
32686 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
32687 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
32688 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
32689 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
32690 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
32691 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
32693 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
32694 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
32695 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
32696 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
32697 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
32698 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
32699 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
32701 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
32702 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
32703 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
32704 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
32705 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
32706 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
32707 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
32708 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
32710 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
32712 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
32713 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
32714 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
32715 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
32717 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32719 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
32720 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
32721 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
32723 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
32725 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
32726 Split current cell vertically.
32727 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
32729 \(fn)" t nil)
32731 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
32732 Split current cell horizontally.
32733 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
32735 \(fn)" t nil)
32737 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
32738 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
32739 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
32741 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
32743 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
32744 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
32745 WHAT is a symbol `cell', `row' or `column'. JUSTIFY is a symbol
32746 `left', `center', `right', `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none'.
32748 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
32750 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
32751 Justify cell contents.
32752 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal, or `top',
32753 `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
32754 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
32755 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
32757 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
32759 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
32760 Justify cells of a row.
32761 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
32762 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
32764 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
32766 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
32767 Justify cells of a column.
32768 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
32769 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
32771 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
32773 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
32774 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
32775 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
32776 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
32777 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
32778 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
32779 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
32781 run-time.
32783 If called interactively, enable Table-Fixed-Width mode if ARG is positive, and
32784 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
32785 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
32786 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
32788 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32790 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
32791 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
32792 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
32793 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
32794 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
32795 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
32796 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
32797 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
32798 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
32799 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
32800 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
32802 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
32804 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
32805 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
32806 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
32807 structure of the table. It must be either `html', `latex' or `cals'.
32808 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
32809 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
32810 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
32811 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
32812 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
32813 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
32814 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
32815 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
32816 untouched.
32818 References used for this implementation:
32820 HTML:
32821 URL `http://www.w3.org'
32823 LaTeX:
32824 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
32826 CALS (DocBook DTD):
32827 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
32828 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
32830 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
32832 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
32833 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
32834 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
32835 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
32836 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
32837 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
32838 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
32839 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
32840 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
32841 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
32842 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
32843 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
32844 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
32845 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
32846 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
32847 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or
32848 `right' that specifies justification of the inserted string.
32850 Example:
32852 (progn
32853 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
32854 (table-forward-cell 15)
32856 (table-forward-cell 16)
32858 (table-forward-cell 1)
32861 (progn
32862 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
32864 (table-forward-cell 1)
32867 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
32869 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
32870 Delete N row(s) of cells.
32871 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
32872 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
32873 consists from cells of same height.
32875 \(fn N)" t nil)
32877 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
32878 Delete N column(s) of cells.
32879 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
32880 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
32881 column must consists from cells of same width.
32883 \(fn N)" t nil)
32885 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
32886 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
32887 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
32888 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
32889 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
32890 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
32891 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
32892 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
32893 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
32894 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
32895 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
32896 is one of `left', `center' or `right', which specifies the cell
32897 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
32898 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
32899 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
32902 Example 1:
32904 1, 2, 3, 4
32905 5, 6, 7, 8
32906 , 9, 10
32908 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
32910 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
32911 specified as 5.
32913 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
32914 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
32915 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
32916 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
32917 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
32918 | | 9 | 10 | |
32919 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
32921 Note:
32925 of each row is optional.
32928 Example 2:
32930 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
32931 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
32932 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
32933 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
32934 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
32936 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
32937 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
32939 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
32940 expression and raw delimiter regular
32941 expression, it parses the specified text
32942 area and extracts cell items from
32943 non-table text and then forms a table out
32944 of them.
32946 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
32947 creates a single cell table. The text in
32948 the specified region is placed in that
32949 cell.-*-
32951 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
32952 like this.
32954 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
32955 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
32956 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
32957 | |
32958 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
32959 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
32960 | expression, it parses the specified text |
32961 | area and extracts cell items from |
32962 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
32963 | of them. |
32964 | |
32965 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
32966 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
32967 | the specified region is placed in that |
32968 | cell. |
32969 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
32971 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
32972 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
32973 independently.
32975 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
32976 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
32977 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
32978 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
32979 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
32980 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
32981 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
32982 | |area and extracts cell items from |
32983 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
32984 | |of them. |
32985 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
32986 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
32987 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
32988 | |the specified region is placed in that |
32989 | |cell. |
32990 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
32992 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
32993 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
32994 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
32996 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
32998 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
32999 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
33000 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
33001 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
33002 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
33004 \(fn)" t nil)
33006 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "table" '("*table--" "table-")))
33008 ;;;***
33009 \f
33010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabulated-list" "emacs-lisp/tabulated-list.el"
33011 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
33012 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tabulated-list.el
33013 (push (purecopy '(tabulated-list 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
33015 ;;;***
33016 \f
33017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (0 0 0 0))
33018 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
33020 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
33021 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
33023 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
33025 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
33026 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
33028 \(fn)" t nil)
33030 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "talk" '("talk-")))
33032 ;;;***
33033 \f
33034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
33035 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
33037 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
33038 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
33039 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
33040 Letters no longer insert themselves.
33041 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
33042 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
33043 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
33045 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
33047 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
33048 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
33050 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
33053 \(fn)" t nil)
33055 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tar-mode" '("tar-")))
33057 ;;;***
33058 \f
33059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (0 0 0 0))
33060 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
33062 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
33063 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
33064 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
33065 Tab indents for Tcl code.
33066 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
33067 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
33069 Variables controlling indentation style:
33070 `tcl-indent-level'
33071 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
33072 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
33073 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
33075 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
33076 documentation for details):
33077 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
33078 Controls action of TAB key.
33079 `tcl-auto-newline'
33080 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
33081 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
33082 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
33083 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
33084 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
33086 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
33087 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
33088 already exist.
33090 \(fn)" t nil)
33092 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
33093 Run inferior Tcl process.
33094 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
33095 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
33097 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
33099 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
33100 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
33101 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
33103 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
33105 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tcl" '("add-log-tcl-defun" "calculate-tcl-indent" "indent-tcl-exp" "inferior-tcl-" "run-tcl" "switch-to-tcl" "tcl-")))
33107 ;;;***
33108 \f
33109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcover-ses" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" (0
33110 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
33111 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el
33113 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tcover-ses" '("ses-exercise")))
33115 ;;;***
33116 \f
33117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcover-unsafep" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
33118 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
33119 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el
33121 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tcover-unsafep" '("testcover-unsafep")))
33123 ;;;***
33124 \f
33125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (0 0 0 0))
33126 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
33128 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
33129 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
33130 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
33133 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
33134 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
33135 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
33136 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
33137 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
33139 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
33141 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
33142 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
33143 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
33144 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
33146 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
33148 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "telnet" '("send-process-next-char" "telnet-")))
33150 ;;;***
33151 \f
33152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tempo" "tempo.el" (0 0 0 0))
33153 ;;; Generated autoloads from tempo.el
33155 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tempo" '("tempo-")))
33157 ;;;***
33158 \f
33159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (0 0 0 0))
33160 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
33162 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
33163 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
33164 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
33165 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
33166 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
33167 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
33169 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
33171 (autoload 'term "term" "\
33172 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
33173 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
33174 commands to use in that buffer.
33178 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
33180 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
33181 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
33182 This is almost the same as `term' apart from always creating a new buffer,
33183 and `C-x' being marked as a `term-escape-char'.
33185 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
33187 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
33188 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
33189 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
33192 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
33193 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
33194 `serial-process-configure' for details.
33195 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
33196 use in that buffer.
33199 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
33201 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "term" '("ansi-term-color-vector" "explicit-shell-file-name" "serial-" "term-")))
33203 ;;;***
33204 \f
33205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (0 0
33206 ;;;;;; 0 0))
33207 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
33209 (autoload 'testcover-start "testcover" "\
33210 Use Edebug to instrument for coverage all macros and functions in FILENAME.
33211 If BYTE-COMPILE is non-nil, byte compile each function after instrumenting.
33213 \(fn FILENAME &optional BYTE-COMPILE)" t nil)
33215 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
33216 Start coverage on function under point.
33218 \(fn)" t nil)
33220 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "testcover" '("testcover-")))
33222 ;;;***
33223 \f
33224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (0 0 0 0))
33225 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
33226 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
33228 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
33229 Play the Tetris game.
33230 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
33231 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
33232 as to form complete rows.
33234 tetris-mode keybindings:
33245 \(fn)" t nil)
33247 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tetris" '("tetris-")))
33249 ;;;***
33250 \f
33251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
33252 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
33254 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
33255 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
33257 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
33259 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
33260 Directory in which temporary files are written.
33261 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
33265 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
33267 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
33268 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
33269 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
33270 if it matches the first line of the file,
33271 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
33273 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
33275 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
33276 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
33277 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
33278 if the variable is non-nil.")
33280 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
33282 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
33285 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
33287 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
33288 Command used to run TeX subjob.
33289 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
33290 See the documentation of that variable.")
33292 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
33294 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
33295 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
33296 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
33297 See the documentation of that variable.")
33299 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
33301 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
33302 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
33303 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
33304 See the documentation of that variable.")
33306 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
33308 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
33309 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
33310 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
33311 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
33312 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
33314 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
33317 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
33318 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
33319 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
33321 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
33323 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
33324 User defined LaTeX block names.
33325 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
33327 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
33329 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
33330 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
33331 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
33332 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
33334 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
33336 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
33338 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
33339 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
33341 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
33343 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
33345 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
33346 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
33348 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
33349 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
33350 for example,
33352 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
33356 use.")
33358 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
33360 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
33362 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
33363 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
33364 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
33366 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
33368 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
33370 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
33374 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
33376 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
33377 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
33378 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
33379 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
33380 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
33382 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
33384 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
33387 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
33389 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
33392 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
33394 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
33395 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
33396 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
33397 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
33398 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
33399 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
33400 says which mode to use.
33402 \(fn)" t nil)
33404 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
33406 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
33408 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
33410 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
33411 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
33412 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
33417 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
33425 mismatched $'s or braces.
33427 Special commands:
33430 Mode variables:
33431 tex-run-command
33433 tex-directory
33434 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
33436 tex-dvi-print-command
33438 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
33440 argument) to print a .dvi file.
33441 tex-dvi-view-command
33443 tex-show-queue-command
33447 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
33448 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
33449 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
33451 \(fn)" t nil)
33453 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
33454 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
33455 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
33468 mismatched $'s or braces.
33470 Special commands:
33473 Mode variables:
33474 latex-run-command
33476 tex-directory
33477 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
33479 tex-dvi-print-command
33481 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
33483 argument) to print a .dvi file.
33484 tex-dvi-view-command
33486 tex-show-queue-command
33490 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
33491 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
33492 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
33494 \(fn)" t nil)
33496 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
33497 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
33498 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
33511 mismatched $'s or braces.
33513 Special commands:
33516 Mode variables:
33517 slitex-run-command
33519 tex-directory
33520 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
33522 tex-dvi-print-command
33524 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
33526 argument) to print a .dvi file.
33527 tex-dvi-view-command
33529 tex-show-queue-command
33533 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
33534 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
33535 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
33536 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
33538 \(fn)" t nil)
33540 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
33543 \(fn)" nil nil)
33545 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
33546 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
33548 \(fn)" t nil)
33550 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tex-mode" '("doctex-font-lock-" "latex-" "plain-tex-mode-map" "tex-")))
33552 ;;;***
33553 \f
33554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (0 0 0 0))
33555 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
33557 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
33558 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
33559 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
33560 name specified in the @setfilename command.
33562 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
33563 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
33564 `Info-split' to do these manually.
33566 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
33568 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
33569 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
33570 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
33572 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
33574 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
33576 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
33577 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
33578 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
33579 names specified in the @setfilename command.
33581 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
33582 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
33583 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
33584 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
33586 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
33587 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
33589 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
33591 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "texinfmt" '("batch-texinfo-format" "texinf")))
33593 ;;;***
33594 \f
33595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (0 0 0 0))
33596 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
33598 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
33601 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
33603 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
33606 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
33608 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
33609 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
33611 It has these extra commands:
33614 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
33616 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
33617 modified version of TeX input format.
33619 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
33620 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
33621 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
33625 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
33626 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
33627 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
33628 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
33630 in the Texinfo file.
33632 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
33633 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
33634 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
33636 move forward past the closing brace.
33638 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
33639 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
33641 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
33642 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
33643 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
33645 Here are the functions:
33649 texinfo-sequential-node-update
33653 texinfo-master-menu
33655 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
33657 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
33658 which menu descriptions are indented.
33660 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
33661 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
33662 in the region.
33664 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
33665 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
33666 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
33667 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
33669 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
33670 be the first node in the file.
33672 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
33673 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
33675 \(fn)" t nil)
33677 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "texinfo" '("texinfo-")))
33679 ;;;***
33680 \f
33681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texnfo-upd" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" (0 0
33682 ;;;;;; 0 0))
33683 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texnfo-upd.el
33685 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "texnfo-upd" '("texinfo-")))
33687 ;;;***
33688 \f
33689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "text-property-search" "emacs-lisp/text-property-search.el"
33690 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
33691 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/text-property-search.el
33693 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "text-property-search" '("text-property-")))
33695 ;;;***
33696 \f
33697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (0 0 0
33698 ;;;;;; 0))
33699 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
33701 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
33702 Compose Thai characters in the region.
33703 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
33704 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
33706 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
33708 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
33709 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
33711 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
33713 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
33714 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
33716 \(fn)" t nil)
33718 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
33721 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
33723 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thai-util" '("exit-thai-language-environment-internal" "setup-thai-language-environment-internal" "thai-")))
33725 ;;;***
33726 \f
33727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-word" "language/thai-word.el" (0 0 0
33728 ;;;;;; 0))
33729 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-word.el
33731 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thai-word" '("thai-")))
33733 ;;;***
33734 \f
33735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (0 0 0 0))
33736 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
33738 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
33739 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
33740 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
33741 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
33742 `filename', `url', `email', `uuid', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
33743 `line', and `page'.
33745 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
33747 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
33748 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
33749 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
33750 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
33751 `filename', `url', `email', `uuid', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
33752 `line', and `page'.
33754 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
33755 valid THING.
33757 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
33758 positions of the thing found.
33760 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
33762 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
33763 Return the THING at point.
33764 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
33765 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
33766 `filename', `url', `email', `uuid', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
33767 `line', `number', and `page'.
33769 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
33770 strip text properties from the return value.
33772 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
33773 a symbol as a valid THING.
33775 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
33777 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
33778 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
33780 \(fn)" nil nil)
33782 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
33783 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
33785 \(fn)" nil nil)
33787 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
33788 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
33790 \(fn)" nil nil)
33792 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
33793 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
33795 \(fn)" nil nil)
33797 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thingatpt" '("beginning-of-thing" "define-thing-chars" "end-of-thing" "filename" "form-at-point" "in-string-p" "sentence-at-point" "thing-at-point-" "word-at-point")))
33799 ;;;***
33800 \f
33801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thread" "emacs-lisp/thread.el" (0 0 0 0))
33802 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/thread.el
33804 (autoload 'thread-handle-event "thread" "\
33805 Handle thread events, propagated by `thread-signal'.
33806 An EVENT has the format
33807 (thread-event THREAD ERROR-SYMBOL DATA)
33809 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
33811 ;;;***
33812 \f
33813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (0 0 0 0))
33814 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
33816 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
33817 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
33819 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
33821 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
33822 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
33823 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
33824 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
33826 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
33828 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
33829 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
33831 \(fn)" t nil)
33833 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
33834 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
33836 \(fn)" t nil)
33838 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
33840 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
33841 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
33843 \(fn)" t nil)
33845 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thumbs" '("thumbs-")))
33847 ;;;***
33848 \f
33849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thunk" "emacs-lisp/thunk.el" (0 0 0 0))
33850 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/thunk.el
33851 (push (purecopy '(thunk 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
33853 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thunk" '("thunk-")))
33855 ;;;***
33856 \f
33857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (0 0
33858 ;;;;;; 0 0))
33859 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
33861 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
33862 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
33863 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
33865 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
33867 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
33868 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
33870 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
33872 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
33873 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
33874 The returned string has no composition information.
33876 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
33878 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
33879 Compose Tibetan string STR.
33881 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
33883 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
33884 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
33886 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
33888 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
33889 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
33890 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
33891 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
33893 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
33895 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
33896 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
33897 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
33898 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
33900 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
33902 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
33903 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
33904 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
33906 \(fn)" t nil)
33908 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
33909 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
33910 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
33912 \(fn)" t nil)
33914 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
33917 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
33919 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
33922 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
33924 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
33927 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
33929 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tibet-util" '("tibetan-")))
33931 ;;;***
33932 \f
33933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (0 0 0 0))
33934 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
33935 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
33937 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
33938 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
33939 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
33940 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
33941 parameters.
33942 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
33943 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
33944 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
33946 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
33948 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
33949 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
33950 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
33951 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
33952 parameters.
33953 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
33954 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
33955 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
33957 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
33959 (autoload 'tildify-space "tildify" "\
33960 Convert space before point into a hard space if the context is right.
33962 If
33963 * character before point is a space character,
33965 constituent),
33966 * `tildify-space-pattern' matches when `looking-back' (no more than 10
33967 characters) from before the space character, and
33968 * all predicates in `tildify-space-predicates' return non-nil,
33969 replace the space character with value of `tildify-space-string' and
33970 return t.
33972 Otherwise, if
33973 * `tildify-double-space-undos' variable is non-nil,
33974 * character before point is a space character, and
33975 * text before that is a hard space as defined by
33976 `tildify-space-string' variable,
33977 remove the hard space and leave only the space character.
33979 This function is meant to be used as a `post-self-insert-hook'.
33981 \(fn)" t nil)
33983 (autoload 'tildify-mode "tildify" "\
33984 Adds electric behavior to space character.
33986 If called interactively, enable Tildify mode if ARG is positive, and
33987 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
33988 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
33989 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
33991 When space is inserted into a buffer in a position where hard space is required
33992 instead (determined by `tildify-space-pattern' and `tildify-space-predicates'),
33993 that space character is replaced by a hard space specified by
33994 `tildify-space-string'. Converting of the space is done by `tildify-space'.
33996 When `tildify-mode' is enabled, if `tildify-string-alist' specifies a hard space
33997 representation for current major mode, the `tildify-space-string' buffer-local
33998 variable will be set to the representation.
34000 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
34002 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tildify" '("tildify-")))
34004 ;;;***
34005 \f
34006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (0 0 0 0))
34007 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
34009 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
34012 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
34013 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
34015 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
34016 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
34017 This display updates automatically every minute.
34018 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
34019 are displayed as well.
34020 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
34022 \(fn)" t nil)
34024 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
34025 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
34026 See the `display-time-mode' command
34027 for a description of this minor mode.
34028 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
34029 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
34030 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
34032 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
34034 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
34035 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
34037 If called interactively, enable Display-Time mode if ARG is positive, and
34038 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
34039 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
34040 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
34042 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
34043 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
34044 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
34045 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
34046 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
34048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
34050 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
34051 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
34052 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
34053 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
34055 \(fn)" t nil)
34057 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
34058 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
34059 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
34062 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
34064 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
34065 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
34067 \(fn)" t nil)
34069 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "time" '("display-time-" "legacy-style-world-list" "time--display-world-list" "zoneinfo-style-world-list")))
34071 ;;;***
34072 \f
34073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (0 0 0
34074 ;;;;;; 0))
34075 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
34077 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
34078 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
34079 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
34081 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
34083 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
34085 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
34086 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
34088 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
34090 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
34091 Convert DAYS into a time value.
34093 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
34095 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
34096 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
34097 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
34099 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
34101 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract "26.1")
34103 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
34104 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
34105 DATE should be a date-time string.
34107 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
34109 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
34110 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
34111 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
34113 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
34115 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
34116 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
34118 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
34120 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
34121 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
34123 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
34125 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
34126 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
34127 TIME should be a time value.
34128 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
34130 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
34132 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
34133 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
34134 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
34136 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
34138 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
34139 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
34140 The valid format specifiers are:
34141 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
34142 %d is the number of days.
34143 %h is the number of hours.
34144 %m is the number of minutes.
34145 %s is the number of seconds.
34146 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
34150 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
34158 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
34160 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
34162 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
34163 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
34165 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
34167 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "time-date" '("encode-time-value" "seconds-to-string" "time-" "with-decoded-time-value")))
34169 ;;;***
34170 \f
34171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (0 0 0 0))
34172 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
34173 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
34174 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
34175 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
34176 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
34177 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
34178 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
34179 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
34180 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
34182 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
34183 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
34184 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
34185 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
34187 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
34188 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
34189 look like one of the following:
34190 Time-stamp: <>
34192 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
34193 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
34194 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
34195 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
34196 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
34197 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
34198 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
34199 the template.
34201 \(fn)" t nil)
34203 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
34205 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
34207 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
34209 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "time-stamp" '("time-stamp-")))
34211 ;;;***
34212 \f
34213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (0 0 0
34214 ;;;;;; 0))
34215 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
34216 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
34218 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
34219 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
34220 See the `timeclock-mode-line-display' command
34221 for a description of this minor mode.
34222 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
34223 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
34224 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
34226 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
34228 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
34229 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
34230 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
34231 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
34232 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
34233 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
34234 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
34235 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
34236 display (non-nil means on).
34238 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
34240 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
34241 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
34242 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
34243 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
34244 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
34245 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
34246 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
34247 this function is called within a day.
34249 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
34250 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
34251 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
34252 discover the name of the project.
34254 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
34256 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
34257 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
34258 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
34259 begun during the last time segment.
34261 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
34262 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
34263 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
34264 discover the reason.
34266 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
34268 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
34269 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
34270 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
34271 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
34272 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
34274 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
34276 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
34277 Change to working on a different project.
34278 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
34279 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
34280 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
34281 working on.
34283 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
34285 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
34286 Ask the user whether to clock out.
34287 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
34289 \(fn)" nil nil)
34291 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
34292 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
34293 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
34295 \(fn)" t nil)
34297 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
34298 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
34299 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
34300 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
34301 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
34304 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
34306 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
34307 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
34308 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
34309 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
34311 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
34313 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
34314 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
34315 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
34316 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
34317 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
34318 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
34320 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
34322 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "timeclock" '("timeclock-")))
34324 ;;;***
34325 \f
34326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timer-list" "emacs-lisp/timer-list.el" (0
34327 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
34328 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer-list.el
34330 (autoload 'list-timers "timer-list" "\
34331 List all timers in a buffer.
34333 \(fn &optional IGNORE-AUTO NONCONFIRM)" t nil)
34334 (put 'list-timers 'disabled "Beware: manually canceling timers can ruin your Emacs session.")
34336 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "timer-list" '("timer-list-")))
34338 ;;;***
34339 \f
34340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timezone" "timezone.el" (0 0 0 0))
34341 ;;; Generated autoloads from timezone.el
34343 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "timezone" '("timezone-")))
34345 ;;;***
34346 \f
34347 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
34348 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
34349 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
34351 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
34352 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
34353 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
34354 the generated Quail package is saved.
34356 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
34358 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
34359 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
34360 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
34361 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
34366 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
34368 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "titdic-cnv" '("batch-miscdic-convert" "ctlau-" "miscdic-convert" "py-converter" "quail-" "quick-" "tit-" "tsang-" "ziranma-converter")))
34370 ;;;***
34371 \f
34372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (0 0 0 0))
34373 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
34374 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
34375 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
34377 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
34378 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
34379 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
34380 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
34381 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
34384 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
34385 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
34387 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
34389 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
34390 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
34391 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
34392 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
34393 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
34395 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
34397 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
34398 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
34399 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
34400 in the menu in two ways:
34401 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
34402 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
34403 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
34405 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
34406 keymap or an alist of alists.
34407 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
34408 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
34410 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
34412 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tmm" '("tmm-")))
34414 ;;;***
34415 \f
34416 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (0 0 0
34417 ;;;;;; 0))
34418 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
34420 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
34421 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
34423 When invoked in Todo mode, Todo Archive mode or Todo Filtered
34424 Items mode, or when invoked anywhere else with a prefix argument,
34425 prompt for which todo file to visit. When invoked outside of a
34426 Todo mode buffer without a prefix argument, visit
34427 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside of
34428 Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
34429 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
34430 file was last visited.
34432 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
34433 the current format, and you have a todo file in old format, it
34434 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
34435 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
34436 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
34437 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
34438 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
34439 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
34440 for the first item.
34442 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
34443 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
34444 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
34445 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
34446 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
34447 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
34448 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
34449 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
34451 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
34452 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
34454 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
34455 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
34457 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
34459 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
34460 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
34464 \(fn)" t nil)
34466 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
34467 Major mode for archived todo categories.
34471 \(fn)" t nil)
34473 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
34474 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
34478 \(fn)" t nil)
34480 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "todo-mode" '("todo-")))
34482 ;;;***
34483 \f
34484 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (0 0 0 0))
34485 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
34487 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
34488 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
34489 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
34491 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
34493 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
34494 Add an item to the tool bar.
34495 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
34496 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
34497 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
34498 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
34500 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
34501 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
34502 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
34503 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
34505 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
34506 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
34508 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
34510 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
34511 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
34512 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
34513 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
34514 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
34515 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
34517 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
34518 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
34519 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
34520 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
34522 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
34524 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
34525 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
34526 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
34527 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
34528 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
34529 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
34530 properties to add to the binding.
34532 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
34534 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
34535 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
34537 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
34539 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
34540 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
34541 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
34542 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
34543 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
34544 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
34545 properties to add to the binding.
34547 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
34548 holds a keymap.
34550 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
34552 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tool-bar" '("tool-bar-")))
34554 ;;;***
34555 \f
34556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tooltip" "tooltip.el" (0 0 0 0))
34557 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
34559 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tooltip" '("tooltip-")))
34561 ;;;***
34562 \f
34563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (0 0 0 0))
34564 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
34566 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
34567 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
34568 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
34569 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
34570 to a tcp server on another machine.
34572 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
34574 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tq" '("tq-")))
34576 ;;;***
34577 \f
34578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (0 0 0 0))
34579 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
34581 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
34582 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
34584 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
34586 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
34587 Helper function to get internal values.
34588 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
34590 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
34592 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
34593 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
34594 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
34595 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
34597 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
34598 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
34599 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
34600 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
34601 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
34603 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
34604 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
34605 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
34606 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
34608 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
34610 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
34612 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
34613 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
34614 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
34615 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
34617 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
34619 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
34621 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "trace" '("inhibit-trace" "trace-" "untrace-")))
34623 ;;;***
34624 \f
34625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (0 0 0 0))
34626 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
34627 (push (purecopy '(tramp 2 4 1 -1)) package--builtin-versions)
34629 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
34630 Whether Tramp is enabled.
34631 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
34633 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
34636 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for autoload.
34637 It must match the initial `tramp-syntax' settings.")
34639 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp tramp-initial-file-name-regexp "\
34640 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
34641 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file
34642 names. When calling `tramp-register-file-name-handlers', the
34643 initial value is overwritten by the car of `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
34645 (defvar tramp-ignored-file-name-regexp nil "\
34646 Regular expression matching file names that are not under Tramp’s control.")
34648 (custom-autoload 'tramp-ignored-file-name-regexp "tramp" t)
34650 (defconst tramp-autoload-file-name-regexp (concat "\\`/" (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\(-\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}\\)" "[^/|:]+") ":") "\
34651 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp autoload.
34652 It must match the initial `tramp-syntax' settings. It should not
34653 match file names at root of the underlying local file system,
34656 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
34657 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (if tramp-mode (let ((default-directory temporary-file-directory)) (load "tramp" 'noerror 'nomessage)) (tramp-unload-file-name-handlers)) (apply operation args))
34659 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
34660 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list 'file-name-handler-alist (cons tramp-autoload-file-name-regexp 'tramp-autoload-file-name-handler)) (put 'tramp-autoload-file-name-handler 'safe-magic t))
34661 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
34663 (defun tramp-unload-file-name-handlers nil "\
34664 Unload Tramp file name handlers from `file-name-handler-alist'." (dolist (fnh '(tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler tramp-archive-file-name-handler tramp-autoload-file-name-handler)) (let ((a1 (rassq fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist)))))
34666 (defvar tramp-completion-mode nil "\
34667 If non-nil, external packages signal that they are in file name completion.")
34669 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
34670 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
34672 \(fn)" t nil)
34674 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp" '("tramp-" "with-")))
34676 ;;;***
34677 \f
34678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-adb" "net/tramp-adb.el" (0 0 0 0))
34679 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-adb.el
34681 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-adb" '("tramp-")))
34683 ;;;***
34684 \f
34685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-archive" "net/tramp-archive.el" (0 0
34686 ;;;;;; 0 0))
34687 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-archive.el
34689 (defvar tramp-archive-enabled (featurep 'dbusbind) "\
34690 Non-nil when file archive support is available.")
34692 (defconst tramp-archive-suffixes '("7z" "apk" "ar" "cab" "CAB" "cpio" "deb" "depot" "exe" "iso" "jar" "lzh" "LZH" "msu" "MSU" "mtree" "odb" "odf" "odg" "odp" "ods" "odt" "pax" "rar" "rpm" "shar" "tar" "tbz" "tgz" "tlz" "txz" "warc" "xar" "xpi" "xps" "zip" "ZIP") "\
34693 List of suffixes which indicate a file archive.
34694 It must be supported by libarchive(3).")
34696 (defconst tramp-archive-compression-suffixes '("bz2" "gz" "lrz" "lz" "lz4" "lzma" "lzo" "uu" "xz" "Z") "\
34697 List of suffixes which indicate a compressed file.
34698 It must be supported by libarchive(3).")
34700 (defmacro tramp-archive-autoload-file-name-regexp nil "\
34701 Regular expression matching archive file names." `(concat "\\`" "\\(" ".+" "\\." (regexp-opt tramp-archive-suffixes) "\\(?:" "\\." (regexp-opt tramp-archive-compression-suffixes) "\\)*" "\\)" "\\(" "/" ".*" "\\)" "\\'"))
34703 (defun tramp-register-archive-file-name-handler nil "\
34704 Add archive file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (when tramp-archive-enabled (add-to-list 'file-name-handler-alist (cons (tramp-archive-autoload-file-name-regexp) 'tramp-autoload-file-name-handler)) (put 'tramp-archive-file-name-handler 'safe-magic t)))
34706 (add-hook 'after-init-hook 'tramp-register-archive-file-name-handler)
34708 (add-hook 'tramp-archive-unload-hook (lambda nil (remove-hook 'after-init-hook 'tramp-register-archive-file-name-handler)))
34710 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-archive" '("tramp-" "with-parsed-tramp-archive-file-name")))
34712 ;;;***
34713 \f
34714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-cache" "net/tramp-cache.el" (0 0 0 0))
34715 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-cache.el
34717 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-cache" '("tramp-")))
34719 ;;;***
34720 \f
34721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-cmds" "net/tramp-cmds.el" (0 0 0 0))
34722 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-cmds.el
34724 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-cmds" '("tramp-")))
34726 ;;;***
34727 \f
34728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-compat" "net/tramp-compat.el" (0 0 0
34729 ;;;;;; 0))
34730 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-compat.el
34732 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-compat" '("tramp-")))
34734 ;;;***
34735 \f
34736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (0 0 0 0))
34737 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
34739 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
34740 Reenable Ange-FTP, when Tramp is unloaded.
34742 \(fn)" nil nil)
34744 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-ftp" '("tramp-")))
34746 ;;;***
34747 \f
34748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-gvfs" "net/tramp-gvfs.el" (0 0 0 0))
34749 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-gvfs.el
34751 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-gvfs" '("tramp-" "with-tramp-dbus-")))
34753 ;;;***
34754 \f
34755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-sh" "net/tramp-sh.el" (0 0 0 0))
34756 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-sh.el
34758 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-sh" '("tramp-")))
34760 ;;;***
34761 \f
34762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-smb" "net/tramp-smb.el" (0 0 0 0))
34763 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-smb.el
34765 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-smb" '("tramp-smb-")))
34767 ;;;***
34768 \f
34769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-uu" "net/tramp-uu.el" (0 0 0 0))
34770 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-uu.el
34772 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-uu" '("tramp-uu")))
34774 ;;;***
34775 \f
34776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trampver" "net/trampver.el" (0 0 0 0))
34777 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/trampver.el
34779 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "trampver" '("tramp-")))
34781 ;;;***
34782 \f
34783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tree-widget" "tree-widget.el" (0 0 0 0))
34784 ;;; Generated autoloads from tree-widget.el
34786 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tree-widget" '("tree-widget-")))
34788 ;;;***
34789 \f
34790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (0 0 0 0))
34791 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
34793 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
34794 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
34795 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
34796 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
34797 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
34798 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
34799 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
34800 any question when restarting the tutorial.
34802 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
34803 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
34804 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
34806 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
34807 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
34808 resumed later.
34810 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
34812 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tutorial" '("get-lang-string" "lang-strings" "tutorial--")))
34814 ;;;***
34815 \f
34816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
34817 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
34819 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
34822 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
34824 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tv-util" '("tai-viet-")))
34826 ;;;***
34827 \f
34828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (0 0
34829 ;;;;;; 0 0))
34830 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
34831 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
34832 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
34833 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
34835 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
34836 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
34839 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
34840 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
34841 first and the associated buffer to its right.
34843 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
34845 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
34846 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
34847 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
34848 accepting the proposed default buffer.
34852 \(fn)" t nil)
34854 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
34855 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
34856 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
34857 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
34858 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
34859 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
34860 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
34862 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
34863 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
34865 First column's text sSs Second column's text
34872 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
34874 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "two-column" '("2C-")))
34876 ;;;***
34877 \f
34878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (0 0 0 0))
34879 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
34881 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
34882 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
34883 See the `type-break-mode' command
34884 for a description of this minor mode.
34885 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
34886 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
34887 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
34889 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
34891 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
34892 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
34893 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
34895 If called interactively, enable Type-Break mode if ARG is positive, and
34896 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
34897 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
34898 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
34900 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
34901 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
34902 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
34903 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
34904 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
34905 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
34906 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
34908 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
34909 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
34910 reset the keystroke counter.
34912 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
34913 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
34914 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
34915 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
34917 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
34918 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
34919 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
34920 `type-break-schedule' command.
34922 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
34923 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
34924 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
34925 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
34926 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
34927 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
34928 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
34929 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
34930 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
34932 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
34933 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
34934 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
34935 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
34936 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
34938 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
34939 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
34940 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
34941 approximate good values for this.
34943 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
34944 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
34946 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
34947 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
34948 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
34949 `type-break-warning-repeat'
34950 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
34951 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
34953 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
34954 a typing break occur. They include:
34956 `type-break-query-mode'
34957 `type-break-query-function'
34958 `type-break-query-interval'
34960 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
34962 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
34963 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
34964 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
34965 problems.
34967 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
34969 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
34970 Take a typing break.
34972 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
34973 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
34975 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
34976 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
34978 \(fn)" t nil)
34980 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
34981 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
34982 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
34983 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
34985 \(fn)" t nil)
34987 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
34988 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
34990 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
34991 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
34992 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
34993 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
34994 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
34995 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
34996 average typing speed.)
34998 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
34999 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
35000 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
35001 the computed maximum threshold.
35003 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
35004 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
35005 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
35006 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
35007 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
35009 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
35011 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "type-break" '("timep" "type-break-")))
35013 ;;;***
35014 \f
35015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (0 0 0 0))
35016 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
35018 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
35019 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
35020 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
35021 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
35022 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
35024 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
35026 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "uce" '("uce-")))
35028 ;;;***
35029 \f
35030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
35031 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
35032 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
35034 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
35035 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
35037 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
35039 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
35040 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
35042 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
35044 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
35045 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
35047 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
35049 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
35050 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
35052 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
35054 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
35055 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
35057 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
35059 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
35060 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
35062 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
35064 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
35065 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
35067 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
35069 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
35070 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
35072 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
35074 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
35075 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
35077 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
35079 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
35080 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
35082 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
35084 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
35085 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
35087 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
35089 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
35090 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
35092 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
35094 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ucs-normalize" '("ucs-normalize-" "utf-8-hfs")))
35096 ;;;***
35097 \f
35098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (0 0 0
35099 ;;;;;; 0))
35100 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
35102 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
35103 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
35104 Works by overstriking underscores.
35105 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
35106 which specify the range to operate on.
35108 \(fn START END)" t nil)
35110 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
35111 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
35112 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
35113 which specify the range to operate on.
35115 \(fn START END)" t nil)
35117 ;;;***
35118 \f
35119 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "undigest" "mail/undigest.el"
35120 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
35121 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
35123 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "undigest" '("rmail-")))
35125 ;;;***
35126 \f
35127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
35128 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
35130 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
35131 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
35132 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
35133 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
35134 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
35135 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
35137 \(fn)" nil nil)
35139 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
35140 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
35141 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
35143 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
35145 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "unrmail" '("unrmail-mbox-format")))
35147 ;;;***
35148 \f
35149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (0 0 0 0))
35150 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
35152 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
35153 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
35154 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
35155 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
35157 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
35159 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "unsafep" '("safe-functions" "unsafep-")))
35161 ;;;***
35162 \f
35163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (0 0 0 0))
35164 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
35166 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
35167 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
35168 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
35169 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
35170 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
35172 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
35173 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
35174 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
35175 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
35176 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
35177 occurred. Each pair is one of:
35179 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
35180 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
35181 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
35183 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
35184 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
35185 the callback is not called).
35187 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
35188 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
35189 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
35190 take effect.
35192 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
35193 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
35194 the server.
35195 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
35196 URL-encoded before it's used.
35198 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
35200 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
35201 Retrieve URL synchronously.
35202 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
35203 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
35204 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
35206 If SILENT is non-nil, don't do any messaging while retrieving.
35207 If INHIBIT-COOKIES is non-nil, refuse to store cookies. If
35208 TIMEOUT is passed, it should be a number that says (in seconds)
35209 how long to wait for a response before giving up.
35211 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES TIMEOUT)" nil nil)
35213 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url" '("url-")))
35215 ;;;***
35216 \f
35217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-about" "url/url-about.el" (0 0 0 0))
35218 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-about.el
35220 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-about" '("url-")))
35222 ;;;***
35223 \f
35224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (0 0 0 0))
35225 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
35227 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
35228 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
35229 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
35231 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
35232 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
35233 `url-generic-parse-url'
35234 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
35235 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol `any' to
35236 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
35237 realm
35238 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
35239 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol `any'
35240 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting `any'
35241 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
35242 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
35243 what type of auth to use
35244 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
35245 if one cannot be found in the cache
35247 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
35249 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
35250 Register an HTTP authentication method.
35252 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
35253 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
35254 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
35255 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
35256 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
35257 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
35258 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
35259 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
35261 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
35263 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-auth" '("url-")))
35265 ;;;***
35266 \f
35267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (0 0 0 0))
35268 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
35270 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
35271 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
35273 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
35275 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
35276 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
35277 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
35279 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35281 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
35282 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
35284 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
35286 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-cache" '("url-")))
35288 ;;;***
35289 \f
35290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (0 0 0 0))
35291 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
35293 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
35296 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35298 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-cid" '("url-cid-gnus")))
35300 ;;;***
35301 \f
35302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cookie" "url/url-cookie.el" (0 0 0 0))
35303 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cookie.el
35305 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-cookie" '("url-cookie")))
35307 ;;;***
35308 \f
35309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (0 0 0 0))
35310 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
35312 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
35313 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
35314 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
35316 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35318 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
35319 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
35320 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
35321 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
35323 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
35324 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
35325 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
35326 though.
35328 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
35330 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
35331 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
35332 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
35334 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
35336 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
35339 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35341 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-dav" '("url-")))
35343 ;;;***
35344 \f
35345 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dired" "url/url-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
35346 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dired.el
35348 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-dired" '("url-")))
35350 ;;;***
35351 \f
35352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-domsuf" "url/url-domsuf.el" (0 0 0 0))
35353 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-domsuf.el
35355 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-domsuf" '("url-domsuf-")))
35357 ;;;***
35358 \f
35359 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-expand" "url/url-expand.el" (0 0 0 0))
35360 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-expand.el
35362 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-expand" '("url-")))
35364 ;;;***
35365 \f
35366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
35367 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
35369 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
35370 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
35372 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
35374 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-file" '("url-file-")))
35376 ;;;***
35377 \f
35378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ftp" "url/url-ftp.el" (0 0 0 0))
35379 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ftp.el
35381 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-ftp" '("url-ftp")))
35383 ;;;***
35384 \f
35385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-future" "url/url-future.el" (0 0 0 0))
35386 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-future.el
35388 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-future" '("url-future-")))
35390 ;;;***
35391 \f
35392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (0 0 0 0))
35393 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
35395 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
35396 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
35398 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
35400 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
35401 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
35402 Args per `open-network-stream'.
35403 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
35404 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
35406 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
35407 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
35409 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
35411 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-gw" '("url-")))
35413 ;;;***
35414 \f
35415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (0 0 0
35416 ;;;;;; 0))
35417 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
35419 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
35420 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
35421 See the `url-handler-mode' command
35422 for a description of this minor mode.
35423 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
35424 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
35425 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
35427 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
35429 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
35430 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
35432 If called interactively, enable Url-Handler mode if ARG is positive, and
35433 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
35434 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
35435 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
35437 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
35439 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
35440 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
35441 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
35442 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
35444 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
35446 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
35447 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
35448 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
35449 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
35450 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
35451 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
35452 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
35453 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
35454 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
35455 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
35457 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
35459 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
35460 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
35461 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
35462 accessible.
35464 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
35466 (autoload 'url-insert-buffer-contents "url-handlers" "\
35467 Insert the contents of BUFFER into current buffer.
35468 This is like `url-insert', but also decodes the current buffer as
35469 if it had been inserted from a file named URL.
35471 \(fn BUFFER URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
35473 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
35476 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
35478 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-handlers" '("url-")))
35480 ;;;***
35481 \f
35482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-history" "url/url-history.el" (0 0 0 0))
35483 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-history.el
35485 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-history" '("url-")))
35487 ;;;***
35488 \f
35489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (0 0 0 0))
35490 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
35491 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
35493 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
35494 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
35495 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
35496 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
35497 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
35499 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-http" '("url-h")))
35501 ;;;***
35502 \f
35503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-imap" "url/url-imap.el" (0 0 0 0))
35504 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-imap.el
35506 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-imap" '("url-imap")))
35508 ;;;***
35509 \f
35510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (0 0 0 0))
35511 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
35513 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
35516 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35518 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-irc" '("url-irc-")))
35520 ;;;***
35521 \f
35522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (0 0 0 0))
35523 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
35525 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
35526 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
35527 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
35528 URL can be a URL string, or a URL record of the type returned by
35529 `url-generic-parse-url'.
35531 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35533 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-ldap" '("url-ldap-")))
35535 ;;;***
35536 \f
35537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (0 0 0 0))
35538 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
35540 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
35543 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
35545 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
35546 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
35548 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35550 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-mailto" '("url-mail-goto-field")))
35552 ;;;***
35553 \f
35554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-methods" "url/url-methods.el" (0 0 0 0))
35555 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-methods.el
35557 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-methods" '("url-scheme-")))
35559 ;;;***
35560 \f
35561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (0 0 0 0))
35562 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
35564 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
35565 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
35567 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35569 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
35570 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
35572 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35574 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
35577 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35579 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
35581 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
35583 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
35585 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
35586 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
35588 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35590 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-misc" '("url-do-terminal-emulator")))
35592 ;;;***
35593 \f
35594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (0 0 0 0))
35595 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
35597 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
35600 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35602 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
35605 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35607 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-news" '("url-news-")))
35609 ;;;***
35610 \f
35611 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-nfs" "url/url-nfs.el" (0 0 0 0))
35612 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-nfs.el
35614 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-nfs" '("url-nfs")))
35616 ;;;***
35617 \f
35618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (0 0 0 0))
35619 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
35621 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
35624 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
35626 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
35629 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
35631 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
35634 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
35636 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
35639 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
35641 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
35644 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
35646 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
35649 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
35651 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
35654 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
35656 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-ns" '("url-ns-")))
35658 ;;;***
35659 \f
35660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
35661 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
35663 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
35664 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
35666 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
35668 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
35669 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
35670 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
35672 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
35673 USER is the user name (string or nil).
35674 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
35675 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
35676 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
35677 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
35678 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
35679 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
35680 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
35681 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
35682 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
35683 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
35684 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
35687 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
35688 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
35689 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
35691 Here is an example. The URL
35693 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
35695 parses to
35701 PORTSPEC = 42
35704 ATTRIBUTES = nil
35705 FULLNESS = t
35707 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35709 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-parse" '("url-")))
35711 ;;;***
35712 \f
35713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (0 0 0 0))
35714 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
35716 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
35717 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
35719 \(fn)" t nil)
35721 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-privacy" '("url-device-type")))
35723 ;;;***
35724 \f
35725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-proxy" "url/url-proxy.el" (0 0 0 0))
35726 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-proxy.el
35728 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-proxy" '("url-")))
35730 ;;;***
35731 \f
35732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (0 0 0 0))
35733 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
35735 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
35736 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
35737 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
35738 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
35739 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
35740 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
35742 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
35744 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-queue" '("url-queue")))
35746 ;;;***
35747 \f
35748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (0 0 0 0))
35749 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
35751 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
35752 List of URL protocols for which the work is handled by Tramp.
35753 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
35755 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
35757 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
35758 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
35759 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
35760 would have been passed to OPERATION.
35762 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
35764 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-tramp" '("url-tramp-convert-")))
35766 ;;;***
35767 \f
35768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
35769 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
35771 (defvar url-debug nil "\
35772 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
35773 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
35775 If t, all messages will be logged.
35776 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
35777 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
35779 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
35781 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
35784 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
35786 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
35789 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
35791 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
35792 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
35794 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
35795 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
35796 & ==> &
35797 < ==> <
35798 > ==> >
35801 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
35803 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
35805 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
35807 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35809 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
35810 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
35811 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
35813 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
35815 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
35816 Return a date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
35818 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
35820 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
35821 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
35823 \(fn X)" nil nil)
35825 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
35826 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
35828 \(fn X)" nil nil)
35830 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
35833 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
35835 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
35838 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
35840 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
35842 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
35843 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
35845 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
35847 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
35848 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
35850 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
35852 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
35855 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
35857 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
35858 Build a query-string.
35860 Given a QUERY in the form:
35861 ((key1 val1)
35862 (key2 val2)
35863 (key3 val1 val2)
35864 (key4)
35867 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
35869 This will return a string
35871 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
35872 be used.
35879 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
35881 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
35882 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
35883 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
35884 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
35885 forbidden in URL encoding.
35887 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
35889 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
35890 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
35891 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
35892 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
35893 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
35896 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
35897 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
35898 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
35899 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
35901 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
35903 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
35904 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
35905 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
35906 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
35907 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
35908 should return it unchanged.
35910 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35912 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
35913 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
35914 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
35915 of the file with the extension stripped off.
35917 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
35919 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
35920 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
35921 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
35923 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
35925 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
35926 View the current document's URL.
35927 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
35928 the minibuffer.
35930 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
35932 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
35934 (autoload 'url-domain "url-util" "\
35935 Return the domain of the host of the URL.
35936 Return nil if this can't be determined.
35941 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35943 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-util" '("url-")))
35945 ;;;***
35946 \f
35947 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-vars" "url/url-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
35948 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-vars.el
35950 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-vars" '("url-")))
35952 ;;;***
35953 \f
35954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (0 0 0 0))
35955 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
35957 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
35958 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
35959 This function has a choice of three things to do:
35961 to refrain from editing the file
35962 return t (grab the lock on the file)
35963 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
35964 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
35965 in any way you like.
35967 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
35969 (autoload 'userlock--ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
35972 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
35974 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
35975 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
35976 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
35978 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
35980 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
35981 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
35983 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
35985 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "userlock" '("ask-user-about-" "file-" "userlock--check-content-unchanged")))
35987 ;;;***
35988 \f
35989 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (0 0 0 0))
35990 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
35992 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
35995 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
35997 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
36000 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
36002 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
36005 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
36007 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
36010 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
36012 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "utf-7" '("utf-7-")))
36014 ;;;***
36015 \f
36016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "international/utf7.el" (0 0 0 0))
36017 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf7.el
36019 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
36020 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
36022 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
36024 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "utf7" '("utf7-")))
36026 ;;;***
36027 \f
36028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (0 0 0 0))
36029 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
36031 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
36032 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
36033 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
36034 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
36036 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
36038 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
36039 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
36040 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
36042 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
36044 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
36045 Uudecode region between START and END.
36046 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
36048 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
36050 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "uudecode" '("uudecode-")))
36052 ;;;***
36053 \f
36054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (0 0 0 0))
36055 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
36057 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
36058 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
36059 See `run-hooks'.")
36061 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
36063 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
36064 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
36065 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
36067 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
36069 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
36070 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
36071 See `run-hooks'.")
36073 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
36075 (autoload 'vc-responsible-backend "vc" "\
36076 Return the name of a backend system that is responsible for FILE.
36078 If FILE is already registered, return the
36079 backend of FILE. If FILE is not registered, then the
36080 first backend in `vc-handled-backends' that declares itself
36081 responsible for FILE is returned.
36083 Note that if FILE is a symbolic link, it will not be resolved --
36084 the responsible backend system for the symbolic link itself will
36085 be reported.
36087 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
36089 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
36090 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
36091 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
36092 same state. If not, signal an error.
36094 For merging-based version control systems:
36095 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
36096 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
36097 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
36098 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
36099 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
36100 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
36102 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
36103 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
36104 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
36105 the file(s) for editing.
36106 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
36107 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. Leave a
36108 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
36109 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
36110 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
36112 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
36114 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
36115 Register into a version control system.
36116 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
36117 Otherwise register the current file.
36118 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
36120 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
36121 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
36122 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
36123 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
36124 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
36125 first backend that could register the file is used.
36127 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
36129 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
36130 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
36132 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
36134 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
36135 Display diffs between file revisions.
36136 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
36137 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
36138 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
36140 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
36141 saving the buffer.
36143 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
36145 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
36146 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
36147 repository history using ediff.
36149 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
36151 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
36152 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
36153 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
36154 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
36155 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
36157 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
36158 saving the buffer.
36160 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
36162 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
36163 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
36164 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
36165 fileset with the working revision.
36166 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
36167 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
36169 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
36170 saving the buffer.
36172 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
36174 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
36175 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
36176 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
36178 \(fn)" nil nil)
36180 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
36181 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
36182 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
36183 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
36185 \(fn REV)" t nil)
36187 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
36188 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
36189 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
36190 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
36192 \(fn)" t nil)
36194 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
36195 Perform a version control merge operation.
36196 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
36198 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
36199 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
36201 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
36202 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
36203 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
36204 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
36205 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
36206 changes from the current branch.
36208 \(fn)" t nil)
36210 (autoload 'vc-message-unresolved-conflicts "vc" "\
36211 Display a message indicating unresolved conflicts in FILENAME.
36213 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
36215 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
36217 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
36218 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
36219 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
36220 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
36221 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
36222 checked out in that new branch.
36224 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
36226 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
36227 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
36228 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
36229 named branch in the directory DIR.
36230 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
36231 otherwise use the repository root of the current buffer.
36232 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
36233 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
36234 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
36235 allowed and simply skipped).
36237 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
36239 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
36240 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
36241 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
36242 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
36243 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
36245 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
36246 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
36248 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
36250 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
36251 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
36252 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
36253 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
36254 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
36256 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
36258 (autoload 'vc-print-branch-log "vc" "\
36259 Show the change log for BRANCH in a window.
36261 \(fn BRANCH)" t nil)
36263 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
36264 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
36265 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
36267 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
36269 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
36270 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
36271 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
36273 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
36275 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
36276 Show the history of the region between FROM and TO.
36278 If called interactively, show the history between point and
36279 mark.
36281 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
36283 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
36284 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
36285 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
36286 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
36288 \(fn)" t nil)
36290 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
36292 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
36293 Update the current fileset or branch.
36294 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
36296 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
36297 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt for the VCS
36298 command to run.
36300 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
36301 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
36302 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
36303 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
36304 tip revision are merged into the working file.
36306 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
36308 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
36310 (autoload 'vc-push "vc" "\
36311 Push the current branch.
36312 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
36314 operation on the current branch, prompting for the precise command
36315 if required. Optional prefix ARG non-nil forces a prompt for the
36316 VCS command to run.
36318 On a non-distributed version control system, this signals an error.
36319 It also signals an error in a Bazaar bound branch.
36321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
36323 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
36324 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
36325 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
36326 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
36327 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
36328 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
36329 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
36331 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
36333 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
36334 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
36335 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
36336 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
36337 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
36338 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
36339 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
36340 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
36341 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
36343 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
36345 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
36346 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
36347 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
36348 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
36350 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
36352 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
36353 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
36354 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
36355 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
36357 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
36359 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
36360 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
36361 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
36362 directory.
36364 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
36366 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
36367 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
36368 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
36370 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
36371 log entries should be gathered.
36373 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
36375 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
36376 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
36378 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
36380 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc" '("vc-" "with-vc-properties")))
36382 ;;;***
36383 \f
36384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (0 0 0 0))
36385 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
36387 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
36388 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
36390 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
36391 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
36392 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
36393 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
36394 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
36395 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
36397 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
36398 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
36399 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
36400 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
36401 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
36402 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
36403 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
36404 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
36406 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
36408 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
36410 Customization variables:
36412 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
36413 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
36414 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
36415 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
36416 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
36417 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
36419 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
36421 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-annotate" '("vc-")))
36423 ;;;***
36424 \f
36425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (0 0 0 0))
36426 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
36428 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
36429 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
36431 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
36432 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
36433 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
36434 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
36435 (progn
36436 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
36437 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
36439 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-bzr" '("vc-bzr-")))
36441 ;;;***
36442 \f
36443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (0 0 0 0))
36444 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
36445 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
36446 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
36447 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
36448 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
36449 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
36450 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
36452 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-cvs" '("vc-cvs-")))
36454 ;;;***
36455 \f
36456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dav" "vc/vc-dav.el" (0 0 0 0))
36457 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dav.el
36459 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-dav" '("vc-dav-")))
36461 ;;;***
36462 \f
36463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (0 0 0 0))
36464 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
36466 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
36468 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
36469 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
36470 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
36472 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
36473 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
36474 The file lines appear later.
36476 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
36477 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
36479 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
36483 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
36485 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-dir" '("vc-")))
36487 ;;;***
36488 \f
36489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (0 0
36490 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36491 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
36493 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
36494 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
36495 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
36496 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
36497 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
36498 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
36499 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
36500 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
36501 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
36502 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
36503 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
36504 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
36505 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
36506 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
36507 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
36509 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
36511 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-dispatcher" '("vc-")))
36513 ;;;***
36514 \f
36515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-filewise" "vc/vc-filewise.el" (0 0 0 0))
36516 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-filewise.el
36518 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-filewise" '("vc-")))
36520 ;;;***
36521 \f
36522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (0 0 0 0))
36523 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
36524 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
36525 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
36526 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
36527 (progn
36528 (load "vc-git" nil t)
36529 (vc-git-registered file))))
36531 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-git" '("vc-git-")))
36533 ;;;***
36534 \f
36535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (0 0 0 0))
36536 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
36537 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
36538 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
36539 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
36540 (progn
36541 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
36542 (vc-hg-registered file))))
36544 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-hg" '("vc-hg-")))
36546 ;;;***
36547 \f
36548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (0 0 0 0))
36549 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
36551 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
36552 Name of the monotone directory.")
36554 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
36555 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
36556 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
36557 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
36558 (progn
36559 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
36560 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
36562 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-mtn" '("vc-mtn-")))
36564 ;;;***
36565 \f
36566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (0 0 0 0))
36567 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
36569 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
36570 Where to look for RCS master files.
36571 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
36573 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
36575 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
36577 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-rcs" '("vc-r")))
36579 ;;;***
36580 \f
36581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (0 0 0 0))
36582 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
36584 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
36585 Where to look for SCCS master files.
36586 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
36588 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
36590 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
36592 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
36593 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
36594 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
36595 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs '("SCCS" "")) (setq dirs '("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source")) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
36597 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-sccs" '("vc-sccs-")))
36599 ;;;***
36600 \f
36601 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" (0 0 0 0))
36602 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
36604 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
36605 Where to look for SRC master files.
36606 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
36608 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
36610 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
36612 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-src" '("vc-src-")))
36614 ;;;***
36615 \f
36616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (0 0 0 0))
36617 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
36618 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
36619 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
36620 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
36621 "_svn")
36622 (t ".svn"))))
36623 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
36624 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
36625 (vc-svn-registered f))))
36627 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-svn" '("vc-svn-")))
36629 ;;;***
36630 \f
36631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vcursor" "vcursor.el" (0 0 0 0))
36632 ;;; Generated autoloads from vcursor.el
36634 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vcursor" '("vcursor-")))
36636 ;;;***
36637 \f
36638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (0 0 0
36639 ;;;;;; 0))
36640 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
36641 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
36644 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
36645 Major mode for editing Vera code.
36647 Usage:
36648 ------
36650 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
36651 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
36653 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
36655 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
36656 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
36657 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
36658 completions.
36660 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
36661 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
36663 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
36664 uncomments a region if already commented out.
36666 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
36667 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
36668 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
36670 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
36673 Maintenance:
36674 ------------
36676 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
36677 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
36679 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
36681 Official distribution is at
36682 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
36685 The Vera Mode Maintainer
36686 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
36688 Key bindings:
36689 -------------
36693 \(fn)" t nil)
36695 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vera-mode" '("vera-")))
36697 ;;;***
36698 \f
36699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
36700 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
36701 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
36703 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
36704 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
36707 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
36711 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
36712 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
36714 Supports highlighting.
36716 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
36717 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
36719 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
36721 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
36722 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
36723 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
36724 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
36725 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
36726 on the left side of your screen.
36727 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
36728 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
36729 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
36730 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
36731 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
36732 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
36733 function keyword.
36734 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
36736 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
36737 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
36738 if (a)
36739 begin
36740 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
36741 Indentation for case statements.
36742 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
36743 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
36744 mark after an end.
36745 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
36746 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
36747 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
36748 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
36749 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
36750 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
36751 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
36752 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
36753 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
36754 if (a)
36755 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
36756 otherwise you get:
36757 if (a)
36758 begin
36759 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
36760 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
36761 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
36762 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
36763 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
36764 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
36765 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
36766 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
36767 comments in tight quarters.
36768 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `declarations')
36769 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
36771 Variables controlling other actions:
36773 `verilog-linter' (default `surelint')
36774 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
36779 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
36785 Some other functions are:
36815 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
36816 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
36828 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
36831 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
36835 \(fn)" t nil)
36837 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "verilog-mode" '("electric-verilog-" "verilog-" "vl-")))
36839 ;;;***
36840 \f
36841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (0 0 0
36842 ;;;;;; 0))
36843 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
36845 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
36846 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
36848 Usage:
36849 ------
36851 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
36852 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
36853 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
36854 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
36855 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
36856 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
36857 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
36858 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
36859 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
36861 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
36862 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
36863 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
36864 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
36866 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
36867 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
36868 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
36869 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
36870 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
36872 Template styles can be customized in customization group
36873 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
36876 HEADER INSERTION:
36877 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
36878 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
36879 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
36882 STUTTERING:
36883 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
36884 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
36885 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
36886 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
36895 WORD COMPLETION:
36896 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
36897 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
36898 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
36899 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
36901 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
36902 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
36903 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
36907 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
36908 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
36909 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
36910 stop.
36913 COMMENTS:
36914 `--' puts a single comment.
36915 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
36916 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
36917 with a comment in between.
36918 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
36919 out following lines.
36920 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
36921 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
36922 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
36923 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
36925 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
36926 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
36927 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
36928 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
36929 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
36930 non-nil.
36932 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
36933 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
36934 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
36935 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
36936 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
36937 multi-line comments.
36940 INDENTATION:
36941 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
36942 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
36943 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
36944 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
36945 the entire region.
36947 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
36949 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
36950 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
36952 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
36954 tabs and vice versa.
36956 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
36957 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
36959 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
36960 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
36961 line.
36964 ALIGNMENT:
36965 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
36966 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
36967 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
36968 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
36969 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
36970 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
36971 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
36972 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
36974 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
36975 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
36976 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
36977 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
36978 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
36979 is non-nil.
36981 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
36982 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
36983 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
36985 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
36986 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
36989 CODE FILLING:
36990 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
36991 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
36992 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
36993 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
36994 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
36995 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
36998 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
36999 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
37000 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
37001 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
37002 command:
37004 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
37007 PORT TRANSLATION:
37008 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
37009 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
37010 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
37011 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
37012 internal signal initializations (menu).
37014 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
37015 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
37016 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
37018 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
37019 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
37020 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
37021 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
37022 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
37023 in subsequent paste operations.)
37025 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
37026 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
37027 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
37030 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
37031 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
37032 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
37033 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
37034 association list with formals).
37037 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
37038 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
37039 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
37040 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
37041 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
37042 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
37043 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
37044 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
37045 `vhdl-testbench'.
37048 KEY BINDINGS:
37049 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
37052 VHDL MENU:
37053 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
37056 FILE BROWSER:
37057 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
37058 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
37059 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
37061 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
37062 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
37065 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
37066 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
37067 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
37068 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
37070 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
37071 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
37072 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
37074 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
37075 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
37076 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
37079 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
37080 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
37081 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
37082 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
37083 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
37085 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
37086 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
37087 required by secondary units.
37090 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
37091 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
37092 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
37093 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
37094 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
37095 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
37096 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
37097 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
37098 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
37099 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
37100 inputs to this component -> input port created
37101 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
37102 outputs from this component -> output port created
37103 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
37104 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
37106 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
37107 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
37108 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
37109 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
37110 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
37112 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
37113 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
37115 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
37116 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
37117 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
37118 component instantiation is also supported (option
37119 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
37121 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
37122 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
37123 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
37124 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
37125 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
37126 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
37127 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
37128 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
37129 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
37130 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
37131 generating the configuration.
37133 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
37134 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
37135 configurations in speedbar.
37137 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
37140 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
37141 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
37142 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
37143 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
37144 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
37145 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
37146 information. New compilers can be added.
37148 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
37149 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
37152 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
37153 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
37154 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
37155 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
37156 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
37158 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
37159 command:
37161 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
37162 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
37163 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
37167 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
37168 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
37169 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
37170 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
37171 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
37172 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
37173 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
37175 Limitations:
37176 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
37177 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
37178 not (yet) supported.
37179 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
37180 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
37184 PROJECTS:
37185 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
37186 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
37187 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
37188 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
37189 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
37190 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
37191 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
37192 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
37194 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
37195 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
37196 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
37199 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
37200 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
37201 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
37202 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
37203 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
37204 `vhdl-project-alist'.
37207 SPECIAL MENUES:
37208 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
37209 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
37211 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
37212 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
37213 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
37214 current directory for VHDL source files.
37217 VHDL STANDARDS:
37218 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
37219 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02)/'08, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
37222 KEYWORD CASE:
37223 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
37224 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
37225 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
37226 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
37227 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
37228 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
37229 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
37230 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
37233 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
37234 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
37235 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
37236 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
37237 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
37238 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
37239 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
37241 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
37242 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
37243 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
37244 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
37245 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
37246 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
37248 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
37249 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
37250 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
37251 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
37252 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
37253 visually.
37255 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
37256 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
37257 highlighted if written in lower case.
37260 highlighted using a different background color if option
37261 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
37263 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
37265 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
37266 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
37267 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
37270 USER MODELS:
37271 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
37272 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
37273 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
37276 HIDE/SHOW:
37277 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
37278 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
37279 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
37280 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
37281 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
37284 CODE UPDATING:
37285 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
37286 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
37287 Limitations:
37288 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
37289 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
37290 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
37291 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
37292 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
37293 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
37294 (used to obtain the port names).
37295 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
37296 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
37297 sensitivity lists.
37300 CODE FIXING:
37301 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
37302 (e.g., if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
37305 PRINTING:
37306 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
37307 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
37308 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
37309 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
37310 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
37311 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
37312 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
37313 printers.
37316 OPTIONS:
37317 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
37319 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
37320 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
37323 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
37326 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
37327 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
37328 INSTALL file).
37330 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
37334 FILE EXTENSIONS:
37336 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
37342 HINTS:
37343 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
37344 a VHDL file first, use the command:
37346 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
37348 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
37350 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
37353 RELEASE NOTES:
37354 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
37357 Maintenance:
37358 ------------
37361 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
37363 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
37365 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
37366 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
37367 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
37368 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
37370 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
37371 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
37372 where the latest version can be found.
37375 Known problems:
37376 ---------------
37378 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
37379 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
37380 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
37381 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
37384 The VHDL Mode Authors
37385 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
37387 Key bindings:
37388 -------------
37392 \(fn)" t nil)
37394 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vhdl-mode" '("vhdl-")))
37396 ;;;***
37397 \f
37398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (0 0 0
37399 ;;;;;; 0))
37400 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
37402 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
37403 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
37405 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
37407 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
37408 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
37409 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
37410 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
37412 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
37414 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
37415 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
37417 \(fn)" t nil)
37419 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
37420 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
37421 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
37422 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
37424 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
37426 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
37427 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
37429 \(fn)" t nil)
37431 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
37434 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
37436 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
37439 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
37441 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viet-util" '("viet-viqr-alist" "viqr-regexp")))
37443 ;;;***
37444 \f
37445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (0 0 0 0))
37446 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
37448 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
37449 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
37450 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
37452 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
37454 (defvar view-mode nil "\
37455 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
37456 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
37457 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
37459 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
37461 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
37462 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
37464 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
37466 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
37467 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
37468 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
37469 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
37470 moving around in the buffer.
37471 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
37472 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
37474 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
37476 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
37478 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
37479 View FILE in View mode in another window.
37480 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
37481 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
37483 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
37484 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
37485 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
37486 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
37487 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
37489 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
37491 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
37493 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
37494 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
37495 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
37496 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
37497 buffer.
37499 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
37500 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
37501 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
37502 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
37503 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
37505 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
37507 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
37509 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
37510 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
37511 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
37512 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
37513 moving around in the buffer.
37514 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
37515 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
37517 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
37519 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
37520 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
37521 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
37523 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
37524 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
37525 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
37526 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
37528 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
37529 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
37530 own View-like bindings.
37532 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
37534 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
37535 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
37536 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
37537 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
37538 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
37539 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
37540 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
37542 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
37544 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
37546 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
37547 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
37548 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
37550 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
37551 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
37552 own View-like bindings.
37554 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
37556 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
37557 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
37558 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
37559 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
37560 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
37561 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
37562 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
37564 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
37566 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
37568 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
37569 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
37570 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
37572 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
37573 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
37574 own View-like bindings.
37576 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
37578 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
37579 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
37581 If called interactively, enable View mode if ARG is positive, and
37582 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
37583 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
37584 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
37586 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
37587 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
37588 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
37589 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
37593 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
37595 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
37598 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
37599 to a repeat count of one.
37601 H, h, ? This message.
37602 Digits provide prefix arguments.
37605 > move to the end of buffer.
37608 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
37610 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
37611 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
37612 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
37615 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
37617 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
37618 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
37620 Use this to view a changing file.
37624 . set the mark.
37625 x exchanges point and mark.
37627 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
37628 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
37631 s do forward incremental search.
37632 r do reverse incremental search.
37633 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
37634 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
37635 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
37636 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
37639 p searches backward for last regular expression.
37643 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
37644 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
37646 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
37651 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
37652 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
37661 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
37663 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37665 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
37666 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
37667 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
37668 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
37669 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
37670 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
37671 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
37672 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
37673 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
37675 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
37677 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
37679 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
37680 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
37681 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
37682 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
37683 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
37684 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
37686 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
37687 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
37688 called by `view-mode-exit'.
37690 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
37692 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
37694 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
37696 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
37697 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
37699 \(fn)" t nil)
37701 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "view" '("View-" "view-")))
37703 ;;;***
37704 \f
37705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (0 0 0 0))
37706 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
37707 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
37709 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
37710 Toggle Viper on/off.
37711 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
37713 \(fn)" t nil)
37715 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
37716 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
37718 \(fn)" t nil)
37720 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper" '("set-viper-state-in-major-mode" "this-major-mode-requires-vi-state" "viper-")))
37722 ;;;***
37723 \f
37724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-cmd" "emulation/viper-cmd.el" (0 0 0
37725 ;;;;;; 0))
37726 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-cmd.el
37728 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-cmd" '("viper-")))
37730 ;;;***
37731 \f
37732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-ex" "emulation/viper-ex.el" (0 0 0 0))
37733 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-ex.el
37735 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-ex" '("ex-" "viper-")))
37737 ;;;***
37738 \f
37739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-init" "emulation/viper-init.el" (0 0
37740 ;;;;;; 0 0))
37741 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-init.el
37743 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-init" '("viper-")))
37745 ;;;***
37746 \f
37747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-keym" "emulation/viper-keym.el" (0 0
37748 ;;;;;; 0 0))
37749 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-keym.el
37751 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-keym" '("ex-read-filename-map" "viper-")))
37753 ;;;***
37754 \f
37755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-macs" "emulation/viper-macs.el" (0 0
37756 ;;;;;; 0 0))
37757 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-macs.el
37759 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-macs" '("ex-" "viper-")))
37761 ;;;***
37762 \f
37763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-mous" "emulation/viper-mous.el" (0 0
37764 ;;;;;; 0 0))
37765 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-mous.el
37767 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-mous" '("viper-")))
37769 ;;;***
37770 \f
37771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-util" "emulation/viper-util.el" (0 0
37772 ;;;;;; 0 0))
37773 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-util.el
37775 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-util" '("viper")))
37777 ;;;***
37778 \f
37779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vt-control" "vt-control.el" (0 0 0 0))
37780 ;;; Generated autoloads from vt-control.el
37782 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vt-control" '("vt-")))
37784 ;;;***
37785 \f
37786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vt100-led" "vt100-led.el" (0 0 0 0))
37787 ;;; Generated autoloads from vt100-led.el
37789 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vt100-led" '("led-")))
37791 ;;;***
37792 \f
37793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "w32-fns" "w32-fns.el" (0 0 0 0))
37794 ;;; Generated autoloads from w32-fns.el
37796 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "w32-fns" '("w32-")))
37798 ;;;***
37799 \f
37800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "w32-vars" "w32-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
37801 ;;; Generated autoloads from w32-vars.el
37803 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "w32-vars" '("w32-")))
37805 ;;;***
37806 \f
37807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (0 0 0
37808 ;;;;;; 0))
37809 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
37811 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
37812 Function to generate warning prefixes.
37813 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
37814 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
37815 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
37816 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
37817 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
37818 the beginning of the warning.")
37820 (defvar warning-series nil "\
37821 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
37822 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
37823 which is the start of the current series; it means that
37824 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
37825 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
37826 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
37827 also call that function before the next warning.")
37829 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
37830 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
37832 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
37833 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
37834 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
37835 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
37837 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
37838 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
37839 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
37840 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
37841 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
37842 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
37844 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
37845 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
37846 Default is :warning.
37848 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
37849 if you do not attend to it promptly.
37850 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
37851 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
37852 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
37853 :debug -- info for debugging only.
37855 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
37856 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
37857 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
37859 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
37861 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
37862 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
37864 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
37866 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
37867 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
37869 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
37870 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
37872 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
37873 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
37874 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
37875 can be whatever you like.)
37877 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
37878 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
37880 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
37881 if you do not attend to it promptly.
37882 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
37883 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
37884 :debug -- info for debugging only.
37886 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
37888 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
37889 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
37890 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
37891 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
37892 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
37894 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
37896 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "warnings" '("display-warning-minimum-level" "log-warning-minimum-level" "warning-")))
37898 ;;;***
37899 \f
37900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (0 0 0 0))
37901 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
37902 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
37904 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
37905 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
37907 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
37908 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
37910 directories to reflect your edits.
37912 See `wdired-mode'.
37914 \(fn)" t nil)
37916 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "wdired" '("wdired-")))
37918 ;;;***
37919 \f
37920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (0 0 0 0))
37921 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
37923 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
37924 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
37926 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
37927 hotlist.
37929 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
37930 <nwv@acm.org>.
37932 \(fn)" t nil)
37934 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "webjump" '("webjump-")))
37936 ;;;***
37937 \f
37938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (0 0
37939 ;;;;;; 0 0))
37940 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
37941 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
37942 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
37944 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
37946 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
37947 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
37948 See the `which-function-mode' command
37949 for a description of this minor mode.
37950 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
37951 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37952 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
37954 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
37956 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
37957 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
37959 If called interactively, enable Which-Function mode if ARG is positive, and
37960 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
37961 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
37962 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
37964 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
37965 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
37966 in certain major modes.
37968 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37970 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "which-func" '("which-func")))
37972 ;;;***
37973 \f
37974 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (0 0 0 0))
37975 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
37976 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
37978 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
37979 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
37981 If called interactively, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is positive, and
37982 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
37983 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
37984 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
37986 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
37987 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
37989 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37991 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
37992 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
37994 If called interactively, enable Whitespace-Newline mode if ARG is positive, and
37995 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
37996 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
37997 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
37999 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
38000 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
38001 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
38002 use `whitespace-mode'.
38004 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
38006 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
38008 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
38009 Non-nil if Global Whitespace mode is enabled.
38010 See the `global-whitespace-mode' command
38011 for a description of this minor mode.
38012 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
38013 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
38014 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
38016 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
38018 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
38019 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
38021 If called interactively, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG is positive, and
38022 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
38023 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
38024 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
38026 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
38027 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
38029 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
38031 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
38032 Non-nil if Global Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
38033 See the `global-whitespace-newline-mode' command
38034 for a description of this minor mode.
38035 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
38036 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
38037 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
38039 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
38041 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
38042 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
38044 If called interactively, enable Global Whitespace-Newline mode if ARG is positive, and
38045 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
38046 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
38047 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
38049 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
38050 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
38051 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
38052 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
38054 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
38056 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
38058 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
38059 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
38061 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
38062 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
38064 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
38065 and restart local whitespace-mode.
38067 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
38069 CHAR MEANING
38070 (VIA FACES)
38071 f toggle face visualization
38072 t toggle TAB visualization
38073 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
38074 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
38077 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
38078 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
38079 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
38080 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
38081 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
38082 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
38083 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
38084 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
38085 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
38086 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
38087 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
38088 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
38090 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
38091 T toggle TAB visualization
38092 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
38093 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
38095 x restore `whitespace-style' value
38096 ? display brief help
38098 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
38099 The valid symbols are:
38101 face toggle face visualization
38102 tabs toggle TAB visualization
38103 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
38104 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
38107 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
38108 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
38109 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
38110 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
38111 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
38112 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
38113 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
38114 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
38115 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
38116 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
38117 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
38118 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
38120 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
38121 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
38122 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
38124 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
38126 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
38128 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
38130 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
38131 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
38133 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
38134 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
38136 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
38137 and restart global whitespace-mode.
38139 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
38141 CHAR MEANING
38142 (VIA FACES)
38143 f toggle face visualization
38144 t toggle TAB visualization
38145 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
38146 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
38149 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
38150 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
38151 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
38152 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
38153 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
38154 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
38155 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
38156 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
38157 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
38158 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
38159 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
38160 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
38162 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
38163 T toggle TAB visualization
38164 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
38165 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
38167 x restore `whitespace-style' value
38168 ? display brief help
38170 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
38171 The valid symbols are:
38173 face toggle face visualization
38174 tabs toggle TAB visualization
38175 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
38176 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
38179 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
38180 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
38181 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
38182 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
38183 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
38184 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
38185 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
38186 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
38187 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
38188 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
38189 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
38190 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
38192 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
38193 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
38194 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
38196 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
38198 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
38200 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
38202 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
38203 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
38205 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
38206 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
38207 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
38209 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
38211 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
38213 The problems cleaned up are:
38215 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
38216 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
38217 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
38218 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
38220 3. `tab-width' or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
38221 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
38222 replace `tab-width' or more SPACEs at beginning of line by
38223 TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
38224 SPACEs.
38225 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
38226 replace `tab-width' or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
38227 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
38228 replace TABs by SPACEs.
38230 4. SPACEs before TAB.
38231 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
38232 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
38233 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
38234 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
38235 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
38236 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
38237 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
38239 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
38240 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
38241 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
38243 6. `tab-width' or more SPACEs after TAB.
38244 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
38245 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
38246 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
38247 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
38248 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
38249 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
38250 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
38252 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
38253 documentation.
38255 \(fn)" t nil)
38257 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
38258 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
38260 The problems cleaned up are:
38262 1. `tab-width' or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
38263 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
38264 replace `tab-width' or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs,
38265 if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
38266 SPACEs.
38267 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
38268 replace `tab-width' or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
38269 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
38270 replace TABs by SPACEs.
38272 2. SPACEs before TAB.
38273 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
38274 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
38275 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
38276 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
38277 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
38278 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
38279 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
38281 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
38282 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
38283 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
38285 4. `tab-width' or more SPACEs after TAB.
38286 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
38287 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
38288 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
38289 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
38290 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
38291 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
38292 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
38294 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
38295 documentation.
38297 \(fn START END)" t nil)
38299 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
38300 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
38302 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
38304 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
38306 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
38307 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
38309 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
38310 non-nil.
38313 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
38314 forces all classes of whitespace problem to be considered
38315 significant.
38317 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
38318 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
38319 report problems.
38321 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
38323 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
38324 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
38325 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
38326 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
38327 indentation 4. line starts with `tab-width' or more SPACEs.
38328 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
38329 space-after-tab 6. `tab-width' or more SPACEs after TAB.
38331 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
38332 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
38333 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
38334 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
38335 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
38336 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
38337 space-after-tab 6. `tab-width' or more SPACEs after TAB.
38339 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
38340 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
38341 cleaning up these problems.
38343 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
38345 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "whitespace" '("whitespace-")))
38347 ;;;***
38348 \f
38349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (0 0 0 0))
38350 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
38352 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
38353 Browse the widget under point.
38355 \(fn POS)" t nil)
38357 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
38358 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
38360 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
38362 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
38363 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
38365 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
38367 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
38368 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
38370 If called interactively, enable Widget minor mode if ARG is positive, and
38371 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
38372 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
38373 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
38375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
38377 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "wid-browse" '("widget-")))
38379 ;;;***
38380 \f
38381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
38382 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
38384 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
38385 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
38387 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
38389 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
38390 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
38391 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
38393 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
38395 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
38396 Create widget of TYPE.
38397 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
38399 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
38401 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
38402 Delete WIDGET.
38404 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
38406 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
38407 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
38409 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
38411 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "\11" 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\33\11" 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
38412 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
38413 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
38414 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
38416 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
38417 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
38419 \(fn)" nil nil)
38421 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "wid-edit" '("widget-")))
38423 ;;;***
38424 \f
38425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (0 0 0 0))
38426 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
38428 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
38429 Select the window to the left of the current one.
38430 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
38432 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
38433 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
38434 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
38436 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
38438 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
38439 Select the window above the current one.
38441 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
38442 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
38443 negative ARG) of the current window.
38444 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
38446 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
38448 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
38449 Select the window to the right of the current one.
38450 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
38452 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
38453 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
38454 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
38456 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
38458 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
38459 Select the window below the current one.
38460 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
38462 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
38463 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
38464 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
38466 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
38468 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
38469 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
38470 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIERS-{left,right,up,down},
38471 where MODIFIERS is either a list of modifiers or a single modifier.
38472 Default value of MODIFIERS is `shift'.
38474 \(fn &optional MODIFIERS)" t nil)
38476 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "windmove" '("windmove-")))
38478 ;;;***
38479 \f
38480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (0 0 0 0))
38481 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
38483 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
38484 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
38485 See the `winner-mode' command
38486 for a description of this minor mode.
38487 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
38488 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
38489 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
38491 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
38493 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
38494 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
38496 If called interactively, enable Winner mode if ARG is positive, and
38497 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
38498 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
38499 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
38501 Winner mode is a global minor mode that records the changes in
38502 the window configuration (i.e. how the frames are partitioned
38504 command `winner-undo'. By default this one is bound to the key
38505 sequence `C-c <left>'. If you change your mind (while undoing),
38506 you can press `C-c <right>' (calling `winner-redo').
38508 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
38510 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "winner" '("winner-")))
38512 ;;;***
38513 \f
38514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (0 0 0 0))
38515 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
38516 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
38518 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
38519 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
38520 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
38522 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
38524 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
38526 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
38527 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
38528 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
38529 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
38530 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
38531 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
38532 speed. With a prefix argument, force the caches to be
38533 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
38535 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
38536 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
38538 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
38540 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
38541 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
38543 \(fn)" t nil)
38545 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
38546 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
38547 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
38548 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
38549 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
38550 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
38551 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
38552 `woman' command for further details.
38554 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
38556 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
38557 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
38559 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
38561 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "woman" '("WoMan-" "menu-bar-manuals-menu" "set-woman-file-regexp" "woman")))
38563 ;;;***
38564 \f
38565 ;;;### (autoloads nil "x-dnd" "x-dnd.el" (0 0 0 0))
38566 ;;; Generated autoloads from x-dnd.el
38568 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "x-dnd" '("x-dnd-")))
38570 ;;;***
38571 \f
38572 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xdg" "xdg.el" (0 0 0 0))
38573 ;;; Generated autoloads from xdg.el
38575 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xdg" '("xdg-")))
38577 ;;;***
38578 \f
38579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (0 0 0 0))
38580 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
38582 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
38583 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
38584 Return the top node with all its children.
38585 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
38587 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
38588 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
38589 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
38593 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
38594 namespace to URIs instead.
38596 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
38597 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
38599 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
38601 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
38603 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
38605 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
38606 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
38607 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
38608 not contain well-formed XML.
38610 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
38611 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
38612 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
38613 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
38614 element of the list.
38615 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
38616 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
38617 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
38621 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
38622 namespace to URIs instead.
38624 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
38625 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
38627 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
38629 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
38631 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
38633 (autoload 'xml-remove-comments "xml" "\
38634 Remove XML/HTML comments in the region between BEG and END.
38635 All text between the <!-- ... --> markers will be removed.
38637 \(fn BEG END)" nil nil)
38639 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xml" '("xml-")))
38641 ;;;***
38642 \f
38643 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (0 0 0 0))
38644 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
38646 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
38647 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
38648 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
38649 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
38650 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
38651 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
38652 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
38653 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
38654 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
38655 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
38657 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
38659 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xmltok" '("xmltok-")))
38661 ;;;***
38662 \f
38663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xref" "progmodes/xref.el" (0 0 0 0))
38664 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xref.el
38666 (autoload 'xref-find-backend "xref" "\
38669 \(fn)" nil nil)
38671 (autoload 'xref-pop-marker-stack "xref" "\
38674 \(fn)" t nil)
38676 (autoload 'xref-marker-stack-empty-p "xref" "\
38677 Return t if the marker stack is empty; nil otherwise.
38679 \(fn)" nil nil)
38681 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions "xref" "\
38682 Find the definition of the identifier at point.
38683 With prefix argument or when there's no identifier at point,
38684 prompt for it.
38686 If sufficient information is available to determine a unique
38687 definition for IDENTIFIER, display it in the selected window.
38688 Otherwise, display the list of the possible definitions in a
38689 buffer where the user can select from the list.
38691 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
38693 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-window "xref" "\
38694 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other window.
38696 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
38698 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame "xref" "\
38699 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other frame.
38701 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
38703 (autoload 'xref-find-references "xref" "\
38704 Find references to the identifier at point.
38705 This command might prompt for the identifier as needed, perhaps
38706 offering the symbol at point as the default.
38707 With prefix argument, or if `xref-prompt-for-identifier' is t,
38708 always prompt for the identifier. If `xref-prompt-for-identifier'
38709 is nil, prompt only if there's no usable symbol at point.
38711 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
38713 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-at-mouse "xref" "\
38714 Find the definition of identifier at or around mouse click.
38715 This command is intended to be bound to a mouse event.
38717 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
38719 (autoload 'xref-find-apropos "xref" "\
38720 Find all meaningful symbols that match PATTERN.
38721 The argument has the same meaning as in `apropos'.
38723 \(fn PATTERN)" t nil)
38724 (define-key esc-map "." #'xref-find-definitions)
38725 (define-key esc-map "," #'xref-pop-marker-stack)
38726 (define-key esc-map "?" #'xref-find-references)
38727 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] #'xref-find-apropos)
38728 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-window)
38729 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-frame)
38731 (autoload 'xref-collect-matches "xref" "\
38732 Collect matches for REGEXP inside FILES in DIR.
38733 FILES is a string with glob patterns separated by spaces.
38734 IGNORES is a list of glob patterns.
38736 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR IGNORES)" nil nil)
38738 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xref" '("xref-")))
38740 ;;;***
38741 \f
38742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xscheme" "progmodes/xscheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
38743 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xscheme.el
38745 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xscheme" '("default-xscheme-runlight" "exit-scheme-interaction-mode" "global-set-scheme-interaction-buffer" "local-" "reset-scheme" "run-scheme" "scheme-" "start-scheme" "verify-xscheme-buffer" "xscheme-")))
38747 ;;;***
38748 \f
38749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xsd-regexp" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" (0 0 0 0))
38750 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xsd-regexp.el
38752 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xsd-regexp" '("xsdre-")))
38754 ;;;***
38755 \f
38756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (0 0 0 0))
38757 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
38759 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
38760 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
38761 See the `xterm-mouse-mode' command
38762 for a description of this minor mode.
38763 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
38764 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
38765 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
38767 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
38769 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
38770 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
38772 If called interactively, enable Xterm-Mouse mode if ARG is positive, and
38773 disable it if ARG is zero or negative. If called from Lisp,
38774 also enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it
38775 if ARG is `toggle'; disable the mode otherwise.
38777 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
38778 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
38779 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
38780 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
38781 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
38782 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
38784 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
38786 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xt-mouse" '("turn-o" "xt-mouse-epoch" "xterm-mouse-")))
38788 ;;;***
38789 \f
38790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xwidget" "xwidget.el" (0 0 0 0))
38791 ;;; Generated autoloads from xwidget.el
38793 (autoload 'xwidget-webkit-browse-url "xwidget" "\
38794 Ask xwidget-webkit to browse URL.
38795 NEW-SESSION specifies whether to create a new xwidget-webkit session.
38796 Interactively, URL defaults to the string looking like a url around point.
38798 \(fn URL &optional NEW-SESSION)" t nil)
38800 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xwidget" '("xwidget-")))
38802 ;;;***
38803 \f
38804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "mail/yenc.el" (0 0 0 0))
38805 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/yenc.el
38807 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
38808 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
38810 \(fn START END)" t nil)
38812 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
38813 Extract file name from an yenc header.
38815 \(fn)" nil nil)
38817 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "yenc" '("yenc-")))
38819 ;;;***
38820 \f
38821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zeroconf" "net/zeroconf.el" (0 0 0 0))
38822 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zeroconf.el
38824 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "zeroconf" '("zeroconf-")))
38826 ;;;***
38827 \f
38828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (0 0 0 0))
38829 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
38831 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
38832 Zone out, completely.
38834 \(fn)" t nil)
38836 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "zone" '("zone-")))
38838 ;;;***
38839 \f
38840 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "bindings.el" "buff-menu.el"
38841 ;;;;;; "button.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
38842 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-yank.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
38843 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "case-table.el" "cedet/ede/base.el"
38844 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
38845 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el"
38846 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
38847 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el"
38848 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
38849 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
38850 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el"
38851 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
38852 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
38853 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
38854 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el"
38855 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
38856 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
38857 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el" "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el"
38858 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
38859 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/edit.el"
38860 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el" "cedet/semantic/html.el"
38861 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el" "cedet/semantic/idle.el"
38862 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el"
38863 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
38864 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
38865 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
38866 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
38867 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
38868 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
38869 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
38870 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
38871 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
38872 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
38873 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
38874 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/getset.el"
38875 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el"
38876 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
38877 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "composite.el"
38878 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el"
38879 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
38880 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-preloaded.el"
38881 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
38882 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el"
38883 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
38884 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/nadvice.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el"
38885 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" "env.el" "epa-hook.el" "erc/erc-autoaway.el"
38886 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-button.el" "erc/erc-capab.el" "erc/erc-compat.el"
38887 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-dcc.el" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
38888 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-fill.el" "erc/erc-identd.el" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
38889 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-join.el" "erc/erc-list.el" "erc/erc-log.el" "erc/erc-match.el"
38890 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-menu.el" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" "erc/erc-notify.el"
38891 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-page.el" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" "erc/erc-replace.el"
38892 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ring.el" "erc/erc-services.el" "erc/erc-sound.el"
38893 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-speedbar.el" "erc/erc-spelling.el" "erc/erc-stamp.el"
38894 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-track.el" "erc/erc-truncate.el" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
38895 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
38896 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
38897 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
38898 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
38899 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el"
38900 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "facemenu.el" "faces.el"
38901 ;;;;;; "files.el" "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "frame.el"
38902 ;;;;;; "help.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el"
38903 ;;;;;; "international/charprop.el" "international/charscript.el"
38904 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/mule-cmds.el"
38905 ;;;;;; "international/mule-conf.el" "international/mule.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
38906 ;;;;;; "international/uni-brackets.el" "international/uni-category.el"
38907 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
38908 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
38909 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
38910 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
38911 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
38912 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
38913 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "language/burmese.el"
38914 ;;;;;; "language/cham.el" "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el"
38915 ;;;;;; "language/czech.el" "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el"
38916 ;;;;;; "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el"
38917 ;;;;;; "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el"
38918 ;;;;;; "language/khmer.el" "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el"
38919 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/sinhala.el"
38920 ;;;;;; "language/slovak.el" "language/tai-viet.el" "language/thai.el"
38921 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
38922 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "leim/ja-dic/ja-dic.el" "leim/leim-list.el"
38923 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/4Corner.el" "leim/quail/ARRAY30.el" "leim/quail/CCDOSPY.el"
38924 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/CTLau-b5.el" "leim/quail/CTLau.el" "leim/quail/ECDICT.el"
38925 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ETZY.el" "leim/quail/PY-b5.el" "leim/quail/PY.el"
38926 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/Punct-b5.el" "leim/quail/Punct.el" "leim/quail/QJ-b5.el"
38927 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/QJ.el" "leim/quail/SW.el" "leim/quail/TONEPY.el"
38928 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ZIRANMA.el" "leim/quail/ZOZY.el" "leim/quail/arabic.el"
38929 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el" "leim/quail/cyrillic.el"
38930 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el"
38931 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el" "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el"
38932 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hebrew.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
38933 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
38934 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/programmer-dvorak.el"
38935 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/py-punct.el" "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/quick-b5.el"
38936 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/quick-cns.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el"
38937 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el" "leim/quail/tamil-dvorak.el"
38938 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/tsang-b5.el" "leim/quail/tsang-cns.el" "leim/quail/vntelex.el"
38939 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
38940 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
38941 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
38942 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "menu-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
38943 ;;;;;; "minibuffer.el" "mouse.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "newcomment.el"
38944 ;;;;;; "obarray.el" "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-lob.el"
38945 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el"
38946 ;;;;;; "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-clock.el"
38947 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-element.el" "org/org-feed.el"
38948 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el"
38949 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-mobile.el"
38950 ;;;;;; "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el" "org/ox-ascii.el"
38951 ;;;;;; "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el" "org/ox-icalendar.el"
38952 ;;;;;; "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el" "org/ox-odt.el"
38953 ;;;;;; "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el" "org/ox.el"
38954 ;;;;;; "progmodes/elisp-mode.el" "progmodes/prog-mode.el" "ps-def.el"
38955 ;;;;;; "ps-mule.el" "register.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el"
38956 ;;;;;; "select.el" "simple.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "subr.el"
38957 ;;;;;; "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el"
38958 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
38959 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
38960 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
38961 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "uniquify.el"
38962 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-hook.el" "vc/vc-hooks.el" "version.el" "widget.el"
38963 ;;;;;; "window.el") (0 0 0 0))
38965 ;;;***
38966 \f
38967 (provide 'loaddefs)
38968 ;; Local Variables:
38969 ;; version-control: never
38970 ;; no-byte-compile: t
38971 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
38972 ;; coding: utf-8
38973 ;; End:
38974 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here